SAMPLING THEORY
OF
SURVEYS
WITH APPLICATIONS
Other Books on StatisticsBy V. G.
PANSE
and
P.
V.
SUKHATME:
Statistical Methods for Agricultural Workers
Published by:
The Indian Council of Agricultural Research,
New Delhi, India
By
GEORGE
W.
SNEDECOR:
Statistical Methods
Published by:
The Iowa State College Press, Ames, Iowa, U.S.A.
Sampling Theory
of Surveys
with Applications
by
PANDURANG V. SUKHATME
Ph.D., D.Sc.
Chief, Statistics Branch, Economics Division,
Food and Agriculture Organization of the
United Nations.. Formerly Statistical Adviser,
Indian Council of Agricultural Research, New
Delhi, India.
New Delhi, India. The Indian Society of Agricultural Statistics
Ames. Iowa, U.S.A.. The Iowa State College Press
Translati()n rights resenled by II", Author.
Copyright 1954 hy the Indian Society of
Agricultural Statistics, New Delhi, India, and
the Iowa State C.ollege Press, Ames, Iowa, lJ SA.
A.~. BANGAtORE
UN'VfASJTY UBRARY,
I 1 DEC 1971
"I
~Ull'''''.'''''''''.'''''''''.t
ORIGINAL PRINTING BY THE BANGALORE PRESS, BANGALORE, INOlA
Reprinted, 1957, by photolithography by
CUSHING  MALLOY, INC., ANN ARBOR, MICHIGAN
To
Professor Jerzy Neyman
PREFACE
book is an outgrowth of lectures on sample surveys which
the author has delivered since 1945 at the Indian Council of
Agricultural Research, subsequently at the International School
on Censuses and Statistics in 194950 held at Delhi under the
auspices of the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United
Nations, at the two summer sessions conducted by the Indian
Society of Agricultural Statistics in 1950 and 1951, and finally at
the Statistical Laboratory of the Iowa State College, Ames,
Iowa, U.S.A., in the spring of 1952.
HIS
There was no plan at first of publishing a book and the notes
prepared for the lectures were mimeographed for the use of the
students, but as the scope of the course was gradually enlarged,
suggestions were received that the lectures should be published
in the form of a text for teaching at colleges and universities.
It was felt that this publication would fulfil a real need for
a systematic treatment of the sampling theory in relation to
largescale surveys. About the same time the Conference of the
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations recommended at its Sixth Session that a book be prepared incorporating
a comprehensive treatment of the sampling theory of surveys and
its applications so as to be of direct assistance to the sampling
experts working in various countries in their efforts to introduce
the sampling method for improvement of agricultural statistics.
The mimeographed notes were accordingly reorganized and amplified to include illustrative material on agricultural surveys from
different countries; the pUblication of the present book is the
result.
In keeping with its objectives the book is primarily designed
to serve the needs of a text for teaching an advanced course in
sampling theory of surveys and of a reference book for statisticians
entrusted with the planning of surveys for collecting statistics.
Every attempt has been made to present all the modern developments of sampling theory which are of importance in survey
work. Some of the results have already appeared in the papers
PREFACE
published in the Journal of the Indian Society of Agricultural
Statistics. These might appear new to many readers since they
might not have seen this Journal. The book also gives a number
of results which are being published for the first time. Among
these should be mentioned particularly the algebraic treatment of
nonsampling errors whose importance relative to sampling errors
has not been sufficiently stressed in the literature on the subject.
In order that the theory presented in the book should be of
direct assistance in practice, it is illustrated with examples of actual
surveys so as to serve the special needs of underdeveloped
countries in the field of sampling, as recommended by FAO.
These examples are oriented largely around agricultural statistics,
in keeping with the author's experience in this field and F AO's
interest, and relate to surveys for the estimation of crop acreage,
yield, incidence of insect pests on crops, livestock numbers and
their products, other farm facts and fisheries production. The
author is conscious that these examples by themselves will not
meet the entire needs of sampling workers, particularly those from
the economically less developed countries where the resources
available for planning surveys are meagre and a large majority
of the people are illiterate, do not appreciate the purpose of the
inquiry, nor know the correct answers to the questions put to
them. The contribution to the total error in the result arising
from this latter factor is very large in these countries and
emphasizes the great value of developing satisfactory measurement
techniques before attempting nationwide surveys. The relevant
theory bearing on this question has been discussed in Chapter X.
What is further needed is a simple exposition of a few typical
surveys. Such a book is nearing completion and it is hoped
to make it available soon.
The need for keeping the volume within reasonable size has
prevented any elaborate supporting description of the theory and
examples given in the book. The author's aim all along has been
to present the theory in as straightforward a manner as possible.
The only prerequisites are college algebra, elements of calculus
and principal statistical methods such as those covered in
Statistical Methods for Agricultural Workers, by V. G. Panse
and .the author. Even so the author is aware that at places the
xi
PREFACE
treatment has become too terse. Such sections have been marked
with an asterisk to indicate that the portion can be left over from
the first reading without losing the continuity of the text.
The author has received considerable assistance in preparing
the book from his former colleagues in India. First of all he
gratefully acknowledges the encouragement and help which he
received from his former Chief, Mr. P. M. Kharegat, then
Secretary to the Ministry of Agriculture, Government of India,
to whose farsightedness are principally due the advances which
India has made in the field of sampling. He is indebted to
Messrs. V. G. Panse, G. R. Seth, K. Kishen, R. D. Narain,
0. P. Aggarwal and B. V. Sukhatme who read parts of the
manuscript and made numerous suggestions to improve the
presentation; to Messrs. K. S. Krishnan, S. H. Ayer and
K. V. R. Sastry who worked through the examples; and to
Mrs. Evans of the Statistics Branch of F AO who checked through
them and also helped in the preparation of the index to the
book; to Dr. P. N. Saxena who shouldered a particularly heavy
responsibility of reading critically the manuscript and the proofs;
and to Suzanne Brunelle and Mary Nakano for their typing and
secretarial help. The author also likes to express his thanks to
Dr. T. A. Bancroft, Dr. D. J. Thompson and other members of
the staff of the Statistical Laboratory, Iowa State College, with
whom he had the opportunity to work as visiting professor during
the spring term of 1952 and to Marshall Townsend of the Iowa
State College Press for their interest and encouragement in the
publication of the book. Last but not least the author is
indebted to Mr. Norris E. Dodd, DirectorGeneral of the FAO,
who invited the author to come to FAO to head the Statistics
Branch, which gave him the opportunity to appreciate more ful1y
the urgent need for promoting sampling for improving agricultural
statistics in underdeveloped countries; and to Dr. A. H. Boerma,
Director of Economics Division of the F AO, for his constant
encouragement and advice.
September 1953.
PANDURANG
V.
SUKHA TMI!.
CONTENTS
PAGE
PREFACE.
LIST OF EXAMPLES .
INDEX TO PRINCIPAL NOTATION
SPECIAL SYMBOLS
ix
XXlll
. xxvii
. xxix
CHAPTER
I.
II.
BASIC IDEAS IN SAMPLING
Sampling Method .
1.1
Standard Error
1.2
Principle of Choosing among Alterna1.3
tive Sampling Methods.
Probability Sampling .
1.4
Simple Random Sampling
1.5
Procedure of Selecting a Random
1.6
Sample
NonRandom Methods of Sampling
1.7
NonSampling Errors .
1.8
ApPENDIX: Table of Random Numbers
1
1
2
3
3
6
10
10
18
BASIC THEORY
A.
SIMPLE RANDOM SAMPLING
2a.l Introduction and Notation
2a.2 Unbiased Estimates of the Population
Values.
2a.3* Markoff's Theorem
2a.4 Expected Value of the Sample Mean
2a.5 Expected Value of the Sample Mean
Square
2a.6 Sampling Variance, Standard Error and
Mean Square Error .
2a.7 Sampling Variance of the Mean
2a.S Partitional Notation
20
21
23
23
25
28
28
31
xiv
CONTENTS
PAGE
2a.9* A Theorem on Expected Values of
Symmetric Functions
2a.10* Sampling Variance of S2
2a.11 Expected Value and Sampling Variance
~s
2a. 12 Confidence Limits .
2a.13 Size of Sample for Specified Precision
2a .14 HyperGeometric DistributionTwo
Classes
2a.15 Mean Value of the HyperGeometric
Distribution
2a. 16 Variance of the HyperGeometric Distri~tioo.
2a. 17 Confidence Limits and Size of Sample
for Specified Precision
2a.18 Generalised HyperGeometric Distribution
2a.19 Expected Value and Variance of the
Proportion in One Class to a Group
of Classes
2a.20 Quantitative and Qualitative Characters
B.
33
34
n
38
40
42
43
47
49
51
54
SAMPLING WITH VARYING PROBABILITIES OF SELECTION
2b. 1
2b.2
2b.3
2b.4
2b.5
Introduction
Sampling with Replacement: Sample
Estimate and its Variance .
Sampling with Replacement: Estimation of the Sampling Variance
Sampling without Replacement .
Sampling without Replacement General
Case
APPENDIX: Tables of Sg (P, Q)/Xl! XI!'..
Tables of 7TI! 7T2,! gs (P, Q)
60
62
64
65
69
74
78
CONTENTS
xv
PAGE
III.
STRA TIFIED SAMPLING
A.
SELECTION WITH EQUAL PROBABILITY
3a.l
3a.2
Introduction
Estimate of the Population Mean and
its Variance
3a.3 Choice of Sample Sizes in Different
Strata
3a.4 Size of Sample for Estimating the Mean
with a Given Variance under (a) Optimum (Neyman), and (b) Proportional
Allocations
3a.5 Comparison of Stratified with Unstratified Simple Random Sampling
3a.6* Practical Difficulties in Adopting the
Neyman Method of Allocation
3a.7 Evaluation from the Sample of the GPo in
in Precision due to Stratification .
3a.8 Use of Strata Sizes for Improving the
Precision of an Unstratified Sample.
3a.9 Effect of Increasing the Number of
Strata on the Precision of the Estimate
3a. 10 Effects of Inaccuracies in Strata Sizes
B.
83
84
86
89
91
95
100
106
108
109
VARYING PROBABILITIES OF SELECTION
3b.l
3b.2
3b.3
3b.4
3b.5
Estimate of the Population Mean and
its Sampling Variance
Allocation of Sample among Different
Strata .
Variance of the Estimate under (i) Optimum Allocation, and (ii) Proportional
Allocation when the Total Size of
Sample is Fixed .
Comparison of Stratified with Unstratified Sampling
Evaluation of the Change in Variance
due to Stratification
127
129
131
132
135
xvi
CONTENTS
PAGE
IV.
RATIO METHOD OF ESTIMATION
A.
SAMPLING WITH EQUAL PROBABILITY OF SELECTION
4a. 1
4a.2
4a.3
4a .4*
4a.5
4a.6
4a.7*
4a.8
4a.9
4a. 10
4a.ll
4a .12
4a. 13
B.
Introduction
Notation and Definition of the Ratio
Estimate
Expected Value of the Ratio Estimate.
Second Approximation to the Expected
Value of the Ratio Estimate
Variance of the Ratio Estimate.
Estimate of the Variance of the Ratio
Estimate
Second Approximation to the Variance
of the Ratio Estimate
Conditions for a Ratio Estimate to be
the Best Unbiased Linear Estimate
Confidence Limits.
Efficiency of the Ratio Estimate
Ratio Estimate in Stratified Sampling
Ratio Method for Qualitative Characters: Two Classes
Extension to k Classes
SAMPLING
WITH
VARYING
PROBABILITIES
138
138
139
144
146
150
151
154
158
160
166
174
177
OF
SELECTION
4h.l
V.
Ratio Estimate and its Variance
ApPENDIX: Expected Values of Certain
Higher Order Product
Moments
179
188
REGRESSION METHOD OF ESTIMATION
5.1
5.2
5.3
Simple Regression .
Simple Regression Estimate and its
Variance
Estimation of the Variance of Simple
Regression Estimate
193
194
198
CONTENTS
xvii
PAGE
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
5.9
5.10
5.11 *
VI.
Expected Value of the Sampling Variance of Simple Regression Estimate .
Weighted Regression
Estimation of the Variance of Weighted
Regression Estimate
Comparison of Weighted with Simple
Regression
Comparison of Simple Regression with
the Ratio and the Mean per Sampling
Unit Estimates
Comparison of Simple Regression with
Stratified Sampling
Double Sampling
Successive Sampling
201
204
208
213
220
222
223
231
CHOICE OF SAMPLING UNIT
A.
EQUAL CLUSTERS
60.1
60.2
60.3
60.4
60.5
60.6
Cluster Sampling
Efficiency of Cluster Sampling
Efficiency of Cluster Sampling in Terms
of IntraClass Correlation .
Estimation from the Sample of the Efficiency of Cluster Sampling
Relationship between the Variance of
the Mean of a Single Cluster and its
Size
Optimum Unit of Sampling and Multipurpose Surveys
238
239
243
250
252
257
B. UNEQUAL CLUSTERS
6b.l
6b.2
Estimates of the Mean and their Variances
Probability Proportional to Cluster
Size: Estimate of the Mean and its
Variance
265
. 268
CONTENTS
"viii
PAGE
6b.3
6b.4
Probability Proportional to Cluster Size:
Efficiency of Cluster Sampling
270
Probability Proportional to Cluster Size:
Relative Efficiency of Different Estimates .
272
VII. SUBSAMPLING: EQUAL SELECTION PROBABILITIES
7. 1
Introduction
7.2
TwoStage Sampling, Equal FirstStage
Units: Estimate of the Population
Mean
TwoStage Sampling, Equal FirstStage
Units: Expected Value and Variance
of the Sample Mean
TwoStage Sampling, Equal FirstStage
Units: Estimation of the Variance of
the Sample Mean
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
7. 8
7.9
7.10
7.11
285
285
287
290
Distribution of Sample between Two
Stages: Equal FirstStage Units .
293
Comparison of TwoStage with OneStage Sampling
302
Effect of Change in Size of FirstStage
Units on the Variance .
303
ThreeStage Sampling, Equal FirstStage
Units: Sample Mean and its Variance
305
ThreeStage Sampling, Equal FirstStage
Units: Estimation from the Sample
of the Variance of the Mean .
309
Distribution of the Sample among the
Three Stages .
311
TwoStage Sampling, Unequal FirstStage Units: Estimate of the Popula
tion Mean
315
CONTENTS
xix
PAGE
7.12
7.13
7.14
7.15
7. 16
7.17
VIII.
TwoStage Sampling, Unequal FirstStage Units: Expected Values and
Variances of the Different Estimates.
TwoStage Sampling, Unequal FirstStage Units: Estimation of the Variances from the Sample.
The Use of the Analysis of Variance
Method to Compute the Variance of
the Sample Mean
Allocation of Sample .
Stratified SubS&mpling
Efficiency of Stratification in SubSampling .
318
329
335
339
349
352
SUBSAMPLING (Continued): VARYING SELECTION PROBABILITIES
Introduction
Estimate of the Populacion Mean and
its Variance
Estimation of the Variance from the
8.3
Sample
Allocation of Sample
8.4
8.5* Determination of Optiml.lm Probabilities
8.6* Ratio Estimate.
8.7* Allocation of Sample and Determination
of Optimum Probabilities: General
Case
8.8
Relative Efficiency of the Two SubSampling Designs
8.9* SubSampling without Replacement
8.10* Estimation of the Variance from the
Sample when SubSampling is carried
out without Replacement
8.11* Stratification and the Gain Due to it
8.12* Collapsed Strata
8.1
8.2
358
358
362
363
366
369
373
376
379
385
389
399
xx
CONTENTS
PAGE
8.13
8.14*
SubSampling with Varying Probabilities of Selection at Each Stage
Sampling without Replacement at Each
Stage
404
410
IX. SYSTEMATIC SAMPLING
9.1
9.2
Introduction
The Sample Mean and its Variance
417
419
9.3
Comparison of Systematic with Random
Sampling
420
Comparison of Systematic with Stratified Random Sampling .
423
9.4
9.5
9.6
9.7
9.8
Comparison of Systematic with Simple
and Stratified Random Samples for
Certain Specified Populations .
Estimation of the Variance
TwoStage Sample: Equal Units: Systematic Sampling of SecondStage Units
TwoStage Sample: Unequal Units:
Systematic Sampling of SecondStage
Units
425
431
433
438
X. NONSAMPLING ERRORS
A.
OBSERVATIONAL ERRORS
lOa. 1
10a.2
IOa.3
10a.4
10a.5
Introduction
Mathematical Model for the Measurement of Observational Errors .
The Sample Mean and its Variance
Estimation of the Different Components
of Variance .
The Mean and Variance of a Stratified
Sample in which Enumerators are
Assigned the Units in their Respective
Strata
444
445
446
454
460
CONTENTS
xxi
PAGE
10a.6
10a.7
10a.8
10a.9
B.
The Mean and Variance of an Unstratified Sample in which Enumerators are
Assigned Neighbouring Units.
An Alternative Expression for the Variance of the Sample Mean in Terms
of the Covariance between Responses
Obtained by the Same Enumerator
Determination of the Optimum Number
of Enumerators
Limitations of the Method of Replicated
Samples in Surveys
464
467
468
473
INCOMPLETE SAMPLES
lOb.l
IOh.2
INDEX
The Problem
The Solution of the Problem of Incomplete Samples
478
478
487
00
00
c
.5
g.
V"l
V"l
\0N
\0
00
xxiv
LIST OF EXAMPLES
'2
~
........
,J::,
;::s
tI)
.....
on
on
.....
N
.....
.*
\0
00
00
00
.....
on
a
t'
LIST OF EXAMPLES
xxv
:
0\
.:to
....o
INDEX TO PRINCIPAL NOTATION
(The number against each symbol indicates the page where it is first
introduced and explained)
PAGE
PAGE
a
ai
Ii
f3
B
cx,
Cy
ep
E
ij
y
h
h2
k
m
mo
mi
mI , m 2 .
m',M'.
M
Mi.Mo,M
iL
iLl> 1L2
iL4
iLIO,
iLo], iLao.
nt, n'1.
ni
n'
nij' lI.j' ni.
ii
39, 193
24,445
448
224
143, 193
330, 336, 457
14243
33
22,457
446
193
445,460
478
49,417
285,445
315
315,358
197
453
239,447
265
448
29
36
14445
4,239,447
42,478
49
96,117,363
446
105,447
4,239,445
Nl , N 2
N'
Ni
P
q
Pn,qn
Pi
Pi
p t]..
Q
Q, Qi
Q'
r
ri, tN' tn
rij, 'nm
R
Ri
Rs
Rn.RN
R nt , R nt , RNt
Rn
P
P
Po.
pl)W
S2
Si
Syx'
sw '1. .

Sb
Sw
478
224
49, 84
42,447
42
44
49
61,268
127
199,208
112, 113
224
212
138, 139, 179
405406
317, 372, 405
405
317, 369, 373
139, 179
16667
407
50, 142, 244
342,436
422
424
21, 250
101,291
150
105
250,292
105,250, 290,
436
xxviii
INDEX TO PRINCIPAL NOTATION
PAGE
PAGE
SwX2, Swy 2
si
sii .
sbri
2
swc
se2
2
Seo
Su 2
52
S2
t
Sb2 .
SlJ'2, Sb"2
8w .
8W2
8.t2' Sp 2
5.tZ2
Sc2
SWT
2
Swc
SX2.
542
Se2
u2
O'x,CJ y
CJ2
l
CJb2
 2
CJw
0'
0' 2
O'iz2
2
O'bz
c7wz
Ui
Vi
Wi
206. 212
64
129
269
431
454
454
455
20, 240
85
240
267,268
92
241, 289, 308
308
360
420
423
429
140,450
450
446
246
198
194,270
115,246
246,408
223
64
128
269
131
317,372
179
205
W
W'
Wi"
Xi
Xw .
X
y, .vi, YN'
Yn
Yij
Yn,. YN
Yi.
YN.,Yn.
Y..
Y.j
Yn.',Yn. "
j
,Vw .
yz
Yds'
y'ds
Yim, Ynm
Yi(m i ), Yn(m
Ym., Yi(Mi)'
Ys, Ys', ys"
Yijk, Yij., Yi..,
Yij(p), " .
YR
206, 330, 336,
457
208
138, 445
206
138
2021
R5, 239, 446
84
239,265
23940
239, 265, 447
447
26667
85, 206, 479
193
224
229
286
j ).
Y
YR
Y R,
YRr.
Yz
Zij'
zn
Zi"
305306
317,369
138
139
166
167
193
204
Ywl
Zi'
31517
Zoo
zn.
Zw
zs, zn(m,)
62
128,268
269
128,390
359
SPECIAL SYMBOLS
c.v.
Coefficient of variation
Cov
Covariance
c .
Cost function
Coefficients of cost functions
M.S.E.
S.E.
Mean square error
Standard error
First approximation to variance
Second approximation to variance
Variance of a stratified sample
Variance of a stratified sample,
allocation
proportional
Variance of a stratified sample, Neyman allocation
Variance of a random sample
Variance of an unstratified sample
Variance of a systematic sample
CHAPTER I
BASIC IDEAS IN SAMPLING
1.1 Sampling Method
A sampling method is a method of selecting a fraction of the
population in a way that the selected sample represents the
population. Everyone of us has had occasion to use it. It is
almost instinctive for a person to examine a few articles, preferably
from different parts of a lot, before he or she decides to buy it.
No particular attention is, however, paid to the method of
choosing articles for examination. A wholesale buyer, on the
other hand, has to be careful in selecting articles for examination
as it is important for him to ensure that the sample of articles
selected for examination is typical of the manufactured product
lest he should incur in the long run a heavy loss through wrong
decision. Similarly, in obtaining information on the average
yield of a crop by sampling, it is not sufficient to ensure that the
fields to be included in the sample come from different parts of the
country, for, the sample may well contain a very much larger
(or smaller) proportion of fields of a particular category like
irrigated, manured or growing improved variety, than is present
in the population. If any category is consistently favoured at the
expense of the other, the sample will cease to represent the whole.
Even if the sample is selected in such a way that the proportions
in the sample under different categories agree with those in the
population, the sample may not still represent the population.
A sampling method, if it is to provide a sample representative
of the population, must be such that all characteristics of the
population, including that of variability among units of the
population, are reflected in the sample as closely as the size of
the sample will permit, so that reliable estimates of the population
characters can be formed from the sample.
1.2 Standard Error
Whatever be the method of selection, a tample estimate will
inevitably differ from the one that would be obtained from
enumerating the complete population with equal care. This
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICA nONS
difference between the sample estimate and the population value
is called the sampling error. The larger the sample, the smaller
will obviously be the sampling error on the average and the
greater will be our confidence in the results. A sampling method,
if it is to be serviceable, must provide some idea of the sampling
error in the estimate on an average. We must, for instance, be
able to form a precise idea of the extent to which we are likely
to b~ in error on an average in estimating the yield of a crop
from the sample. Several measures are available for the purpose.
One such measure of the average magnitude of the sampling error
is called the standard error of the estimate and provides a measure
of the reliability, as it were, of the sample estimate. It is the
magnitude of the standard error which will determine whether
a sample estimate is useful for a given purpose. This, in turn,
will depend upon the break down expected of the results. If, for
example, estimates of crop acreages are required for every village
of the State and for all crops, major or minor, there will be little
point in using the sampling method.
1.3 Principle of Choosing among Alternative Sampling Methods
Practical considerations have also to be kept in view in the
use of a sampling method. Cropcutting surveys for estimating
the average yield of a crop provide a good example for illustration.
It is not enough in a cropcutting survey to select a sample of
fields representative of the total number under the crop and
sampleharvest the selected fields at the time of the visit of the
enumerator; it is also necessary to ensure that the selected fields
are reached on the dates the cultivators would harvest them.
Only then would the distribution of sampleharvesting over time
correspond to the distribution over time of actual harvesting.
The procedure of sampleharvesting should also correspond, in so
far as practicable, to the one adopted by the cultivator so that
what is observed would correspond to what is gathered by the
cultivator, which is what one wants to estimate. Further, a
sampling method, if it is to be acceptable in practice, must be
simple, fit into the administrative background and local conditions and ensure the most effective use of the resources available
to the sampler. The guiding principle in the choice of a sampling
method is, in fact, the principle of securing the desired result
BASIC IDEAS IN SAMPLING
with the reliability required at minimum cost or with the maximum
reliability at a given cost, making the most effective use of the
resources available.
1.4 Probability Sampling
To fulfil the above requirements, it is necessary that the method
of sampling be objective, based on laws of chance. The method
is called the method of probability sampling. In this method,
the sample is obtained in successive draws of a unit each with
a known probability of selection assigned to each unit of the
population at the first draw. At any subsequent draw, the probability of selecting any unit from among the available units at
that draw may be either proportional to the probability of selecting
it at the first draw or completely independent of it.
The successive draws of a probability sample may be made
with or without replacing the units selected in the previous
draws. The former is called the procedure of sampling with
replacement, the latter without replacement.
The application of the method presumes that the population
can be subdivided into distinct and identifiable units called sampling units. The units may be natural units, such as individuals in
a human population or fields in a cropestimating surveyor natural
aggregates of such units like families or villages; or they may be
artificial units, such as a single plant, a row of plants or a plot
of size, say, 10 x 10 square feet in sampling a field of wheat. In
general, for a given proportion of the popUlation to be sampled,
the smaller the sampling unit the more accurate will be the
sample estimate. The application of the method naturally presupposes the availability of a list of all the sampling units in the
population. This list is called the frame and provides the basis
for the actual selection of the sample. An example of a frame is
furnished by a list of farms, where one exists, or suitable areasegments like the village in India or the section in the United
States. The section forms the sampling unit and provides the
means for selecting a sample of farms.
I.S Simple Random Sampling
The simplest of the methods of probability sampling which
provides estimates of the population characters and a measure of
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
the reliability of the estimates made is the method of simple
random sampling. In this method, usually called for brevity the
method of random sampling, an equal probability of selection is
assigned to each unit of the population at the first draw. The
method implies an equal probability of selecting any unit from
among the available units at subsequent draws. Thus, if the
number of units in the population is N, the probability of selecting
any unit at the first draw will be liN, the probability of selecting
any unit from among the available units at the second draw is
1/(N  1), and so on.
An important property of simple random sampling is that the
probability of selecting a specified unit of the population at any
given draw is equal to the probability of selecting it at the first
draw. For, let
11 denote the number of units to form the sample.
The probability that the specified unit is selected at the rth draw
is clearly the product of (1) the probability of the event that it
is not selected in any of the previous r  1 draws; and (2) the
probability of the event that it is selected at the roth draw. The
probability that it is not selected at the first draw is, by
definition, (N  l)/N; that it is not selected at the second draw
(N  2)/(N  1), and so on. Th.e probability of event (1) is,
therefore,
Nl
N
N2
. 'Nl
N r + 1
N ;+2
The probability of the event (2) is clearly I/(N  r
product of the two is, therefore,
NI
N2
Nr+I
I
N . Nl ... N':'_r+l' lV"":r+I or
+ I).
The
which is the probability of drawing the specified unit at the first
draw.
Since the specified unit may be included in the sample at any
of the n draws, it also follows that the probability that it is
included in the sample is the sum of the probabilities that it is
selected in the first draw, second draw, ... , nth draw, and is, therefore, equal to nj N. Since this result is independent of the specified
BASIC IDEAS IN SAMPLING
unit, it follows that every one of the units in the population has
the same chance of being included in the sample under the
procedure of simple random sampling. This, in fact, has sometimes been used as the definition of simple random sampling.
However, this definition does not completely specify the procedure
of simple random sampling, for, as will be clear in Chapter IX,
there can be other procedures of sampling which do not give the
same chance of selection at the first draw to each unit of the
population and yet the probability that any specified unit is
included in the sample is niN.
The method of simple random sampling is also equivalent to
giving an equal probability to each possible cluster of n units
to form the sample of the population. The possible clusters of
n are
(~)
Random sampling implies that everyone of these possible clusters
will have an equal probability, namely,
1
(~)
of being selected as the sample. Thus, if the population consists
of 4 farms serially numbered 1, 2, 3 and 4, having 2, 3, 4 and
7 acres under corn respectively, then the possible clusters of 2 farms
from this population will be the following six:
Serial Nwnber of
Cluster
Serial Number of Units
in the Cluster
Values of the Units
in the Cluster
1,2
2,3
1,3
2,4
1,4
2, 7
2,3
3,4
2,4
3,7
3,4
4, 7
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLJCATIONS
Random sampling implies that every one of these 6 clusters of
2 each will have a chance of i of being selected as the sample
for our study. It is easy to establish this result.
The probability of selecting anyone unit at the first draw is,
by definition, lIN. Having selected one, the probability of selecting
anyone of the remaining units at the second draw is clearly
I/(N  I), and so on. The probability of selecting any given n
units in succession in a specified order is thus
I
fir N 
1 ... N=n
+1
Since the order in which the units are selected is immaterial, the
probability of any given n units to form the sample is thus
given by
n!  or 1      ..
N.(N  1) .. . (N  n
+ 1)
(~)
Every one of the (~) possible clusters of n each has thus an
equal probability of being selected under this method.
The word "random" refers to the method of selecting a sample
rather than to the particular sample selected. Any possible sample
can be a simple random sample, however unrepresentative it may
appear, so long as it is obtained by following the rule of giving
an equal chance to every one of the possible samples. Thus, a
person may draw a sample of 13 cards from a wellshuffled pack
and still find that all are of the same suit. The sample is obviously
unrepresentative of different colours, but nevertheless must be
considered to be a random sample by virtue of the method of
selection employed.
1.6 Procedure of Selecting a Random Sample
A practical procedure of selecting a random sample is by using
a table of random numbers, such as those published by Tippett
(1927), a page from which is reproduced in the Appendix to this
chapter. The procedure takes the form of (a) identifying N units
in the population with the numbers 1 to N, or what is the same
thing, preparing a Jist of units in the population and serially
numbering them, (b) selecting different numbers from the table
BASIC IDEAS IN SAMPUNO
of random numbers, and (c) taking for the sample the n units
whose numbers correspond to those drawn from the table of
random numbers. The following examples will illustrate the
procedure:
Example 1.1
Select a sample of 34 villages from a list of 338 villages.
Using the threefigure numbers given in columns 1 to 3, 4 to 6,
etc., of the table given in the Appendix and rejecting numbers
greater than 338 (and also the number 000), we have for the
sample:
I
125, 326, 12, 237, 35, 251, 165, 131, 198,
33, 161, 209, 51, 52, 331, 218, 337, 263,
223, 241, 277, 42, 14, 303, 40, 99, 102,
173, 137, 321, 335, 155, 163, 81.
The procedure involves the rejection of a large number of
random numbers, nearly twothirds. A device commonly employed
to avoid the rejection of such large numbers is to divide a random
number by 338 and take the remainder as equivalent to the
corresponding serial number between 1 to 337, the remainder zero
corresponding to 338. It is, however, necessary to reject random
numbers 677 to 999 and also 000 in adopting this procedure as
otherwise villages with serial numbers 1 to 323 will get a larger
chance of selection equal to 3/999 while those with serial numbers
324 to 338 will get a chance equal to 2/999. If we use this
procedure and also the same threefigure random numbers as given
in columns 1 to 3, 4 to 6, etc., we will obtain the sample of
villages with serial numbers given below:
125,
325,
312,
52,
11,
206,
338,
165,
331,
223.
326,
114,
131,
218,
193, 12, 237, 35, 251,
231, 78, 112, 126, 330,
198, 33, 161, 209, 51,
337, 238, 323, 263, 90,
Example 1.2
The following procedure has been used for selecting a sample
of fields for cropcutting experiments on paddy in the surveys
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
carried out by the Indian Council of Agricultural Research
(1951).
"AlYainst the name of each selected village are shown three
I:>
*. h
random numbers smaller than the highest survey number to t e
village. Select the survey numbers corresponding to given random
numbers for experiments. If the selected survey number does not
grow paddy. select the next higher paddygrowing survey number
in its place."
Examine whether the above method will provide an equal
chance of inclusion in the sample to all the paddygrowing survey
numbers in the village, given the following:
1. Name of village
Payagpur
2. Total number of survey numbers
290
18, 189,239
3. Random numbers
4. Paddygrowing survey numbers .. 49 to 88 and 189 to 290
Clearly, according to instructions, the survey numbers to be
selected for cropcutting experiments will be 49, 189 and 239. In
selecting the first paddygrowing survey number for experirrlent, we
thus give the survey number 49 a chance of 49/290 of being included
in the sample, the survey number 189 a chance of 101/290, while
to the remaining paddygrowing survey numbers a chance of 1/290
each. If paddy is grown in patches covering several survey numbers,
as in the present example, the method will result in giving a larger
chance to the border fields of being included in the sample,
Example 1.3
Nine villages in a certain administrative area contain 793, 170,
970, 657, 1721, 1603, 864, 383 and 826 fields respectively. Make a
random selection of 6 fields, using the method of random sampling.
The total number of fields in all the 9 villages is 7987. The
first step in the selection of a random sample of fields is to
have these serially numbered from 1 to 7987, by taking successive
cumulative totals:
i93, 963, 1933, 2590, 4311, 5914, 6778, 7161, 7987,
the 793 fields in village 1 being given the serial numbers 1
through 793, the 170 fields in village 2 being given the serial
Each field or separate riece of land in a village bears an official number which
is termed the 'survey number',
BASIC IDEAS IN SAMPLING
numbers 794 through 963, and so on. A reference to the fourdigit
random numbers in columns 9 to 12 will then give the following
sample of fields with serial numbers 7358, 922, 4112, 3596. 633
and 3999. The corresponding fields will be No. 197 from village 9,
No. 129 from village 2, No. 1522 and No. 1006 from village 5,
No. 633 from village 1 and No. 1409 from village 5.
It will be noted that the selection has actually proceeded in
two stages, selecting a village in the first instance with probability
proportional to the number of fields in the village and choosing.
on the basis of the random number already selected, a field in
the selected village, villages being sampled with replacement.
It must, however, be remembered that this equivalence between
the one and twostage sampling holds good only when the
number of second~tage units to be selected from a firststage
unit of sampling is limited to one.
Example 1.4
The following method is laid down for locating and marking
a random plot of area 33' x 33' in a field selected for cropcutting
experiments in India (LeA.R., 1951).
"Stand facing North with the field in front of you and to your
right. Measure the length and the breadth of the field in feet and
deduct 33' from each. Select a pair of random numbers less than
or equal to the remainders so obtained to locate the corner of the
plot. Fix a peg at this corner, tie a string to it and stretch it
along the length of the field away from the SouthWest corner
of the field. Measure 33' along it by means of a tape and put
the crossstaff at this point. Turn the string round the crossstaff
and stretch it at rightangles away from the SouthWest corner
of the field and measure 33' along it. Proceed in this manner
until you reach the starting point of the plot by checking the
distance between the fourth and the first corner."
Examine whether the method will give an equal chance to all
the unit areas in the field, it being given that the field is a
rectangular field, measuring 120' x 100'.
The method implies a division of the field into (12033) x (10 )33)
plots, each measuring 33' x 33', which are not distinct but overlapping. The fundamental requirement that the population should
10
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
be divisible into units which are distinct so that every unit area
of the population belongs to one and only one sampling unit is
thus not fulfilled, with the consequence that the central areas get
a relatively greater chance of selection than those near the
border.
1.7 NonRandom Methods of Sampling
Methods of sampling, which are not based on laws of chance
but in which units of the population to be included in the sample
are determined by the personal judgment of the enumerator, are
called purposive or non~random methods. An example of this
method, where personal judgment is introduced in the selection
of a sample, is provided by the old official method in India of
selecting fields for sample~harvesting for determining the average
yield of a crop. Under this method, the experimenter was required
to select fields which, in his judgment, had an average crop. It
was found that the experimenter tended to select fields which were
poorer than the average when the season was good and better
than the average when the season was bad. The result was a
tendency to over~estimate yields in bad years and to under~estimate
them in good years. The quota method of sampling, so exten~
sively used in the United States of America in opinion surveys,
is another example of this method. Here quotas are set up for
the different categories of the population to be included in the
sample and the selection of units from each ~tegory is left to the
personal discretion of the enumerator. The method is convenient
to use in practice. Its cost is also low relative to that of the
method of probability sampling. However, the sample does not
provide any means of judging the reliability of the estimates based
thereon. If we want to have unbiased estimates of the population
character whose accuracy can be measured from the samples
themselves, probability sampling alone shQuld be used.
1.8 NonSampling Errors
The accuracy of a result is affected not only by sampling errors
arising from chance variation in the selection of the sample but also
by (0) lack of precision in reporting observations, (b) incomplete
or faulty canvassing of a designated random sample, and (c)
faulty methods of estimation. These errors, particularly those
BASIC IDEAS IN SAMPLING
11
under (a) and (b), are usually grouped under the heading "nonsampling errors". Deming (1944, 1950) has listed the different
sources of errors and biases arising from (a). These, in his words,
are principally due to arbitrariness in definition and variable
performance of the man. An eyeestimate of the crop provides
an example of this source of errors. Eyeestimate is a form of
measurement which cannot, in the very nature of things, give
a unique result even when the same field is observed at different
times by the same enumerator. The result will depend upon the
personal judgment of the enumerator, no matter how well he is
trained and consequently there will be variation from enumerator
to enumerator observing the same field and in repeated observations by the same enumerator. A character like damage to a crop
in the field from rust will similarly involve a certain amount of
arbitrariness in definition and, therefore, give variable response.
Even with factual characters like the area under the crop in a field,
there is found to be marked variation in performance of the same
enumerator measuring the acreage at different times or of different
enumerators measuring the same field. Tn an inspection carried
out by the statistical staff to test the reliability of the area records
maintained by the patwaris (village officials) in 61 villages selected
at random in the Lucknow District (India), about 20% of the
reports were found to be in disagreement. Part of the discrepancies could, of course, be explained by carelessness or even
dishonesty but most of them were due to differing descriptions
of the same situation given by different agencies (Sukhatme and
Kishen, 1951).
An example of faulty canvassing of a selected sample is reported
by Kiser (1934) who selected a random sample of households for
studying morbidity. The relative frequency distribution of the size
of households included in the sample and as revealed by the Census
is given in Table 1.1, which shows that the sample is considerably
deficient in the frequency of households of size 2. Kiser attributed
the deficiency to the failure on the part of the enumerators to
revisit missed households in which childless married women
working away from homes are likely to predominate.
A similar bias attributed to the poor execution by the field force
of the selected sample arose in a survey for estimating the yield
12
SAMPUNG THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
1.1
Relative Frequency Distribution of the Size
of the Households
TABLE
Percentage Frequency
in Sample
.
Percentage Frequency
in Census
194
268
259
265
2~'5
219
154
130
81
59
35
32
1'9
1'4
9 and over
22
I)
Size of Household
of wheat carried out in Uttar Pradesh (India) in 194344. The
harvesting had already commenced when the investigators went
to conduct experiment5 in the selected fields, with the result that
the fields harvested in the sample contained a larger proportion
of irrigated fields than was present in the population. For, it is
usually the unirrigated fields which mature earlier and which had,
therefore, been harvested by the time the investigators commenced
their experiments. The instruction to select the next available
field for experiment would have only resulted in increasing the
preponderance of irrigated fields in the sample.
Faulty methods of estimation can be illustrated with reference
to a plan for estimating the average yield of a crop per acre.
If, for example, an equal chance is given to every field under the
crop to be included in the sample and the average yield per acre of
larger fields is different from that of smaller ones, then the average
yield per acre estimated from the simple arithmetic mean of the
yields per acre of the fields in the sample may be markedly
different from the average yield per acre of the total area under
the crop.
The net effect of these discrepancies on the value of the estimate
may not, however, always be serious, particularly in cases where
BASIC IDEAS IN SAMPLING
13
errors occur in both directions and there is a reasonable chance
of their cancelling one another. Errors, particularly those due to
variability in reporting, introduce an additional component of
variability which goes to inflate the estimate of the sampling error.
It is frequently found that these errors do not cancel out and
that the net effect is a bias due to the tendency to uniformly
report a higher (or lower) figure than the true unknown value. It
is, therefore, important to control these errors as far as practicable.
Methods of measuring and controlling nonsampling errors will
be discussed in Chapter X. In this chapter, we shall give examples
which show that the magnitude of nonsampling errors can sometimes be much larger than what is commonly supposed, thus
emphasising the need for reducing them as far as possible.
Example 1.5
This example is taken from an experiment conducted by the
Indian Council of Agricultural Research at Poona (India) for
evolving a method of obtaining a representative sample of fibres
from a bulk of wool for the study of three wool characteristics,
viz., length, fineness and medullation. The experiment consisted
of preparing well mixed lots, each weighing about . 6 gram, from
a commercial mass of won!. Each lot was combed out and spread
on a velvet board in a uniform thin layer and divided into three
approximately equal sections by referring to a scale placed across
the fibres. The first section was used for drawing a sample of
200 individual fibres by method (a) which consisted of drawing
individual fibres with the help of random numbers by reading on
the scale placed across the fibres. The second section was used
for drawing a sample by method (b) which consisted of drawing
bunches of approximately 50 fibres each from 4 random positions
of the spreadout wool. The third section was used for drawing
bunches of 100, but we will not refer to the results of this section
here. The fibres in the samples, as also those left behind in each
section, were then measured for length.
Table 1.2 gives the results of experiments on 24 lots measured
by the same observer. It will be seen that the sample estimates
based on individual fibres as sampling units exceed the corresponding popUlation values in all the 24 lots, although the difference between the two has varied rather considerably from
14
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
lot to lot. The results show that there is a consistent overestimation in the method of sampling individual fibres. The results
of sampling by method (b), however, show that in 12 out of 24
lots, the sample estimate is larger than the corresponding population value, in 11 cases it is lower, and in the one remaining lot
the two are equal, thus showing absence of bias in the method
of sampling by bunches. It is clear that some conscious or
unconscious tendency to select longer fibres of wool i!> introduced
when method (0) of sampling is adopted. The procedure of
random sampling implies identification of each one of the fibres
in the population with the serial numbers 1 to N, and then
selecting a sample of fibres with the help of random numbers.
This, however, is an impracticable procedure to adopt in the
sampling of wool. A practicable procedure is the one that was
actually followed of spreading the lot in a thin layer across a
velvet and selecting fibres from random positions with the help
of a scale placed across it. The method, however, gives scope
to the observer to select one fibre out of the several possible
fibres in the neighbourhood of the random position. This scope,
and with it the bias, is reduced when sampling is done by bunches.
Example 1.6
This is taken from an investigation carried out in Krishna
District of Madras State (India) for comparing the efficiency of
plots of different sizes in largescale sample surveys for estimating
the average yield of paddy (Sukhatme, 1947). 36 villages, distributed equally among the 6 subdivisions of the district, were selected
for the investigation. In each selected village, 3 fields were selected
at random out of all tbe paddygrowing fields in the village, and
within each field the following plots were marked at random:
(a) A rectangle of 50 x 20 (links)2 (area 4356 sq.ft.), which is the
plot size adopted in official cropsampling work in Madras;
(b) Two circles of radius 3 ft. each (area 283 sq.ft.); and
(c) Two circles of radius 2 ft. each (area 126 sq.ft.).
Besides, the whole of the remaining field was harvested. The
rectangular plot was marked with the help of tapes and pegs in
the manner described in Example 1.4. The circular plots were
marked with the help of a special apparatus devised for the
lS
BASIC IDEAS IN SAMPLING
00
IC
r:
''
V)
"?
V)
.. I
;::
::
00
.....
0\
,.
...,
'"
IC
N
''
IC
0\
"?
0\
,.
...
'"
,.
N
r:..
..... IC
.;.., "?
,.
C!
._,
00
.~
.'~
:::1''
~~
~''
5 ~
~~
e'"'
E
~
~:
<u
bo
~;
'"
..;,.
;..
a
N
IC
IC
...,
00
r:
,.
00
V)
!::!.
.....
.....
6'
!::!.
,.
0\
";'I
'"
on
::
...:..
...,
':'
on
V)
.....
0\
"'r
.....
':'
00
.;..,
':'
V)
~
.....
.;..,
0\
V)
V)
.;..,
0\
.....
.....
IC
:e:>
r.i:
on

~
..;,. ':'
~
._,
V)
V)
V)
IC
V)
,.
on
r: r:
<;>
V)
..;,.
::::.
IC
IC
..
..
._,
.;...
00
.....
,.
...,
''
.....
':'
on
V)
IC
V)
V)
0\
.;..,
V)
'"
"'r
on
...,.....
.;..,
...,
r:
V)
IC
V)
00
on
V)
on
";'I
IC
"'r
IC
''
IC
r:
V)
'"
on
";'I
.....
"?"
IC
V)
"?
~
IC
.....
00
~
on
..;,. ..;,.
V)
.....
00
'"
.....
"':"
V)
.....
~
on
IC
IC
on
IC
':'
...,
':'
IC
"?
''
IC
V)
,.
N
''
V)
r::::::.
':'
";'I
r:
..;,. ..;,.
~
0\
00
''
 N
'"
V)
 
.....
<::)
~~
IU
,.
...,
''
"?
N
''
.tIj
.5
.....
':'
V)
,.
"'r
<;>
N
''
on
~
0\
V)
on
r:..
0\
N
,.
'"
00
V)
~~
~ ~ ;:
~
N
'"
<u~
";'I
::::.
...,
IC
V)
N
0\
00
.;..,
~
IC
..... ~
IC
.;..,
.;..,
'"
::
0\
~
IC
'" '"
V)
~
V)
";'I
IC
..
'"
'0
..J
S
l
:3
Q,
is.
Po.
,..
:$
~
<:)
.~
" 8.
a
e
~
i.
'0
..J
u
.
'iii
"3
'+l
S ae go ~
8.'"
l ~ Po. l ron~ Po.0
~
Q,
16
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
purpose consisting of a rotating peg, a steel tape and a plumb
line. The peg was made of wood and was provided with an
iron collar at one end and a point at the other. It was fixed at
a point in the field located by means of a pair of random numbers.
The steel tape was so fixed as to revolve fully round the centre of
the top of the peg. As the tape was revolved, the crop was cut
from below the level of the tape, thus making room for the tape
to move further until the original starting point was reached.
To avoid trampling, the point located by means of a pair of
random numbers was not taken as the centre of the circle but was
taken as a point of its circumference on a line parallel to the length
of the field. On arriving at this point, the worker was asked to cut
the crop from this point along the direction of the length until he
reached a distance slightly exceeding the radius from this point.
From the starting point the worker then measured exactly a
distance equal to the radius along the direction of the length
of the field and fixed the peg at this point.
This was the
centre of the circle. The field work was carried out by the
local staff of the Department of Agriculture who had been given
thorough training prior to the commencement of the investigation.
The results of the investigation are reproduced in Table 1.3.
1.3
Average Yield of Paddy in Lb./Acre for Plots (~r D(fj'erellt Sizes
Paddy Survey in Krishna District (Madras)
TABLE
.~.
Size and Shape
of Plot
Area in
Sq.ft.
Whole field
50 x 20 (links)2
3' circle
2' circle
_
,_
 .__ ... _
No. of Average Yield Standard
Plots
in Lb./Acre
Error
108
19392
PeTcentage
OverEstimation
107'3
43560
108
19541
105'0
0'8
2827
216
2025 9
1258
45
1257
216
21132
1291
90

It is seen that while the yield estimate from the official plot size of
50 links X 20 links is in close agreement with that from harvesting the
whole field, those from small plots are considerable overestimates.
The instructions for locating the starting point and for marking
of plot were as objective as they possibly could be. Nevertheless,
anyone who has had experience of measuring the length of a field
BASIC IDEAS IN SAMPLING
17
and walking from a given point in the field along the direction
of its length will agree that the starting point of the plot and the
direction along which it is to be laid in the field could at best
be determined only approximately. Even if the same ohserver
were to locate and mark the plot determined by a given pair of
random numbers at different times in the same field, the plots
may occupy different positions. The inclusion or exclusion of
particular plants on the border of the plot in demarcating it will
similarly depend upon the judgment of the experimenter. The
area actually cut may also vary from the one intended to be cut
due to unevenly sown crops and errors in measurement. If all
these deviations could be ascribed to a random element, one would
expect the errors to cancel out. The results given in Table I .3,
however, indicate that this is not the case. They show that small
plots significantly overestimate the yield, although the degree of
overestimation becomes smaller with larger plots. It is obvious
that the overall influence of the various nonsampling errors
relative to the produce harvested becomes smaller with the increase
in plot size until, when the plot size is large enough, such as is
used in official cropsampling work, the bias becomes nt'gligible.
The above examples will show the need for exercising care in preparing the design of a survey so that, as far as possible, biases are
absent. Where it is not practicable to ensure absence of bias,
one should at least satisfy oneself that the bias present, if any, in the
sample estimate is so small as to be negligible in comparison with
its standard error.
REFERENCES
Random Sampling Numbers, Tracts for Computers,
XV, Cambridge University Press.
2. I.C.A.R., New Delhi (1951) Sumple Suney.\' for the Estimatiofl of Yield of Food
Crops (194449), Bulletin No. 72.
3. Deming, W. E. (1944) ., "On Errors in Surveys," Amer. Sociol. Rev., 9,
I.
Tippett, L. H. C. (1927) .,
35969 .
4. (1950)
5.
Sukhatme, P. V. and
Kishen, K. (1951)
6.
Kiser, C. V. (1934)
.,
..
7. Sukhatme, P. V. (1947) .,
Some Theory of Sampliflg, John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.,
New York.
"Assesment of the Accuracy of Patwaris' Area
Records," Agriculture and Animal Husbandry,
1, No.9, 3647.
.. Pitfalls in Sampling for Population Study,"
Jour. Amer. Statist. Assoc., 29, 25056.
"The Problem of Plot Size in LargeScale Yield
Surveys," Jour. Amer. Statist. Assoc., 42,
297310.
18
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
.........
....
....
OOOt"l"')O
"'''''''''<I'N
00" ....
0\'"
""""0(')O
0\0 t""I r"IN
00_0'\001./1
rf'it'I"..'!t..... t"'}
OIXlC"lr""'l
f"')'\CN"I1"
~tf")N&n1r\
~("PI"I~
V)"'NO
"00"'"
~.::rf""'lO"
O\OO("f"iOO
V>NN""''''!:t
""0000"'0
0\..,. .... "'01
\ONNCO
_t""'>O\ON
00
N
r'ONOI
"'010\0\00
.......... "'00 .....
0\ ......... ..,.'"
\0000_0
O..,.",N
ON""O\N
00\0("\100
O\NNOO'"
0"'00\ .....
'"
\Qrt'Nf"oo.
00000,.....
0\ \0
r.I.I")O~
f'''df'"'\O
0'"
",rt'r.
0\
.....
N
r"('f")t"'j
'"
NOOO
0000"'0",
0000 ..... '<1'
'<I'
N
V')NMO'\
",ONO
OOMV)"I1't
OOOOOOM
I,OrOl'
OO_V'lO"l
~MtOO
NO\'O"'tt
\OOONtr.
\OootO\('f')
'<1''''''' ..... 0
"' ..... N"' .....
O\trlOClrOO
"'0\"''<1'
Oo.,rNN
OO~Of"')
O'\OONMV)
'<I''''V)M''''
\D 00 .............. \0
OOOO"'MO
'<1'00"'0 ....
tI")"III:tet:t""Il.I)
00
('I V)('.IV)
N""O"''''
('lC'I\Olor.O
.:t
V)
..... '<1'0'<1'
.... "''<1''''0
I,(')'"e::t"~~
..,
!,""
'"
0\
00 0\
c
00
\Orrr~
rOO""d"N
00_0\0\
_N\O\Otn
00"'0'''''''
~ ~
"
'"
f"'i"l:t"'(ttv
"''<I'NOOOl
"'01 r
Vf'V>O
Or""lMOCN
'<I''<I'''OCN
totoo_
.... '<1'01 N'"
M~OOOOr
o\\C)NM
11',
tf")""'" tr, r
NOOr\D
"'N'<I'''''''
0\"'0""00
000
:::<u
t: ~
~
~
t
00
r
rf"!f"'I 0
01
'<I'
coo_o
VN_N
NN_r"'("I'i
OOrM~_
rt('fj 00 000
....
'<I'rOIN'"
N"'OIrO
'<1'001 '<I'M
0011)'<1'0\
00 V')(X) 0\ N
OG(",IN\,Q\C
"' .... '<1'\001
O'q"10rOO
"'''0\000
0\"''<1' ..... '"
\I')
NlI') 0'\
V',('f'ff"\~0\
""'<I'NO'<l'
",,00 0'1'<1' N
O\V)~rlI'l
('t"')
a. O\lI"'.
\00'<1'01
NII")\C
VOO1r\OOOO
OOOOf""'lO .....
..... 0""00""
0000"' ....
V>M 0'1 00
Nt:'IMc\OI
"""'t""lNII"'J
OONt"'I:t
'<1'''' ..... '<1'\0
..... '<1''''''''0
....,""'<1'''''<1'
0\00'<1'''0\
c
~
0\
00
VlNO\O'.
OOtt"t"
OO.:tr.::t
NooONN
00 0'\ ('C"'\N
CXlO\t'rN
.....NO\'<I'O
00'<1'..,.\0.,.,
"'NNOO
.,.,
N'<tN 0 '<I'
t'f": 0"'1' l'tI")
O\~CO
"'NO ....
'<I"'<t 1'1
'<I'
'<1''''1''10\1'1
0\"'" '" N .....
""00\0\t
0\.0\0""'"
.... 000\0'"
'"
"" .... "'0\0
t~NtV\
.....
\Q
_("f'\_~~
N'<I'NOOOO
",t"f")
l(").tf'f"';\oN
0\"'0'<1'00
00.,.,"' ..... .,.,
\0 """'It'\\O \0
.,.,"' .... 000
11"\"""
M'O
r
_. 11\ (."H... \0
O\"'ONO
I"N\Q\Q...,.
V)'<t...,.'<t\Q
'0,.... """.,..,
_'Nt'f'\~1,()
\QrOOO\;:
.......................
",1"000\0
....  _ _ N
NNNNN
Ntf'\'d"V")
~N~~V")
19
IIASIC IDEAS IN SAMPLING
N
,""
00_
ON _ _
OOOC:
,...11""1 0\
O<:7''''N\O
_ N r..:t 00
;:;::
r0000'<1" .....
"''''0'<1"'''
oocx.O\
'<1"\00\ ..... '<1"
0.::1''''
'"0\
N'<1" 00 00 0\
N\O
r",
tnN_OOO\
\OOOt"')NO
"''<1"''''<1"\0
<'I
r'<1" 0\ 000
"''<1"\0'''0
'<1"00\
O\I.I')~r..N
oorooo\O
00
N
<'1'<1"00"'11')
MM_OOr
r"'0'<1"0\
rooO\o
OOMO_r
rN
MOOQOt"
\000000
\OtO\rM
NrrN\O
00"'\0'<1"0\
\0
N
r0\'<1"
NO\\O'<1"1I')
0\0\ ..... '<1"0\
ff"\1.r}'<.00\.;t
II")
'"
oolt')r\O
NVMt"i"'d"
'<1"00'<1"'<1"'<1"
OOOf"1rt'")OO
t"iVO\"'d"
'<1"
N
rroo
""'<1"00\'<1"
0rr'<1"
'<1"
r ..... II')
0000 Nf""'l 11""1
'
r' 0\ 00
tnt.r)rMt
ONO",N\O
0...,,,,<'1\0
t"'1V')\O 0. 0t
iX)0\ 0\
""N
OOQOMO\
\o\oN'<1"N
rt"iMr
V)("'fO\_
\,CooO\r
'<1"00<'1
orooor
N\OQOOOr
0\ tt"i 1.0\0
0\ 00 00 rr
0\ N NO .....
<'I "''''0 v
\OO<'IOr
Nt"it"i":::tN
V)~\OO
O\OMt"if""l
""OO\\Or
OOV)_M\C)
f""'loN\O""'_
'V 0\
00\0"''''
VO\t<'IO
O'\t"I")l"I'il,f')f'I"')
0

r
.....
t,
'"ci
II")
00
r\0
0
f'H..' f"I")
IoCO"'<'IO
\OvO oo
roo\OO
Oq~'ll:tr
0\
"d"t"iMtf'f"i
",0'<1"\0_
1"'\\00\0'"
roo_OOV)
\ON\Of""')
O<'lrO'"
O\OV\OI"'\
'<1"\01"'\ <'IV
'"
\01"'\"'1'"10
"'Or\Ooo
",r","'""
MM<'I"'O
NO\rOO_
NooMII')O\
tnf"l"'lrf"oo
t"iO\V".N
"'0 v "'<'I
"'l
1"'\
rI"'\rlCv
\0\0\0\0
O\OMO\ar'\
("f"'Ht')
0 \0
NOOOMf'
rooOooO
ooOOON
V",QOM\OV
O\trl"'tOO
_\0 O\t"i 0
oo"'V\Ooo
OOMO\rr
rrt""V')
V)f'..HI')NOO
0'<1""'11')
rO\II""IQO
V\OMOoo
OM r'<t '"
""II:t0\
0\
r'<1"vO'l
l'f")V"IO\\Ot
rMOr<'I
<'IO'<1""'M
v'<1"ooO\M
oe
<'I"'M'<1"<'I
'<1"O\\o\oM
"":2"OOf"l'\O\
V)
rM 1.0_
rIOII""IOCN
r
0\,1roC
\0 N "'00 ....
M <'I'" 000
oo\O'<1"rO
<'I1C1I')",r
\0
",000\0\00
....q"'IO""r
"'MO\
"'''''''M
rNoor
'"
0000, r r
O"'Ct"""f"I"'I
<'I .... <'Ir<'I
r''')t''''\ 1.1') 1.1') \0
00\0 '<1"'<1" r
~
....
~
~
<

<'I
'<1"
lIi
V)ooV')"
00
rtn 00
.... '<1"0 .... '<1"
\O"'Ct
'<1" r", 0\ ....
\O("f")f'f")
O\O .... r ....
....
OO~f"')O
O\Noo
roo 0'<1" 00
Nrr",\O
tnrf')MN
0\0\ .... 0'1\0
0"'''' ........
OOo\Nr .....
0\ .... r .... r
00\0\000'"
0\00\
NO 0 r ....
\0 00 0\0\ N
\0 .... 0'10'1'"
\0 \0 N\O '<1"
\0 roo 0\0
NNNN ....
Mff')Mt'\tf')
Nf"I"'I~1I")
~~~~i
.~~;~
\OrooO\O
'<t'<1"'<1"'<1"",
CHAPTER II
BASIC THEORY
A. SIMPLE RANDOM SAMPLING
2a.l Introduction and Notation
Simple random sampling is by far the most common method
of sampling in surveys. It is operationally convenient and simple
in theory, as the name suggests. We shall first present the basic
theory of simple random sampling and then go on to consider
briefly the theory of sampling in which the probabilities of
selection are unequal. We shall give the theory in its application
to both quantitative (i.e., measurable) and qualitative characters.
We shall assume, unless otherwise mentioned, that the sampling
units are drawn without replacement.
Let
N
denote
the number of sampling units in the population,
the character under consideration,
Yi
the value of the character for the ith
sampling unit of the population,
the mean value of the character per unit
of the population given by
N

)IN
1: Y.
i=1
(1)
the mean square for the population given
by
1: ),,2 
NYN 2
i=1
N=l
(2)
21
BASIC THEORY
V(y)
the variance of a single observation in the
population given by
N
.E (h
 YN)2
i=l
V(y)
N
N  I S2
N
(3)
(4)
the size, i.e., the number of sampling
units in the sample,
Yn
the sample mean given by
_
v
.1'11
Py.
= .....n
(5)
and
the sample mean square given by
n
S2 =
'"
~
(v
'", )2
. i  /"
nI
n
1: y/  n)"\2
nJ
(6)
where the summations extend over all
the units in the sample.
2.2 Unbiased Estimates of the Population Values
An estimate will vary from sample to sample, depending uron
the units included in the sample. Thus, for the population
mentioned in Section 1.5, the sample means will be seen to vary
from 25 to 55 acres per farm. The sample mean square
will similarly be found to vary from 05 to 12 5, as shown in
Table 2.1. It will, however, be seen that the averages of the
sample means and sample mean squares over the totdity of
samples are equal to the corresponding population values. Such
sample values are called unbiased estimates of the popuJatbn
values. Algebraically, this is expl essed as:
22
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
(7)
00
=~
where the symbol E stands, as usual, for expectation.
Est.
h =
We write
jill
(9)
S2
(10)
and
Est. S2
bllt sometimes when it is more convenient, we shall also use the
circumflex notation to denote the estimate, as YN and 82 It will
be shown in the following sections that, when a sample is selected
by the method of simple random sampling. an unbiased estimate of
the population mean is given by the sample mean and an unbiased
estimate of the population mean square by the sample mean square.
2.1
TABLE
Values of the Mean and the Mean Square in Different Samples
of Two from the Population Mentioned in Section 1.5
Serial
No. of
the
Sample
Values
of Units
in the
Sample
2,3
25
05
1'5
225
25/6
625/36
2,4
3'0
2'0
1'0
100
16/6
256/36
2,7
45
12'5
0'5
025
47/6
2209/36
3,4
35
05
05
025
25/6
625/36
3, 7
50
80
1'0
}OO
20/6
400/36
4. 7
55
45
15
225
Total
24'0
280
7'0
4116/36
Mean
40
4,
Ii
1905
y"
Y,,YN (}.YN)I
S2S
1/6
(SIS2)2
1/36
BASIC THEORY
23
Markoff's Theorem
2a.3*
In the sequel, unless otherwise stated, we shall consider only
linear combinations of the values for the units in the sample as
unbiased estimates of the population values. Among these, we
shall call that unbiased linear estimate the best which has the
minimum sampling variance. It can be shown by a corollary
of Markoff's theorem (Neyman and David, 1938) on unbiased
linear estimates that the best unbiased linear estimate of the
population mean)lN i<; given by that value of YN for which
u =
i:
(Yi 
1=1
yN )2 is minimum,
if Yh Y:l, ... , Yn are n observatior.s
on n variates having the same variance and the same covariance
with means given by E (Yi) = )IN. It is easily shown that u is
minimum when YN = )In.
2a.4 Expected Value of the Sample Mean
We write
E(Y.)
~ E {:,
t y,}
(11)
where Yi stands for the value of the ith unit of the population,
and the summation is taken over all the n units in the sample.
Numbering the units in the sample serially, as 1,2, ... , r, ... , n,
we may write (11) as
(12)
where Yr' now stands for the value of the unit included in the
sample at the rth draw.
By a wellknown theorem in probability, the expected value of
a sum is the sum of the expected values. We, therefore, write
This section may be Skipped over at the first readinB wittout losina continuit,
of the tellt,
24
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Now, by definition,
N
.E Pi,Yi
E (y,') =
(14)
i=t
where Pir denotes the probability of drawing a specified unit J'i
at the rth draw. We have seen in Section 1.5 that, in ~imple
random sampling, this probability is equal to liN. It follows,
therefore, that
N
E (y,') =
\'v
;=1
(r ~ I, 2, ... , 11)
(15)
On substituting from (15) in (13), we get
E (fII) =
J'N
( 16)
An alternative and, in many ways, a more instructive approach
is to write the sample m~an in the form:
( 17)
where
a,
co
if Yi is in the sample,
otherwise.
and
ai =
From (17), taking the expected value of both sides, we write
(18)
Now, clearly,
E (a;)
1.{Probability that Yi is included in the sample}
n
N
in virtue of Section 1.5.
(19)
BASIC THEORY
2S
Hence, substituting n/N for E (ui) in (18), we reach the same
result as (16).
Za.5 Expected Value of the Sample Mean Square
By analogy with (14), we have
N
E(y/2)
= ;
L:
(20)
y/
i=l
Adding and subtracting jiN~ from th~ righthand sid! and using
(2), we cm write (20) in an alternative form as;
E (y/2)
= y/
+ (1
 iv) S2
(21)
It follows that
E
{I w~ }'_.2} ,,~ fI ~
E
11
J'
ll1 ~ _r
'2J{
(22)
Again, if yr' and Ys' are used to denote the values of the units
drawn at the roth and sth draws respectively, say Yi and Yj, we
have, by definition,
(23)
where Pj'li denotes the probability of drawing Yj at the sth draw,
given Yi.
Now, from Section 1.5, we have
Pi,
~nd,
I
N
(24)
by an extension of the same result,
(25)
26
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Hence, substituting for Pi, and P j ,,, from (24) and (25) in (23),
we get
N
N (~ ..:_ 1)
E (Y,'Y,') =
It follows that
n (n
I:
Y'YJ
(26)
l#i=1
~ 1) E {t y<y!} ,. .~
n (n ' 1) E {
.#J
t y,'y.,}
,#.=1
(~ 
I)
Yi)'J
(27)
<#1=1
The result can be alternatively established as follows:
We have
{t
n (/:"_1) E
YIYJ} = n (/_ 1)
1#1
E (a,ai) YiY!]
(28)
i#i=1
where the summation
[t
extends over the n (n  1) product terms
'#1
YiYj in the sample, and E (aiaj) denotes the probability of including
Yi and )'j in the sample. Now,
E (a,a /)
E (a,) E (al
I a,)
(29)
where E (aj I ail denotes the probability of including Yj in a
sample of (n  1), after Yi is already drawn, from (N  1).
Clearly, by the same argument by which we derived the value
of E (ai), we have
E (a l I ai)
n  1
N _ 1
(30)
It follows, therefore, that
E (a,a J)
II
(n  1)
= Iv (,v=l)
(31)
Hence, on substituting from (31) in (28), we have
Ii (n
~1)
{t
'i
YiYJ}
fir(~= 1)
Y'YI
</l
(32)
21
BASIC THEORY
which can, alternatively, be expressed as:
 N<NI)
(33)
or
8~
N
E (y'rY. ')  YN
 2 
(34)
Finally, using the results in (22) and (33), we have
E(y.') ~ E{~ t Y}
=
\ E {
,!2 [ n
y,2
+ i' YIY;}
i~j
{h2 + (1 ~) 82}+ n (nI) iY
:2 [nYN2 + ( n  Z)
82
+ n (n
 1) h
1)
 N S2
{n ~l
nl:t {E t
i;
y/ 
~} ]
Ii 1) S2]
(35)
Hence
E (S2)
_ n (n
 2 + (I
= YN
n
ny,,2)}
y,2  nE (j,,2)
28
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
=
showing that
2a.6
S2
S2
(36)
is an unbiased estimate of S2.
Sampling Variance, Standard Error and Mean Square Error
We have seen that a sample estimate differs from the population
value by varying magnitudes in different samples. This difference
between the sample estimate and the population value is called
the sampling error of the estimate. An important requirement
of a sampling method is that, in addition to giving an estimate
of the population value, it should provide a measure of the
sampling error in the estimate. Since the actual sampling error
in an estimate cannot be known, we obtain a measure of the
average magnitude over all possible samples of the sampling
error in the estimate. A simple average of the actual sampling
errors over all possible samples is, however, zero in the case of
unbiased estimates, as seen from Table 2. I. An average of the
sampling error without regard to sign provides one measure,
called the mean deviation, but this is not in common use. The
average magnitude of the squares of sampling errors over all
possible samples is called the sampling variance of the estimate
and its squareroot is the measure most commonly used for
defining the average sampling error. This measure of the average
sampling error is called the standard error. In defining the standard
error as above, we assume that the sample estimate provides an
unbiased estimate of the popUlation value. More generally, for
a biased estimate of the population value, the sampling variance
is defined as the arithmetic mean of the squares of the differences
between the sample estimate and the expected value of the
estimate over all samples, and its square root is called the
standard error. The arithmetic mean of the squares of the differences between the sample estimate and the population value, in
this case, is called the mean square error.
2a.7 Sampling Variance of the Mean
Let V ()in) denote the sampling variance of the mean.
by definition, we have
Then,
nAsIC THEORY
V(Y n )
= E [Lv" = E (y,,2)
29
(5'"Wl
(E (y"W
(37)
Substituting from (16) and (35), we obtain
V(Yn)
G ~ )
(38)
S2
which can also be written as
V (y )
= f!_ 
n S2
(39)
The reader may verify that the value of the sampling variance
derived from this formula is the value actually obtained in
Table 2.1 for a sample of size 2.
The factor (N  n)/ N in (39) is a correction for the finite size
of the population and is called the finite population correction
factor or simply the finite multiplier. When n is small as compared
with N, the multiplier will approach unity and the sampling
variance of the mean will approximate to that for the mean of
a sample drawn from an infinite popUlation.
Usually, the value of 8 2 will not be known. Its estimate from
the sample will, therefore, have to be used in calculating the
sampling variance. Thus
_
Est. V (y,,)
N  n
N  .
S2
it.
(40)
and the estimate of the standard error is given by
Est. S.E.
(y,,) = ,lN~~n . In
(41)
This estimate, however, as will be clear from Section 2a.ll, has
a slight negative bias.
It is instructive to derive the above result using the known
result for the infinite popUlation. Let ILl and ILs represent the
mean and the variance for the infinite population, so that
E(y) =fLl
30
SAMPLING tHEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
and
E (y  1'1)2 = 1'2
We may write
(ji.  ILl)
= (ji"
 YN)
+ (jiN 
1'1)
Squaring both sides, we have
(y"  ILl)2 = (y"  YN)2
+ (YN 
ILl)2
+ 2 (y" 
YN) (YN  ILl)
If we now regard the finite population N itself as a random
sample from the infinite population and, for any given N, choose
n at random out of N. then the sample of n also becomes a
random sample from the infinite population. Taking expectations
of both sides in two stages, first for fixed Yt> Y2, ... , YN and then
over all possible samples of N from the infinite population, we
write
E [E
{(y" 
1Ll)2 1YI' Ya ... YN)]
E {V (ji,,) 1.vI. Y2 ... YN}
+ E (YN  ILl)2
+ 2E (YN  ILl) E {(y"  h) IYJ'
... , YN}
But we have already seen in (16) that E (Yn) = YN and so
YN) IYl' ... , YN} = O. The last term in the above expression is therefore zero. Hence
E {(Yn 
or
E{V(ji,,)
1)'1. "YN}=(!
k)
IL2
It follows that
V {(Y.) 1Yl' ... , YN}
G ~ ) f4z
But the estimate of ILl in a sample of N is provided by S2, Hence
31
BASIC THEORY
2a.8* Partitional Notation
An expression for the sampling variance of S2 can be similarly
derived. The calculation, however, involves much heavier algebra
than in the case of the mean. The calculation of the sampling
variance of the higher order moments is even more laborious.
Their derivation is greatly facilitated by the use of partitional
notation. We shall therefore digress to introduce this notation here
and illustrate its application to derive the sampling variance of sa.
A partition of a number w is a collection of positive integers
1 to 9 whose sum is equal to w. The integers are written in a
).
descending order of magnitude and enclosed in brackets (
A partition which has p parts is called a ppart partition and the
number w is called the weight of the partition. A repetition of
the same part is indicated by exponents.
Examples:
(i) (2) and (P) are Ipart and 2part partitions of 2 respectively.
(ii) (3), (2 1) and (P) are Ipart, 2part and 3part partitions
of 3 respectively.
(iii) In general, (p/" Pan, .. Ph TTh) is a ppart partition of the
number w, where Pi is repeated 7I'i times (i = I, 2, ... , h),
A
P = ,E 7I'i
'=1
and w = ,E Pi7l'i
'=1
The functions of ooservations we require are the monomial
symmetric functions, called the gfunctions in the notation of this
book, and are written as g (pt, pt, ...Phf7A ). Thus
EYi
will be
ll
denoted by g (3).
3' g (J3).
,E Yi 2Yi by g (21). and
I"pJl
,E
,,,p,,,,.,t=l
Yi.vi Yk by
In general, the monomial symmetric function
will be denoted by
(42)
32
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
The special case of the gfunction involving onepart partitions and
thus denoting sums of powers of observations is called the
sfunction, and is denoted by replacing g by s, as s (p), or sometimes by putting P as a suffix, e.g., sp. A product of two or more
sfunctions like sp,. sp" "" sp,. is written as s (PI P2' . ,Ph), where
(PI P2' . ,Ph) is an hpart partition of the number PI + P2+' .. +Ph.
Examples:
n
(3)
= J; Yi 3
i=l
s (13)
{s (I)}3
{:t Yi
In general,
s (Pl n, P2"' ... l'~nh)
{s (PI)]"' {S (P2)}"' ... {s (p,,)}"h
}"h
= {.?:n y/' }", {n
.?: y/,' }n, . . . {n
.J; y/,~
11
11
1=1
We shall use capital symbols G and S to denote functions of
observations for the population; small symbols, g and s, denoting
as above the corresponding functions for the sample.
The gfunctions can be expressed as linear functions of the
products of sfunctions, and vice versa, by means of the following
identity:
f
log (I  Yi a ) ==
Slet
+ Sa a2 + S8 a3 + ...
where a is any constant such that
I a I < maxy!
_1... giving us
g (PI'" Pa"' ... )
= J; g, (P,
Q) S (ql'" q2'" ... )
(43)
and
(44)
33
BASIC THEORY
where P and Q stand for the partitions (pt l 1'2"' . .. ) and
]lx, q2 X , ) of the same number w given by
(45)
};1Ti and EXi denote the numbers of parts in the partitions
P and Q respectively, gs (P, Q) denotes the coefficient of
s (QiX, fJ2 x , . ) in the expansion of g (PiTT, p~TT2 . ), Sg (P, Q)
denotes the coefficient of g (qix, Q2 x, . .. ) in the expansion of
s (pt, pt, ... ), and (43) and (44) are summed over all the
different partitions Q of w, including P.
Examples:
= g (4)
(22)
(321) = g (6)
+ 2g (22)
+ g (51) + g (42)+ 2g (3 2 ) + g (321)
Values of the coefficients Sg (P, Q)/x i ! X2!' . and "I! 7T 2! . gs (P, Q)
for weights less than or equal to 8 have been tabulated
(Sukhatme, 1938) and reproduced in the Appendix to this chapter.
Expansions of g.functions in terms of sfunctions, and vice versa,
can be readily written down with the help of these tables.
2a.9*
A Theorem on Expected Values of Symmetric Functions
We shall now state and prove the following theorem relating
to the expected value of a gfunction in samples selected by the
method of simple random sampling from a finite population.
Theorem.The expected value of a monomial symmetric function of the sample observations is ep times the corresponding
function for the population where
ep
i.e.,
3
n(n  l ) ... (n  p + 1)
= N(NI)
... (Np+l)
(46)
34
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Proof:
E {g (Pi", P2", ,Ph"I,)}
where a is a simplified notation for the product
a = 1,
if 'vi" ,vi, ... , Y;7I',+7I"+"'7I'I, are in the sample,
and
a
= 0 otherwise.
Hence
But
E (a)
=
_
1 Probability (a = 1)
n (n 
+ 1)
1) .. . (n  p
 N(N= 1) .. . (N 
+ 1)
ep
Hence
E {g (Pi"' p~"'" h"h)}
E (a) G (Pl"'P2"'" 'PI>"h)
ep
la.l0* Sampling Variance of
G (PI"' PZ"'" 'P1I"A)
.2
By definition,
V (S2)
= E {(SZ)2}
 {E (S2)}Z
= E {(SZ)2}  S'
(48)
3S
BASIC THEORY
Now
(49)
A reference to Sg (P, Q)/X t ! XII!. " table of weight 4 gives
(n  1)2 (S2)2
= {g (4) + 2g (22)}
~ {g
(4)
+ 2g (31) + 2g (22)
+ 2g (212)} + il21 {g (4) + 4g (31) + 6g (22) + 12g (2J2)
+ 24g (1 ')}
whence, taking expectations of both sides and using the theorem
of the previous section, we have
(n  1)2 E {(S2)2}
+ ii22
(n 2  2n
(n  1)2
~n2 e1G
+ 3) e2G (22)
4 (n  1)
(4)  e2G (31)
nz
n42 (n 
3) eaG (212)
+ 2!
e,G (1 ')
n
(50)
It is customary to express the expected values in terms of the
population moments about the mean. This is done with the
help of the table for ?Tt! ?Tal. . Gs (P, Q) in the Appendix. We
may, for simplicity, assume without loss of generality that the population mean, or Sb is zero.
Substituting for the G functions the S functions, by using the
aforesaid table of weight 4, we obtain
(n  1)2 E {(S2)2} = (n 2!)~ e1S,
n
+ iJ~_;1)
n
eaS.
(51)
36
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Collecting terms and remembering that S,
8 2 = Np.z/(N  I), we have
NP.4, S2
NP.2 and
(52)
It can be verified that the value 1905 for the sampling variance
of S2 obtained in Table 2.1 agrees with that derived from the
above formula.
The corresponding formula when N is infinite is readily obtained
as the limiting case as N + 00. In this case, we have
Nfe;
= 0 for
Nie J
<j
and
n (n  1) .. . (n  j
+ 1)
Hence
(53)
Using the Pearsonian notation for departure from normality, this
can be written as
(54)
where
For the normal population /3 2 = 3, so that
V
(S2)
= n.:: i s'
(55)
and
(56)
37
BASIC THEORY
Expected values of higher order sample moments and their
products have been worked out by adopting the above procedure
and tabulated for ready reference by Sukhatme (1944).
la.ll Expected Value and Sampling Variance of s
We have seen that the sample mean square S2 provides an
unbiased estimate of S2: and that, in samples from large populations, its sampling variance is given by
V (S2)
= I". 4
I"~
+ n (n 2
I)
1"2 2
where 1'2 and 1"4 denote the second and the fourth moments of the
population. However, sometimes, we also need to know the
behaviour of s, the standard deviation. This is obtained as follows:
Let
where
E ()
and
E ('2) == V (.1'2)
We may w.ite
s
= (S2 + (')!
s( 1 + ;2)*
Since E will be small as compared with S2 with a probability
approaching 1 as n becomes large, we may expand the righthand
side as a series, neglecting powers of E higher than the second.
We then have
s
. ~2
S{I + t
+ :t ~ ~ t) . (s~
r +... }
Taking expectations of both sides, we obtain
E (s)
= S{I
(S2))
8IVS',
(57)
38
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
The result shows that s will underestimate S although, if n is
large. the bias will be negligible.
Turning now to the evaluation of the sampling variance of s,
we have
v (s) = E {s = E (S2)
=
82
E (S)}2
 {E (s)}2
82 {1 
i . V.(S.2).}2
8 c
= 82 {I  1 + ~{~~:)
~
V (S2)
48 2
... }
(58)
where V (S2) denotes the variance of S2 to terms up to lin only.
2a.12 Confidence Limits
The standard error gives an idea of the frequency with which
errors (differences between the sample estimate and the popUlation
value) of a given magnitude may be expected to occur if repeated
random samples of the same size are drawn from the population.
Usually errors smaller than the standard error will occur with
a frequency of about 68%. and those smaller than twice the
magnitude of the standard error will occur with a frequency of
about 95%. provided the estimate is approximately normally
distributed. In general. if the sample size is not too small and
N is large and if the estimate under consideration is a linear
unbiased estimate of the population value, then the frequency with
w!Jich errors will exceed a fixed mUltiple of the standard error of
theesiiffiiie is approximately equal to the fn~qu.ency as.Determined
by the normal law. Consequently, from a knowledge of the
standard error of the estimat~ and with the help of the normal
probability integral tables. we are in a position to locate the
actual unknown population value within certain limits with a
known relative frequency. To take the example of estimating the
population mean, we know that the mean of a random sample
will be approximately normally distributed if the size of the
sample is not too small and if the population from which it is
39
BASIC THEORY
drawn is not very different from the normal. We may, therefore,
expect that
,Yn

. /fIfNn
n s
,
YN ~V
(59)
on an average in 68 out of 100 occasions, and
I )'n

YN I ~
.JN::n~n_
(60)
on an average with a frequency of about 95 out of 100.
general, we can expect the inequality
Yn
t(a.
00)
:_ n S
VJNNn
~ 
~ 
'" YN ',,: Y..
+ t(a.oo) VINNIln
In
S (61)
where '(a, c.o) is the value of the normal variate corresponding to
the value 1  al2 of the normal probability integral, to hold on
an average with a probability 1  a. The two limits, on either
side of the population mean in (61), are called the confidence
limits and the interval between them the confidence interval. The
probability with which the inequality holds, viz., 1  a, is termed
the confidence coefficient.
It should be noted that the confidence limits may vary from
sample to sample. Thus the confidence limits for the six different
samples mentioned in Section 1.5 at the 68% and 95% confidence
coefficients work out as shown in cols. 2 and 4 of Table 2.2.
TABLE 2.2
Confidence Limits for Different Samples Mentioned in Table 2.1
Sample
No.
Confidence Limits
(I  '" = '68)
~.~~
Based on S
(I)
3
4
5
~
Confidence Limits
(I  '" = '95)
(3)
(2)
1'4,
19,
3'4,
2'4,
3'9,
4'4,
Based on s
36
4'1
56
46
6'1
66
1'8,
1'7,
1'2,
2'8,
2'4,
35.
Based on S
(4)
3'2
4'3
78
42
76
7'S
0'3,
0'8,
23,
13,
2'8,
3'3,
47
5'2
6'7
5'7
72
77
Based on s
(5)
 2'0, 70
 60, 12'0
180, 27'0
 1'0, 80
13'0, 23'0
 8'0, 19'0
40
5.lMPLTNG THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATlQNS
It will be obs~rved that in four out of six cases, the population
mean is contained within the confidence limits given in col. 2,
while in all the six cases it is contained within the limits shown
in col. 4, as is to be expected. The result is of course fortuitous
in view of the small size of the population but it serves to demonstrate the meaning of the inequalities above.
When S2 is not known, we use its estimate 52 obtained from
the sample. The statement in (61) with S2 replaced by its estimate
S2 will, however, no longer be exact.
To obtain the confidence
limits in this case, we make use of the result that (Yn.l'N)(S.E. (Yn)
is distributed as Student's t with (n  1) degrees of freedom when
n is not too small and the original distribution is not far removed
from the normal. If we denote by t(a. n 1) the value of t corresponding to the level of significance a for (11  1) degrees of
freedom, it follows that we may expect the inequality
Jjn =.,y_l
IN.n
Nn
<: t
(62)
"(a,,,I)
to hold on the average with probability (1  a). The (1  a)
confidence limits when the size of the sample is not too small and
the population from which it is drawn is not very different from
the normal are, therefore, given approximately as
Y .. 
t(a . _1)
VINn
 Nn
<"5 ""
_
YN "". ),,,
tea, ._1)
V/Nn
Nfl S
(63)
For the six samples in Section 1.5 and for the same confidenct:
coefficients as given above, these cO:1fidence limits bas~d on 52 are
given in cols. 3 and 5 of Table 2.2. The values of 1(,32,1) and
f('05, 1) have been interpolated from the ttable, being 1 85 and 127
respectively (Fisher and Yates, 1938).
2a.13 Size of Sample for Specified Precision
Almost the first question which a statistician is called upon to
answer in planning a sample survey is about the size of the sample
required for estimating the population value with a specified
precision. The precision is usually specified in terms of the margin
of error permissible in the estimate and the coefficient of confidence
BASIC THEORY
41
with which one wants to make sure that the estimate is within the
permissible margin of error. Thus, if the error permissible in the
estimate of the population value of the mean is, say, Y n and
the degree of assuranc:! desired is 1  a, then clearly we need to
know the size of the sample so that
(64)
Hence, from (61), we have
11=
(65)
The determination of the size of sample from (65) presumes
the knowledge of the coefficient of variation for the popUlation.
This can only be roughly estimated. Consequently, (65) can give
only a rough idea of the size of the sample required for estimating
the population mean with a specified precision. We can, however,
improve upon the predicted value of n as follows:
Although the size of the sample is determined from (65), the
confidence limits after the survey is completed are obtained from
(63). Tn other words, n could be more precisely evaluated from
had I(a.
upon n.
(66)
been known, which it is not, as it itself depends
As a result n is underestimated since t(Il.OO) is less than
1(a.. nl)' The obvious correction which suggests itself is to increase
the value of It in the ratio t 2(a.n'_1) /1 2(a. 00)' where n' is evaluated
from (65), but the correction is not likely to be important unless
11 is small.
nl)
The calculation of 11 from (65) also assumes knowledge of S
when the error, Yn, permissible in the estimate of the popUlation
value of the mean is given, although the confidence limits after
the completion of the survey are calculated from (63) which makes
use of s.
42
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
An allowance for this inaccuracy can be made by making use of
the idea, originally due to Neyman (1934), of selecting a preliminary
sample for improving the sampling design of the survey (Sukhatme,
1935). Let nl be the size of the preliminary sample and S12
denote the estimate of S2 obtained therefrom. Then the additional
sample required for estimating the population value with the
desired accuracy, assuming N to be large and f}N to be given,
will be n  n}t where
(67)
It has been shown that n so estimated satisfies the statement in
(64) and, on the average, gives a more accurate confidence interval
than when S is unknown, but further discussion of the problem
is beyond the scope of this book.
24.14 HyperGeometric DistributiODTwo Classes
We shall now consider the theory of simple random sampling as
applied to qualitative characters. Consider, first, a situation in which
the sampling units in the population are divided into two mutually
exclusive classes, class 1 consisting of units possessing the attribute
under consideration, and class 2 consisting of those not possessing it.
Let
p
denote the proportion of sampling units in the population
belonging to class 1, and
the proportion of units falling in class 2.
Evidently, Np will be the number of sampling units in the population belonging to class 1, Nq the number of sampling units in class 2,
and Np + Nq = N. Now, clearly, the probability P (n 1 ) that in
a sample of n selected out of N by the method of simple random
sampling, nl will occur in class 1 and nil in class 2 will be given by
P(nl)
GJ {,. ~~ l ... ~=n~lti}
x
{N~qnl
. N N_\;;!_ 1 ...
~ :2++Tl}
BASIC THEORY
43
which can also be alternatively written as
(68)
The variate nl or the proportion nl/n is said to be distributed in
a hypergeometric distribution. Since the possible values which nl
can assume are 0, 1, ... , n, we have
or
(69)
As N tends to be large, the distribution (68) approaches the
binomial, the probability of observing nl in class 1 and n2 in class 2
in a sample of n being now given by
CJ
pft' (1  p)"'
2a.IS Mean Value of the HyperGeometric Distribution
By definition,
E (nl ) = }; nIP (nl )
"10
Substituting from (68) for P (n 1), we have
(n  1)! (N  n)!
(N I)!
44
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
. (~~ ~~ /) (~:)
= np \ ' 
W
.,=1
(NI)
n 'I
Now
(nNP 1I) (Nq)
n
NI) _(nI
1 
represents the probability that in a sample of n  1, n1 fall in class 1 and n 2 will fall in class 2. Consequently
W
.,=1
(NPnl  II____)(Nq)
n
(Nn I)
1
2
will
= 1
Hence
E (nI )
= up
(70)
Or, denoting by Pn the proportion in the sample, we write
E(p.)
=P
(71)
It follows that an unbiased estimate of the proportion P in the
population is given by the proportion in the sample. In other
words,
Est. P
ni = Pn
n
(72)
Similarly,
Est. q
= ~2 =
q.
(73)
24.16 Variance of the HyperGeometric Distribution
By definition,
V(nl)
E(nI!)  {E(n 1 )}2
Now
(74)
45
BASIC THEORY
SO
that
V (n 1)
E {nl
I)}
(Ill 
+ E (n l )
{E
(75)
(1l 1)}2
Also
"
E {nl (n l  I)}
= .[;
nl (nl  I) P (nt)
n!(Nn)!
N!
"
n (n  I) Np (Np  I) '\'
_(Np  2)_!
N(NI)
W(nl2)!(Npnl)!
(n  2)! (N _ n)!
(N2)!_ n (n 
I) Np (Np 
1)
(76)
N (N  I)
since the sum of the terms under the summation sign is evidently
1. Substituting the result in (75), we have
V (n)
= n_(n 
Nn
= Frl
1) Np (Np  1)
N (N  1)
npq
+ np _
n2p2
(77)
Jt follows that the sampling variance of the estimated proportion
is given by
v (p ) = li_ n pq
"
Nl
(78)
and the standard error of the estimated proportion is given by
S.E. (Pro) =
INn .pq
1 . n
VN 
(79)
These results can also be obtained directly from those of the
preceding sections. All that one need do is to adopt the convention
46
SAMPLING THEORY OP SURVEYS WITH APPLICA nONS
of scoring the character of a sampling unit with one whenever
it appears in class 1 and zero when it falls in class 2. On
making these substitutions, we obtain
(80)
y" =
S2
Sl
=
=
I:YI = ~1
;",1
Nl
..
1: Y 2
*__T
nji
(81)
= P..
Np _ Np2
.
NI
n _nL2
1
n
= li..:__T
= NI
n
= Ii _
p (I p)
1 p .. (1  p .. )
(82)
(83)
On substituting the above in (16), we reach the result (71); and
on substitution in (39), we get the expression for the variance of
the sample proportion, as in (78).
Further. from (36), we get
E
{n ~1 p.. (1 
p ..)}
N_ 1 p (1
 p)
(84)
It follows from (84) that an unbiased estimate of the product
p (1  p) is given by
n~ 1 l!;_I
p.. (1 _ P.. )
and not by
p. (1  p,,)
as one might suppose. We write
Est. {p (1  p)}
(1
n (N  1)
= (n1) N P..
 P..)
(85)
The unbiased estimate of the sampling variance of a proportion
in terms of the sample values is, therefore, given by
(86)
41
BASte tHEORY
and an estimate of the standard error of Pn is given by
Est.S.E. (p,,) =
IN;;
n p.. ~l~t'll)
(87)
This estimate, however, has a negative bias.
2a.17 Confidence Limits and
Precision
Size
of Sample for Specified
The confidence limits for the proportion are derived on the same
assumptions as for the quantitative characters, namely, that the
sample proportion P is normally distributed. This will approximately be so, unless p is too small (or large) and n is small. The
limits are given by
(88)
where 1(<1.. 00) denotes, as before, the value of 1 corresponding to
the significance level a and 00 degrees of freedom. This can be
solved as a quadratic in p (Bartlett, 1937) or, alternatively, as
a quicker approximation by substituting from (85) for P (1  p),
giving
P
=p
'II
I(
)
a,oo
I~_~n~ p,,(! =p,.)
n 1
(89)
As p deviates from . 5, the distribution of Pn becomes remote
from the normal, and the normal theory ceases to be applicable
unless nand N are both large. The appropriate method in this
case is to obtain the confidence limits directly from the hypergeometric distribution itself. The probability of getting n1 or
fewer numbers in class 1 in a sample of n, is the sum of the
corresponding terms of the hypergeometric series. Equating this
sum to the chosen level of significance, it is possible to solve for p.
For any larger values of p, the probability would be smaller than
a, and for smaller values greater than a. The value of p given by
this equation will, therefore, give an upper limit. Similarly,
by equating a. to the sum of the terms of the hypergeometric
series for variates greater than or equal to nll.. we obtain the lower
limit to p. The method, however, involves heavy computations.
48
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
The size of sample required for estimating the population proportion with a specified precision is obtained from (88). If the
error permissible in the estimate is, say, p and the degree of
assurance desired is 1  n, we then have
(90)
1+
For N large and
n
[2
(a. 00)
2p
not too small, n is simply given by
q,
(91 )
Example 2.1
Material for the construction of 5000 wells was issued during
the year 1944 in a certain district as part of the GrowMoreFood
Campaign in India. The list of cultivators to whom it was issued,
together with the proposed location of each well, is available.
A large part of the material was reported to have been misused
by diverting it to other purposes. It is proposed to assess the
extent of the misuse by means of a sample spot check. Tn other
words, it is proposed to estimate the proportion of wells actually
constructed and used for irrigation p~rposes. The sample is
proposed to be selected by the method of simple random sampling
from the total population of wells for which the material was
issued. The permissible margin of error in the estimated value
is 10% and the degree of assurance desired is 95%. Determine
the size of sample for values of p ranging from 5 to ,9.
We are given N = 5000,
= 10 and
t(Q, 00)
= 1960.
Substituting in (90), we obtain for different values of p, the
following values of n.
~.~~.
_.,._ 
'5
357
244
159
94
42
Since the worst critics do not place the misuse at more than
half of the material issued, a sample of 357 would appear to be
adequate for the proposed check.
BASIC THEORY
49
2a.tS Generalised HyperGeometric Distribution
We shall now extend the preceding results to the population
which is divided into k mutually exclusive classes. Let Ni denote
the number of units in the ith class of the population (i = 1, 2,
... , k), so that
k
1) N, = N
;~l
Now, if a simple random sample of n is drawn out of this population then it can be seen by analogy with the distribution of two
classes that the probability that ni units occur in the ith class
and n  ni in all the other k  1 classes together is given by
More generally, it can be seen that the probability that nl units
occur in class 1, n 2 in class 2, ... , and nk in class k, is given by
(92)
It follows from (70) and (77) that
E (n,) = npi
(93)
where
P.
N,
N
and
Nn
V (ni) = N='_l . IIPi (1  Pi)
(94)
It should be pointed out that the numbers falling in any two
classes are not independent of each other, since
SO
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
A measure of dependence is provided by the coefficient of
correlation Pij defined as the ratio of the covariance between the
numbers in the two classes to the product of their standard errors,
where
(95)
Thus
E (n,nl)  E (nj) 'E (nJ)
V(nj) , V (nJ) ..
P'I = ~
(96)
Now
Ni,Nj
E (11,111) = E n.l1 j P (n" nj , n  nj  n/)
n,=1
"/::1
~R=:::_ I{) ,NjN1
=;
n (11  1)
(N  1) . N.Nj
=N
(97)
Hence, substituting from (93) and (97) in (95), we have
N N,N/
{nN _::}1 _ Nn}
(98)
Therefore, from (94), (96) and (98), we get
Nn
 N:::T npjPI
(99)
51
BASIC THEORY
2a.19 Expected Value and Variance of the Proportion in One
Class to a Group of Classes
The more general problem in the study of qualitative characters
is the estimation of the proportion of the number in anyone
class to the number in a combination of some classes containing
the class under consideration. Suppose, for instance, the population consists of paddygrowing fields in a district, classified
into four classes as shown below, and that a sample of n has
given the results indicated below the corresponding population
numbers.
(rrighted
Manured
Unirrigatcd
SubNot
Not
Manured Total Manured Manured
(I)
(2)
Population
Nu
N12
Nl
Sample
1111
1112
III
.~..~

(3)
N21
lin
.~~
Sub
Total
Total
N22
N2
1122
112
II
(4)
~
The problem for consideration is the derivation of the expected
value and the variance of, say, the sample proportion of manured
fields among those that are irrigated, i.e., nU/nl. In this case,
both the numerator and the denominator are random variables.
The expected value is, therefore, best obtained in two stages, by
first keeping n 1 fixed and thereafter varying it. Thus
(100)
where E {nU/nl In)} denotes the conditional expectation of 11111111
for given nb and the second E denotes the expected value of the
function in 1ft so obtained. By definition,
E
{h:1 I nl} = t P {nu. nl21 n]} ~:1
(101)
"11=0
Now the probability that in a sample of n, nu will fall in
class 1, n12 in class 2 and n  nll  1112 in the other two clas~es
taken together is given by
52
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
( Nll) ( N12) (N  Nu  N12 )
P {nu> n12' n  nll  n I2 }
= _nn
n12 (~)  nil  n12_
(102)
The probability that in a sample of n, nll + n12 (i.e., nt) will
fall in classes 1 and 2 together and n  nll  nu (i.e., n  nl)
in classes 3 and 4 taken together is similarly given by
Nn
( nn

+ N12)
+ n12

n  N12)
(Nn  N
n  n12
(~)
ll

(103)
We know by a wellknown theorem in probability that
P {nIl> n12. n  nI}
P {nb n  n I} P {nll. n12
I nI}
(104)
It follows that the probability required is given by the quotient
of (102) by (l03) and is equal to
(105)
In other words, nU/nl follows a hypergeometric distribution in
samples of nl drawn from N 1 Hence, from (101), we obtain
(106)
where Pn = Nu/N, PI = N1/N. The result is otherwise obvious
also, for, with nl fixed, the situation reduces to the twoclass
problem and we apply the results of Section 2a .15. Substituting
the result in (100), we have
fJ_H
PI
(107)
53
BASIC THEORY
To obtain the variance of nu/n}, we proceed similarly.
definition,

E [E
2
_
{nll (nIl n 1) + nIl I J)J _ /1111
N
1
111
By
(108)
We have seen that nllfn 1 follows a hypergeometric distribulion
in samples of n) drawn from N 1 It follows that
(109)
and from (76) we have
(n 1 
1) Nil (Nil 
 n; Nl (Nl _:_ If
1)
(110)
Substituting in (108), we have
(Ill)
Now let
where
and
54
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Since E will be small as compared with npl' with a probability
approaching 1 as n becomes large, we may write, neglecting terms
in l/n2 and higher powers,
nl ~ n~1 {I  n~l
n:;1 ~  ... }
Hence
E
(nil) ~
npi
to a first approximation, or more precisely
E( I ) ~
nl 
npi
{I
N  nIl
N  I n PI
(I _
PI
)1
f
(112)
Substituting from (112) in (Ill), we have
+ NNn
 I
n"PI:' (I  PI)
(113)
Replacing Nl  I, N  1 by N 1 , N respectively, we get
VI (1111 ) ~ N _ _ _ n . 1 . I . P11 (I _ PI! )
111
N
n Pi PI
 PI
( 114)
where VI denotes the first approximation to the variance, and
where V2 denotes the second approximation to the variance.
2a.20
Quantitative and Qualitative Characters
We will now extend the preceding theory to the situation involv
ing both quantitative and qualitative variation together in the same
problem. This situation is of common occurrence. Thus, in a
population survey we may be required to estimate both the
proportions of families in different income groups as also the
total income in each group. The tabulation on a sampling basis
of census f.!sults presents similar problems. Suppose punched
BASIC THEORY
5S
cards, each one representing the data of different holdings in an
agricultural census, are available for sorting and tabulation. Further,
suppose that the holdings are to be classified according to their
size in five classes: 02 5, 2 550, 5lO, 1025 and larger than
25 acres. We may be required to estimate proportions of holding;
in the different classes and also the total area under any specified
crop in each class. In all such problems, it is convenient to
select a sample of n out of the total of N by the method of
simple random sampling. We have already considered the problem
of estimating the proportions in the different classes. The problems for consideration now are:
(a) to obtain an estimate of the total (or the average) of the
quantitative character under study in each class;
(b) to obtain the standard error of the estimates in (n); and
(c) to predict the size of the sample
12 required for estimating
the total in each class with a given standard error.
Without loss of generality, we may consider these problems in
relation to an actual example.
Example 2.2
(]t is proposed to estimate the area benefited from irrigation
wells said to have been completed under the GrowMoreFood
Campaign from the data given in Example 2.1. The sample is
proposed to be selected by the method of simple random sampling
from the population of wells reported to ha\e been constructed.
The number of wells actually constructed is not known. How
large should n be in order that the area benefited may be
determined with 5% standard error?
Let
N = Number of wells reported to have been constructed
under the GrowMoreFood Campaign;
p
Proportion of wells in the population actually constructed; for convenience we will designate these wells
as belonging to class 1; and
q 
Proportion of wells not completed. We will designate
the wells under this category as falling in class 2.
56
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Evidently,
Np
+ Nq=
Let, further, YN , 8 12 be respectively the population mean area
benefited per w~lI and the population mean square for class 1.
Let nl denote the number of wells falling in class 1 when
a random sample of n is chosen by the method of simple random
sampling from the population N, and Yn, be the corresponding
mean area in the sample. Our first problem is to obtain the
estimate of the total area benefited, namely, NpYN,'
Since the sample is chosen by the method of simple random
sampling from the entire population, the subsample III can also
be considered a random sample from the corresponding popUlation
of Np units. It follows that for a given n l , Yn, will be an unbiased
estimate of YN,'
It is. therefore, natural to take N. ndll.Yn, as the estiolate of the
total area benefited from the completed wells. It is easy to show
that this is an unbiased estimate of NpYN,' For
E(N .
~:I
.5"',) ~
E {E
= E
(~
III . )'., I II))}
(11N 111 YN.)
11N YN.
lip
( 116)
The next problem is to obtain the sampling variance of Nnl/nYn.'
We have
(117)
51
BASIC THEORY
Now, for given nb
Np
n, \ ' 2
Np L..JYi
n, (11,  J)
Np(Np I)
j::q
Hence
E [{ Yi
rJ
E [E {( Yi
~p (t
rIn,} ]
",)
+ Np (N; _
I)
E (n,)
(.
~,N.)
(II'})
Using the results, already established, namely,
E (II,) = np
and
E (11,. 11, 
I)
Np (Np  1)
N (N J)
11 (n  J)
we obtain from (119)
E[{t; yJ] ~ ~ ~ y.' + ~~~ ~\\t,Y'Y'
~ t,Y.' + ~~~ ~'l) {(t Y} 
t. Y,'}
(n  I) N2
+ N11 (N:_
I)
P YN.
2
; Z=7
{(Np  I) S,2
+ NpYN,2}
n (n  I) N2 2 2
1)
P YN,
InN
(120)
S8
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Substituting the result in (117), we have
 l _ N (IV  n) {(
I) S 2 N  2}
V { nN . nIY",;
 n (N _ 1) Np ,+ PYN,
N (n  1)
+ n[R=l)
N"
2
.p YN, 
N(N  n)
n (N _:T) (Np  I) SI
+ N2pYN,2
N2
2
:P YN,
{nfN_1lI)
+ ~~;;~
N d
_ "! (N  n) (N I) S 2+ N2(Nn) p (lp) 2
n(NI)
p
I
n(NI)
YN,
(121)
An alternative and instructive way of deriving the above result
is to proceed as follows. We have
since
11 
III
of the y values are zero each,
= nYn
It follows, therefore, that
v {: . I1 Yn,}
I
V {NYn}
N2. N n. S2
1/
{L:
N
_ N (N  n)
n (N _ I)
1.,
2_ NYN2}
.1',
N(NI1){~ 2_(Np)2_ 2}
L./'
N YN,
n (N _ I)
1=1
S9
BASIC THEORY
For purposes of simplification, we will assume that Np is large
enough to permit the following approximations:
Np 1
Np~
and
lTsing these, we obtain
{N.
} .__ N (N
 n) { p S
n
n1Y"1
~ 11
. 12
+ P (1
 2)r
 P) YN
1
(122)
To predict the size of sample required for estimating the
character with a given standard error, we need the expression
lor the relative variance. This is obtained by dividing (122) by
1'{2p2y N12 and is given by
Nil.
N
{C +
1
I 
Pt
(123)
where C12 denotes the square of the coefficient of variation of the
area irrigated from a well in class 1. For N large, the relative
variance is given by
(124)
An idea of C 12 may be formed from previous experience. Let us
assume it to be o S. Since n will need to be large as p decreases,
p may be assumed to be the smallest of the values consistent with
expectation and previous experience in order that we may err on
t~1e safe side. Table 2.3 gives values of n for different values
of p and for C]2 = OS in order that the area benefited may be
estimated with 5% standard error.
Two sets of values of n are given:
(i) those obtained from (123), for N = 5000, and
(ii) those from (124), i.e., after neglecting the finite multiplier.
It will be seen that a sample of 690 wells will be required for
estimating the area benefited with a degree of accuracy as large
60
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
as tbe one specified or larger, assuming of course that p does
not fall below . 5. Ignoring the finite multiplier altogether would
imply a loss of nearly 15% of the information.
TABLE
2.3
Sample Size Required for Estimating the Total in
with 5% Standard Error
5
'7
Cla.~s
327
253
350
267
.._
(i)
(ii)
~.
690
536
419
800
600
457
..~
.. . 
_
We may call attention to one important point. It will be seen
from (122) that sampling units faIling in a given class alone
contribute to the information in that class. It follows that this
formula for the sampling variance is applicable to any class, even
when the population consists of several classes, p in that case
representing the proportion of units in the population falling in
the given class, and (1  p) representing the proportion of units
falling in all the remaining classes together. It also follows that
the value of n required for estimating the class areas with a specified
accuracy or higher is the value corresponding to the smallest of
the p values.
B. SAMPLING WITH VARYING PROBABILITIES
OF SELECTION
2b.l
Introduction
The theory considered in the previous sections is appropriate
for the method of simple random sampling in which the selection
probabilities are equal for all units in the population. Although
this method is by far the most common method of sampling,
unequal probabilities of selection are sometimes used, and give
more efficient estimates in the sense of giving population estimates
with smaller standard errors. In the following sections we shall
give the basic theory of this method.
There is one difference between the method of simple' random
sampling and that of sampling with varying probabilities of
selection. In the former, the probability of drawing a specified
61
BAstC THEORY
unit remains constant at each draw; in the latter, it does not.
Let, as before, Pi denote the probability of selecting the ith unit
of the population at the first draw (i = I, 2, ... , N), so that
N
.E Pi = 1 and P ir denote the probability of drawing Yi at the
roth draw (r = 1, 2, ... , n).
1=1
Clearly,
(i
1,2, ... , N)
(125)
and
PI,
(Probability that Y. is not drawn at the first draw) X
(Probability that Yl is drawn at the second draw)
N
};
(Probability that Yj is drawn at the first draw) X
1(#1)=1
(Probability that Yi is drawn at the second draw)
(126)
where
(127)
It is thus seen that Pi, is not equal to Pi, unless Pi = liN. The
theory of sampling with varying probabilities of selection is
consequently more complex than that of simple random sampling.
One way of introducing simplification into the theory is to replace
a selected unit before another draw is made, so that Pir = Pi
62
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
for all r. We shall first present this simplified theory appropriate
to the procedure of sampling with replacement and then consider
briefly the theory appropriate for sampling without replacement.
2b.2 Sampling with Replacement:
Variance
Sample Estimate and its
Define a variate z given by
(128)
and consider the simple arithmetic mean of z values in the sample
given by
(129)
It is easily shown that
zn
provides an unbiased estimate of the
population mean IN'
For, in sampling with replacement,
N
E (z,)
= 1: P,z,
j
(130)
which we may denote by
Substituting for
we get
Zi
z.. , at
each
d~aw.
from (128) on the righthand side of (130),
\' P
, = L..J'
E (z)
Y,_
NP,
'"'1
YN
(131)
It follows that
(132)
63
BASIC THEORY
To obtain the sampling variance of
V (in)
E {Zn  E (Zn)J2
E (Z/)  {E (Zn)}2
zn,
we have
d{:tZJ"
n2 {t Z.2 + t Z,ZI} =
Z..2
i~j
Now
E (z/)
p,Z.2
.E
(134)
i=l
and
E (Z,Zj) = E (z,) . E (Zj)
since draws are made with replacement.
On substituting for E (Zi) and E (Zj) from (130), we have
E (z,Zj)
(.J; p,"Z.) (1'; PjZ,)
J~l
\=1
(135)
Substituting from (134) and (135) in (133), we obtain
V(zn)
~2 {n
P,Z,2 + n(n  1) z..} 
%. 2
1=1
0"2
(136)
64
SAMPLING THEOR.Y OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
where
u z2
= lJ Pi (Z;
(137)
ZJ2
;=1
and represents the variance of a single z.
It will be noticed that the finite multiplier does not enter into
the expression for the variance of the estimate when sampling is
carried out with replacement. When Pi = lIN, we have
and
N
u,2
.L:
(Yi  YN)2
("I
and V (Yn) is given by the familiar expression
V ( .. )
Vn
= 0'n11
NI
S2
(138)
Lastly, we remark that when the selection probability is proportional to the value of the variate, in other words, when Pi is
proportional to Yi, say, Pi=yi/fL, z assumes a constant value for all
i, and in consequence (136) reduces to zero. In practice the values
of the variate will, of course, not be known in advance but values
of another variate correlated with the variate under study may be
known. We may, therefore, expect that when Pi is proportional
to the measure of size of Yi, the estimate may be considerably
more efficient than that based on simple random sampling.
2b.3 Sampling with Replacement: Estimation of the Sampling
Variance
Consider the mean square of
defined by
Zi'S
obtained from the sample,
= __!_
,
nl
S 2
\ ' (z 
W '
Z )2
"
(139)
65
BASIC THEORY
Expanding, and taking expectations, we get
(','l
~ n~ I {t z,'  n'.'}
{t (~!I
III
 nE
I',,'l}
(140)
Now, by definition,
so that
E (z,.2)
+ 2 .. 2
V (2,,)
.,
az
I~
11
1141 )
Substituting from (134) and (141) in (140), we get
E ( .l'z") ~

Iff
11
II
L...
p
o"
i~;",
/1Z."}
1=1
( 142)
thus showing that
that
Est. V (z n) =
.1'/
is an unhiased estimate of ai.
s "
tl
It follows
(143)
Sampling without Replacement
2b.4
We have already noted that in sampling without replacement,
when selection probabilities are unequal, the probability of drawing a specified unit of the popUlation at a given draw is not in
general equal to the probability of selecting it at the first draw.
It follows that the expected value of a variate will change with
the successive draws. In this section we shall consider the theory
of sampling without replacement for the simple case when the
sample consists of only two draws.
5
66
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
One device of overcoming the difficulty of changing expectation
with the successive draws is to define z differently for the successive
draws. Thus, let
(144)
and
= N
(s 
Yi
I
~;p)
(145)
Pj
where Yi and Yi are values of the units drawn at the first and
second draws respectively.
Clearly,
N
E (Zl') =
~Pi
w '
Yi
NP i1
1=1
(146)
= .YN
Also,
L:
N
E (Z2')
'C"O
Yi
P J,
1=1
N(S 
~ip)
PI
(147)
= J'N
It follows that a simple arithmetic mean of Zl' and z~' will provide
us with an unbiased estimate of the population mean.
An alternative estimate, in which Z is defined independently of
the order of the draw and which is unbiased, can also be formed.
Let
2
Z, 
(s + 1 
y,
1 ~'p)
(148)
P,
and consider the estimate
(149)
BASIC THEORY
67
Clearly,
N
E (%(nc2)
= t 1.: E (a,)
(150)
Z,
where E (ai) stands for the probability of including Yi in a sample
of two, and is given by
E (a,)
Probability that y, is drawn at the first draw
+ Probability that y, is drawn at the second draw
Using (125) and (126), we have
E(a,)
+ {s
~~
P,
{s + 1 _
~ipJ
Pi
Pi } P j
1  Pi
(151 )
Substituting for E (ai) from (151) in (ISO), we g.:t
N
E (%1.:2')
.L: {s +
1 
~i Pi}
PiZ j
i==l
= %.. ', say
Substituting for
Zi
(152)
from (148) in (152), we have
x (S
+I
1 ~i
pJ
Pi
(153)
thus showing that Z(n;2) provides an unbiased estimate of the
population mean YN"
We shall next obtain the variance of
V (%1""2
E (%21.: 2,)  YN 2
Z(n:2)'
We write
68
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
where E (Uiaj) stands for the probability of including Yi and Vj in
a sample of two and is given by
E (aja;) = Pj,p;".
=
Pj
+ PhP!,"
PI
F,
+P
(155)
On substituting for E (ai) from (151) and for E (aiaj) from (155)
in (154), we have
~!
V(i, ,,)
[t {s +
+ [PiP I {I
~'p,l P,z.'
I 
~ p~
~7J
Z;ZI] 
YN
(156)
i#j::q
To obtain the estimate of the variance, we have from the
definition of the variance
(157)
Now, from (152),
%.. '2
= !
{t ( +
I 
P,
1 _ P,
)2 .P 2Z; 2
j
1:1
~'P.) (s + I  1 ~'p,) p,p""J
(158)
It is easily shown that
{t(s+
I 
~'p.) P.z;}
E(a;}
(s + 1 
~jp) P,z,2
;"1
(159)
69
BASIC THEORY
Also,
L
,01/=1
E(a,a j )
(S + I
Pi ) (
I  Pi
S
+I
Pj )
I  Pi
x __ z'=J_' __
1
+ I
I PI
I p!
(160)
It follows from (157), (158), (159) and (160) that
2b.S Sampling without ReplacementGeneral Case
The formal general expression for an unbiased estimate of YHt
for any sample size, should now be obvious.
70
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Let
= __
z
I
nYl___
(162)
NE (a j )
Then the simple arithmetic mean of z's provides an unbiased
estimate of YN , for,
E (,in)  E
 "
{I W{;
n
fly;}
N E (a.)
nL;
(163)
To obtain the sampling variance, we write
(164)
The expression appears to have been first given by Narain (1951)
and Horvitz and Thompson (1952).
Substituting for
which for n
Zi
from (162) in (164), we have
2 reduces to (56).
An estimate of the variance V (in) is easily derived.
write
We
71
BASIC THEORY
Z2 _
n
t Est,
N2
{t
y{
+,~,M}
= Z.2 _
N2
1'2
. I
E (a,)
N2
yv
i, j
E (a,al)
(166)
i~j
The values of E (ai) and E (aiaj) depend upon the choice of
e
p ir
=__. 1,2,
' h ave been
va I ue.; for
1 2 ... ,
. E xp 1"IClt expreSSiOns
('i
"",
N)
11
given for 11 = 2 in the last section and expressions could be written
in a similar way for any sample size. It will be noticed that if
E (ad is proportional to Yi, the estimate zn reduces to a constant
with zero variance. Values of Yi will, however, not be known
out values Ai of a character correlated with Yi may be known.
II follows as a near approximation that the optimum values of
h would require that E (a i) should be proportional to Ai. The
explicit solution of this problem is, however, difficult and will not
be Jiscussed here. One result may be mentioned, namely, that
it is possible to choose E (ai) proportional to Ai only if the
latter are not too heterogeneous (Narain, 1951).
Yates and Grundy (1953) have dcvelured an alternativc e,timatc of the
variance V (i.), which appears to be hetler than the one given in (166). They
u~c the fact that
N
1:
{ (alaj)  (al) (all}
=0
(aj) {I . (ai)}
j(oi)=1
to recast the expression for the variance V (i,.) as a linear function of the
,qua res of the differences of the z's. Thu~, (165) can be written as
v (Z
) =
Sul~stituting
N2
(a()
EN 1_._
)'. 2
(a,)
1=1
.,
.j
LJ
j~j=1
Ca,4j) ... (ai)E(aj)
]
Vi)'J
(a;) (aJ)
for J'l in terms of Zj from (162), and using the ahove result,
they obtain
I
N
V{i.) = 2
L' fECal) (al)  (ajajl} (Zi  Zj)2
21< ,""'1=1
It is easy to ~ee that an unbia~ed e~timate of JI (2:.) is given t.y
_
Est. V (t.)
= 2n
i~i
{(Ol) (01)  (aiaj)}
(olal)  . (ZI 
2
ZI)
Which, unlike (166), is ~een to te a linear fur.ction of the ~qlarcs of the
differences between the z's in the sample,
72
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS wlTn APPI.ICATIONS
Lastly, we mention one system of selection probabilities due to
Midzuno (1950) which, while by no means efficient in the sense
indicated above, has the merit of simplicity. Here the units at
the first draw are selected with unequal probability, but at the
second and subsequent draws they are selected with equ:ll
probability.
It is easy to see that under this system
Pi,
+ (I
 Pi,) N _ 1
P;
+ (I
 P;) N
+ (I
~ 1 + {I
 Pi,  Pi)
Iv __: 2 + ...
 P,  (I  Pi) N
x N _ '2
Nn
N  1 Pi
nI
+ IV 1
I}
+,"
(167)
while
nl
P; N . . :.:. I
n  1

PI
nl
IV _ 1
N
...  n (P j
NI { N2
+ (1
 P;  Pj)
(n 
I) (n  2)
x (N 
if (N  2)
n  2}
+ P)I + N2
(168)
Incidentally, we note that under this system the probability of
drawing a specified sample is proportional to the total measure of
the units included in the sample.
BASIC THEORY
73
REFERE.l\ICES
J. David, F. N. and
Neyman, J. (1938)
2.
Sukhatme, P. V. (1938) ..
3.
(1944)
4. Fisher, R. A. and
Yates, F. (1938)
5.
Neyman, J. (1934)
6. Sukhatme, P. V. (1935) ..
7. Bartlett, M. S. (1937)
8. Narain, R. D. (1951)
9. Horvitz, D. G. and
Thompson, D. J. (1952)
10. Midzuno, H. (1950)
"Extension of the Markoff Theorem on Least
Squares," Statist. Res. Mem., 2, 10516.
"On Bipartitional Functions," Phil. Trans. Roy.
Soc., London, Series A, 237, 375409 .
.. Moments and Product Moments of MomentStatistics for Samples of the Finite and Infinite
Populations," Sankhya, 6,36382.
Statistical Tables for Biological, Agricultural and
Medical Research, Oliver and Boyd, Ltd.,
London.
"On the Two Different Aspects of the Representative Method: The Method of Stratified Sampling
and the Method of Purposive Selection," Jour.
Roy. Statist. Soc., 97, 558606.
"Contribution to the Theory of the Representative
Method," Jour. Roy. Statist. Soc. Suppl., 2,
25368.
"Subsampling for Attributes," Jour. Roy. Statist.
Soc. Suppl., 4, 13135.
"On Sampling without Replacement with Varying
Probabilities," Jour. Ind. Soc. Agr. Statist., 3,
16974.
"A Generalisation of Sampling without Replacement from a Finite Universe," Jour. Amer.
Statist. Assoc., 47, 66385.
"An Outline of the Theory of Sampling Systems,"
Ann. Inst. Statist. Math., Japan, J, 14956.
74
S\MPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
APPENDIX
Tables of Sg (P, Q)/Xl! X2!."
, 
._
__________ :~__:_________ r
w= 1
(I)
(2) (1")
(I)
w=3
Q
(3) (21) (J3)
(2)
(3)
P
(21)
(13)
w=4
(4)
(31)
(I')
(4)
(31)
P
(21)
(21')
(I ')
.. 3
w=s
Q
(5)
(41)
(32)
(3 JI)
(211)
(21 8)
(5)
(41)
(32)
P
(311)
(221)
(211)
(15)
10
10
IS
10
(15)
76
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITIl APPLICATIONS
.
;;;"
N
''
"""
=~
."""
on
...,
:::
or,
<;>
...,'"
or,
..
=
D
'0
0
...,.
..""":.;:
,~
...
 .,
r
__
Ii
Q..,~
'
0>
Col
on
...,
''
>:
01
'<t
...,
01 ._,
..C
:::
..., ...,
r
'<t
'0
0\
on
on
S
0
r
...,on
on
on
...,
Col
.C)
:::N
...,
...,
...,
::
""
..
,.,
..., ...,
~
,.
11'1
._,
::
...,
...,
...,
...,
on
r
""
on
'<t
...,
on
;;;"
VI
r
,..
t::;.
~ :::._,
~
.N' ...,
on
._,
,.
N
.., .....N
;;:: ,_,
._,
"'" ._ ,_,
Q..
 ....
~
;:::;
.
,_, ~ C
M' ._,
;:::;
N
._,
"'
Mst C TltEOR.Y
.................... ..
.,
._"
.....
::'
~
::
c
:;
..
~
~
:..
N
C
..
:!
..
~
........... _
 .....
. lrlV\O
_.
C""'.V"';V')
0
_...
'"N
..
><
....
x
~~
'"
Ol
'0...,'">
~
..c
...
M 8~~~
.:
,.,
::!,
OC
01
:t
"
. _
"<1" 0"<1"0\0
NV)
.'
.. '
. _N'
...,
.. 
. . Nv
. v"'\O~~~~
:!
.
:!
N
,;;
...
..
M _ _
::.
~
...,
.,..
._,
__
.\OMO\OV')oo
N
,..,
'Nf'I"')MMV')rlr)V)
N
\C
._,
...
...
OC
''
.  NNNM
N
'~""\ON~~
_Ntr)
'MN_N~~~~OOO~~
N

78
SAMPLING THI!ORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Tables 0/ 'TTl! 'TT2!.
.!(s
(P, Q)
(I)
(2)
P (I)
(12)
(21)
(3)
(2)
(3)
() 2)
P (21)
I
(F)
_I
3
w =4
Q
_ ......
__
(31)
(22)
2
I
6
(4)
...
(2P)
__ . ___. __.__._. .._.   (4)
(31)
I
(22)
I
6
w=5
Q
(32)
(41)
(5)
(311)
(2'1)
3
3
20
15
(21')
(5)
(41)
1
(32)
I
P (311)
 2
(221)
 2
(211)
6
(1&)
30
20
24

10
(I ')
(J3:
79
DASle THEoRY
Tables of TTl!
TTl!.
gs (P, Q)
w=6
Q
(6)
(51)
(3 2)
(42)
(411)
(321)
(2 8 )
(31 8) (2112)
(21')
(1 8)
(6)
(51) (42)
(3 2)
(4)8)
 2
P (321)
 I
(2 8 )
1

 3
(214)
24
24
18
( ]6)
120
144
90
(31")
(2 2 1.)
I
12
20
40
90
120
15
~
.~.
4
40
~.~
 6
45
J.5
..~..~
SO
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVF.YS WITH APpLlCATlOM
;;
' '
::N
''
,.
;
!:'
on
N
''
...,
"""
t
on
on
~
0
N
"<t
&
on
:;
N
...,
''
'" '"
..
"<t
on
,.
~
Q,.~
'"
01
.....
"
I::
....
I::
...
~
..c
::!.
,.,
it
;:
N
:::;
00
.,_,...,.
on
1'"
,.
00
("
.....
...,
'"
on
"<t
"<t
I
~
''
"""
"<t
"<t
''
\0
,_,
,.
t
''
'"
"<t
'"
oo
N
'"
'"
"<t
0
"<t
0
.....
''
h'
00
"<t
C()
V)
~
I
"<t
"<t
0
on
'"
"<t
'" '"
'"
"<t
"<t
N
:!!
"<t
~
I
00
~
.....
!!I
BASIC THEORY
Tables of 711!
712!. . gs
(P, Q)
w=8
.
~
....
.~
~.

Q
(8)
(62)
(71)
(53)
(612)
(42)
(422)
(521)
(3 22) (5J8)
(431)
(8)
(71)
(62)
(53)
(4')
(6]1)
(521)
2 
(42')
(431)
2 
2 
2
I 
, (5]3)
(421')
(}2(')
(32'()
(2')
(3'2)
(4(')
24 
24 
12
24 
18 
12
(2111)
(31 6)
(2'1')
24  120

120
12  20

14 
12
12
15
70
12
60
60
30
36
72
33
384 180
360
504
180
420
1260
3360
4032
1260
3360
96
84
64
2688
6
12
12 
30
5040 5760 3360
8 
64
(18)
60
720  720 480
120
(21')
(321 8 )
56
5 
20
20
28
160 120
11:20
1344
82
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATION.;
Tables of 1Tl! 1T2!
gs (P, Q)(Contd.)
w = 8
_._
~..~~~''""'~
Q
(421')
(32 1 1) (21)
(31J1)
(41 C)
(2 3 1') (311) (2114) (21')
(321 8 )
(8)
,
(71)
(62)
(53)
(42)
(612)
(521)
(421)
(431)
(3 2 2)
P (513)
(4212)
(3 2 1")
(3221 )
(24)
(414)
(32J3)
(23 P)
I
15
30
100
45
lOS
420
1120
420
30
20
IS
(2214)
30
12
32
(211)
270
120
210
(18)
2520
1120
1680
to
(316)
6 IS
112
210
28
(18)
CHAPTER III
STRATIFIED SAMPLING
A. SELECTION WITH EQUAL PROBABILITY
3a.l Introduction
We have seen that the preCISIOn of a sample estimate of the
population mean depends upon two factors: (1) the size of the
sam.ele, and (2) the variability or heterogeneity of the population.
Apart from the size of the sample, therefore, the only way of
increasing the precision of an estimate is to devise sampling
procedures which will effectively red~ce the heterogeneity. One
such procedure is known as the procedure Of stratIfied sampling.
It consists in dividing the population into k classes and drawing
random samples of known sizes, one each from the different
classes. The classes into which the population is divided are called
the strata and the process is termed the procedure of stratified
sampling as distinct from the procedure considered in the previous
chapters, called unrestricted or unstratified sampling. An example
of stratified sampling is furnished by the survey for estimating
the average yield of a crop per acre in which administrative areas
are taken as the strata and random samples of predetermined
numbers of fields are selected from each of the several strata. The
geographical proximity of fields within a stratum makes it more
homogeneous than the entire population and thus helps to increase
the precision of the estimate. In this chapter we shall consider
the theory applicable to the procedure of stratified sampling.
Stratified sampling is a common procedure in sample surveys.
The procedure ensures any desired representation in the sample
of all the strata in the population. In unstratified sampling, on
the other hand, adequate representation of all the strata cannot
always be ensured and indeed a sample may be so distributed among
the different strata that certain strata may be overrepresented and
others underrepresented. The procedure of stratified sampling
is thus intended to give a better crosssection of the population
than that of unstratified sampling. It follows that one would
84
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
expect the precision of the estimated character to be higher in
stratified than in unstratified sampling. Stratified sampling also
serves other purposes. The selection of sampling units, the location and enumeration of the selected units and the distribution
and supervision of field work are all simplified in stratified
sampling. Of course, stratified sampling presupposes the knowledge of the strata sizes, i.e., the total number of sampling units
in each stratum and the availability of the frame for the selection
of the sample from each stratum.
It is not necessary that the strata be formed of geographically
conti&Uous administrative areas. Thus, in yield surveys, the fields
may be stratified according as they are irrigated or unirrigated and
separate samples selected from each. In a survey for estimating
the acreage under crops, strata may be formed by classifying the
villages according to their geographical area instead of on the basis
of geographical proximity. The principles to be followed in stratifying a population will become clear in the subsequent sections.
Ja.2 Estimate of the Population Mean and its Variance
Let Ni denote the size, i.e., the number of units in the ith
stratum and ni the size of the sample to be selected therefrom, so
that
k
.E N,
1=1
and
k
.E nl = n
1=1
Now the population mean to be estimated is given by
k
YN
~L
N;YNi
'=1
(I)
Since
ni
is a simple random samp}t from Nio it is natural to take
(2)
85
STRATIFIED SAMPLING
as an estimate of the population mean and denote it by Yw as it
is the weighted mean with strata sizes as the weights. It is easy
to see that this gives an unbiased etsimate of the population
mean, since
E
(ji")
= YNi
and, therefore,
E
CV.,)
= E L~
Pi.i".j}
it, p~E (Yn) = E,
pJ'N, = .I'N
(3)
To obtain the sampling variance of Yw, we have
V CV.,)
E (V.,  YN)2
1: p,2 E U'ni_v N,)2+ 1: p,pjE {(Y"i.l'N) (VniJ'N)}
i=l
(4)
il'"j=1
Since the sample in the ith stratum is a simple random sample,
,
E (}"i
)2 
YNj

(In,  N,
I ) Si 2
(5)
where Si2 is the mean square of the population in the ith stratum
defined by
(6)
The value of the second term in (4) is clearly zero, since samples
are selected independently from each stratum, We therefore have
k
) V (Y.
s 
LJ (1iii
\'
_N,I) PI 2S
(7)
i=1
The subscript'S' in (7) helps to indicate that this variance relates
to stratified sampling and will be used whenever necessary. It will
S6
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
be seen that the variance depends on Si'S, the variabilities within
the strata. The result suggests that the smaller the Si> i.e., the
more homogeneous the strata are made, the greater will be the
precision of the stratified sample.
It can be shown by a slight modification of the Markoff
theorem mentioned in Section 2a. 3 that y w is the best unbiased
linear estimate of Yw The proof is left to the reader.
3a.3
Choice of Sample Sizes in Different Strata
The above expression for the variance of the estimated mean
in stratified sampling shows that the precision of a stratified sample
depends upon ni's which can be fixed at will. Following the
principle explained in Section 1.3, we can now so choose the
ni's as to provide an estimate of the desired precision for a minimum cost. Alternatively, for any given cost, we can choose the
ni's so as to minimize the variance of the estimate. The allocation of the sample to the different strata made in accordance with
either of these principles is said to be based on the principle
of optimum allocation. The concept, as it is known today, wai.'
introduced by Neyman (1934).
Just as the variance is a function of the sample sizes, so also
is the cost of a survey. The manner in which the cost will vary
with the size of the total sample and with its allocation among
the different strata will depend upon the particular survey. In
the simplest case, such as in sampling from punched cards for
tabulating the results of a census on a sampling basis, the cost
will be directly proportional to the number of units in the sample.
In yield surveys in India, where the field work is carried out by the
local staff in the course of their normal duties and the major item
in the cost of a survey consists of labour charges on harvesting
of produce, the cost of the survey is found to be approximately
proportional to the number of cropcutting experiments. Cost
per experiment may, however, vary in the different strata depending upon the availability of labour. In this situation, the total
cost may be appropri!ltely represented by
(8)
87
STRATIFIED SAMPLING
where q is the cost per experiment in the ith stratum. When
is the same from stratum to stratum, say c, the total cost of
a survey is given by
Ci
(9)
C = en
Where travel, field staff salary and statistical analysis are to be
paid for, the cost function will obviously change in form. We
shall later on give examples of more complex cost functions
appropriate to different problems.
To determine the optimum values of ni, when the cost function
is represented by (8), we consider the function
<h
V(y .. ) +",C
where '" is some constant, and note that
i=l
t
+ terms
independent of n, (10)
Clearly, V (Yw) is minimum for fixed C, or the cost C of a survey
is minimum for a fixed value of V (Yw), when each of the square
terms on the righthand side of (10) is zero; or in other words,
when
(i
= 1,2,
... , k)
(11)
88
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Equation (11) shows, what is also otherwise obvious, that:
(i) the larger the size of the stratum, the larger should be the
size of the sample to be selected therefrom;
(ii) the larger the variability within a stratum, the larger should
be the size of the sample from that stratum; and
(iii) the cheaper the labour in a stratum, the larger the sample
from that stratum.
To obtain the exact value of "i'S, we evaluate liViA, the constant
of proportionality, so as to satisfy the condition of fixed cost or
fixed variance. In the former case, we substitute from (11) in
(8) and obtain
where Co is the budgeted amount within which it is desired to
estimate the mean with the maximum precision, giving
(12)
1=1
Hence
P"SiCO
;/(::(.1;
P,siV
,=1
(13)
C )i
When Ci = c (i = 1, 2, ... , k), and consequently the cost of the
survey is proportional to the size of the sample, ni's are given by
nj
PIS,
= n 1.:
(14)
}J PIS,
In other words, for a given size of the sample, the allocation in
accordance with (14) yields the estimate of the mean with the
maximum precision. This result appears to have been first discovered by Tschuprow (1923), but remained unknown until it was
rediscovered independently by Neyman (1934). The allocation of
the sample in accordance with this formula is, however, known
as Neyman allocation in literature.
STRATIFIED SAMPLING
89
When the population mean is desired to be estimated with a
given variance, say Yo, at a minimum cost, we evaluate the constant of proportionality by substituting for ni from (11) in
(15)
and obtain, since Pi = NiIN,
(16)
+~
Vo
L:
i
p,Sj2
== 1
Hence
(17)
.
lo
I \ , S')
N W Pi ,
i~1
When
Ci
C,
(17) reduces to
k
,Ep,S,
IIi
,=
PIS.
1=1
VlI + ~
L:
P,SI2
( 18)
j=1
so that the minimum sample required for estimating the mean with
fixed variance Vo is given by
II
kL:
(19)
Vu
p,S,2
'=1
3a.4
Size of Sample for Estimating the Mean with a Given
Variance under (0) Optimum (Neyman), and (b) Proportional Allocations
We have seen that for ni's arbitrary, the variance of the mean
is given by
1) p,
 NI
2S 2
(20)
90
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Under Neyman allocation we have
np,S,
(21)
Substituting for
from (21) in (20). we get
ni
k
k
V (Y.,)N
.L:
{ j=l
L'P,S,
npi:';
_ l}p,",
N1
'~i
i=l
=:1
C )'
~ PiSI
I
N Lp,S,2
(22)
1=1
where the subscript N symbolises the variance of the mean under
Neyman allocation.
For proportional allocation of the sample among strata(23)
Substituting in (20). we get
(24)
where the subscript P symbolises the variance under the proportional system of allocation.
It follows from (22) that for estimating the mean from a
stratified sample under Neyman allocation with a given variance
Vo the size of sample required is given by
('''12;k PIS. )2
n =
Vo
+~
LPIS ,2
II
(25)
91
STRATIFIED SAMPLING
and that under proportional allocation, n is obtained from (24).
being given by
~'=~Ik~
Vo
(26)
+ ~ .z= p,S,2
1=1
Equation (25) is seen to be identical with (19), as is to be expected.
3a.5
Comparison of Stratified with Unstratified Simple Random
Sampling
We shall discuss the efficiency of stratified sampling first under
proportional allocation, then under Neyman allocation and finally
under an arbitrary allocation.
(a) Proportional A lIocatioll
We have seen that
k
V (ji)
" (
lOP
1  1) \ ' p S
11
N
w"
(27)
The variance of the mean under unstratified simple random
sampling may be written as
V(ji.)us
~C
r)
 ~)S2
For purposes of comparing (27) with (28), it is necess,ry to
express S2 in terms of Si2
Now the total sum of squares in the population can be split up
into two parts, viz., (0) within strata, and (h) between strata, in
accordance with the identity:
k
N,
2.: 1:
;=1
(Yo 
jiN)2
Nj
== ,1'}.;
.i=1
{Y'l  _VNi
+ YNi 
YN)2
i=l j=1
==
N,
,1' 1,; (Y,j  jiNj)2
1=1
J=l
+ l) N, (YN; 
jiN)2
41
This can be written as
(29)
92
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
For purposes of simplification we" ill assume Ni to be large enough
to permit the approximations
N,:.I ~ 1
Nl~1
N

and
On dividing by N, and making use of these approximations, we
get
or
(30)
Substituting the result in (27), we have
(31 )
Hence, subtracting (31) from (28), we obtain
v (Y,,)us V (j .. )p ~ NN~ n
L
k
Pi (hi  YN)2
(32)
i=l
The expression shows that the more the strata differ in their
means, the larger is the gain in prec;ision due to proportional
sampling over unstratified simple random sampling.
(h) Neyman Allocation
Here, again, we shall first express the variance of the mean
under Neyman allocation in a form suitable for comparison with
the variance in unstratified simple random sampling. We shall
make usc of the identity:
(33)
where
k
S'D = 1: p,S,
'.1
STRATIFfED SAMPLING
On substituting for (~ PiSi
93
Yfrom (33) in the expression for the
variance of the mean under Neyman allocation given in (22), we
obtain V(Y.)N
~; [tPiSi2  [,Pj(S, SIO)2]  ~ t p,S.2
\=1
i==l
t.=1
(34)
i=l
i=l
The first term on the righthand side of the above equation
represents the variance under proportional allocation. Hence
I: Pi
k
V (Yw)p  V (5'IO)N
i
(8
SwF
(35)
j=l
We see that the larger the differences between the strata standard
deviations, the larger is the gain in precision of optimum over
proportional allocation. Further, on substituting for V (Yw)p from
(31), we obtain
N  n
V(Y")N=
Nn
{s' . t
p , (S'., _.1,)'
 /'_ n
p, (S, 
S.)'}
(36)
Since the first term on the righthand side of (36) represents the
variance of the mean of an unstratified sample of n, we may write
V(yJ"  V(Y.). '" NN:' n
{t.
P, (YN<  Y.)'
+ N~ n
pj (S, 
S.,)2j
(37)
."'1
The equation (37) shows that the gain in precision of Neyman
allocation over unstratified simple random sampling arises from
two factors, viz., (a) differences between strata means, and
(b) differences between strata standard deviations.
The above result is exceedingly helpful in devising a scheme
of stratification. It suggests that for efficient stratification. the
94
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
population should be so divided that the differences between the
strata means and standard deviations are as large as possible.
This is best done in practice by grouping together like units of
the population. Thus, geographically contiguous units are usually
more alike than those further apart. Consequently, the adoption
of geographical proximity as the basis for stratification is expected
to lead to a gain in precision apart from being convenient for
purposes of organization of field work. On the other hand,
experience shows that the gains made from geographical stratification are generally moderate. Another method of setting up
strata is to use the information on some correlated character as
the basis for stratification. For example, the size of farm is
known to be correlated with a number of farm characters like the
area under principal crops or the number of livestock; stratification by size of farm in agricultural surveys is, therefore, expected
to lead to substantial gains in precision. Example 3. I at the end
of Section 3a.1O will serve to illustrate the magnitude of gains
recorded from this type of stratification.
(c) Arbitrary Allocation
When a sample is divided arbitrarily among the strata, the
variance of the estimated mean is given by the expression (7);
whereas, when it is selected as an unstratified simple random
sample, the variance is given by
V<Yn)US
e ~)
We therefore have
V (Yn)US  V ll'w)s
G ~)
[
i=l
G.  ~)
p,28,2
95
STRATIFIED SAMPLING
G ~) 1:
Pi (PHI  YH)2
(39)
The second term on the righthand side in (39) is always positive,
but the first may be positive, zero or negative, depending upon the
values of ni. It is positive when the sample is allocated according
to Neyman allocation and we reach the result (37). It is zero when
either
(40)
or
n., =n
S2
P.,
(41)
1: p,S,2
1=1
giving us (32). As the allocation departs from (40) or (41), the first
term may not only become negative but be larger in magnitude
than the second, thus making a stratified sample less efficient than
an unstratified sample. The result is important and suggests the
need for care in the allocation of the sample among the strata.
30.6* Practical Difficulties in Adopting the Neyman Method
of Allocation
There are certain limitations to the use of the Neyman allocation in practice which will now be pointed out. If more than one
character is to be estimated from a sample survey, then the
allocation of the sample into different strata on the basis of any
one character, using the Neyman method, may lead to loss in precision on other characters as compared to the method of proportional allocation. If, however, the characters are correlated, or
if certain characters are more important than others, then gains
in precision on the estimates of the more important characters
can still be secured by using the Neyman method of allocation.
However, the more severe limitation on the ut>e of the Neyman
allocation is the absence of the knowledge of Si'S. One method
of overcoming this limitation is to estimate Si'S from a preliminary
sample of n' (Sukhatme, 1935). These estimates will, however,
96
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
be subject to standard errors and it is, therefore, possible that we
would be worse off than if we had used the method of proportional
allocation. The problems to be considered are then, (a) how much
would the variance increase, on the average, if the allocation is
based on estimated values of Si, (b) how does it compare with
the variance from proportional allocation, and (c) how large
should be the size of the preliminary sample in order that Neyman
allocation may give a more precise estimate than proportional
allocation ?
Let Si represent an unbiased estimate of Si/v, based on a sample
of size n', v denoting a constant, so that
E (VSj)
= SI
(i
= 1,2, ... , k)
(42)
The allocation of the total sample among the different strata will
now be made in accordance with the formula'"
(43)
Substituting in (7), we obtain
t{t
p,2S,2
j=1
1=1
PJlJS?
I""J=l
~:}  ~ t
p,S/
'E1
(44)
This expression involves Si and we are consequently not in a
position to say whether this will give a smaller value or not as
compared to that for proportional allocation, viz.,
V
(.Y~)p =
(!  ~) L p,S,2
k
(45)
.=1
Where, as in this case, the decision regarding the size of the additional sample to be drawn from each stratum depends upon the results of the fir~t sample,
the procedure is essentially what is called sequential sampling.
STRATlfIED SAMPLING
97
We might, however, obtain the average value of (44) in samples
of n' and examine how it compares with (45).
Now it can be shown (Sukhatme, 1935) that if the variate under
study can be considered as normally distributed and consequently
Si is distributed as x, the average value of the righthand side in
(44) is given approximately by
{t. p,'S.'
t. p,S,'
+ ,t,',p,s,s,}  :
(46)
where
1
+ 2n'
Substituting for e from
I}
= 1
E { V (y.,)
I n')J
5j
(47)
(47) in (46), we obtain
k
I
=
~ [I, S ,
)2
k
I
,2
N ~ [liS.
C ~) I:
Pi S j
i=L
!L
p, (Sf 
~tr
i=l
P/S/}
i=l
(4~)
which, on using (30), can also be written as
E
{v (Y.) I;:1  NN~ n {S'  N':._ n
+
p.(S,  S')'}
2!n,{(t
i=1
p, (YN,  YN)'
piSI
)2 
'(=1
P/S/} (&9)
98
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
The first part on the righthand side denotes the variance of the
mean under Neyman allocation when the Si are known. Consequently, when the Si are estimated from a preliminary sample
of size n', this variance is seen to increase, on an average, by
(50)
Comparing (48) with the value of the variance under proportional
allocation given in (45), we notice that the condition that the
Neyman allocation may not, on the average, lead to loss of
precision as compared to proportional allocation is
L:
k
Pi (Si 
8.. )2
(51)
or
(52)
The above result can be derived more simply by an alternative
method given by Evans (1951).
Let, as before,
VS j
= S,
+ E;
where
and
where
Then Si/S; can be expressed as
S,
sJ
= ~j (1 + ~j)
=
(1
SJ
S.
~; ( 1 .~
i:) (1 
~j)l
SJ
~: + s;~
 ... )
99
STRATIFIED SAMPLING
On expanding the righthand side and neglecting terms involving
powers of higher than the second and taking expectations, we
obtain
where Cj is the coefficient of variation of Sj given by v
Assuming Cj = C (j = 1, 2, ... , k), we obtain
E
VV (sj)/Sj.
(S,)
'"" 8/8, (1 + C2)
s/
(53)
Taking expectations of both sides in (44) and substituting from
(53), we have
E{v(r.)
1;1", 1{t P"S"+.t:'p;s;s; (1+ C'J}
 ~ I>,S,2
k
i=l
I:
k
V(Yw)p 
,~
P,(Si 8.,)2
'~1
Clearly, this expression will have a smaller value as compared to
that under proportional allocation if the sum of the last two
terms is negative, i.e., if
(55)
100
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
From Sections 2a .10 and 2a.ll of the last chapter, we know that,
for samples of n', C2 is approximately given by (fJ2  I)J4n', so
that the size of the preliminary sample should be such that
(i, P;SlY JPi2~/
k
}; Pi (S,
(56)
 S,Y
1=1
in order that the Neyman allocation may give, on the average,
a more preCise estimate than the method of proportional allocation.
When fJ2 = 3, the value of n' reduces to that given by (52).
It will be seen that the larger the variability among Si'S, the
smaller will be the value of n'. Consequently, unless Si'S are close
to one another, even moderately small preliminary samples will
give, on the average, more precise results than proportional allocation. If, however, the size of the preliminary sample is found
to be so large as to make the preliminary inquiry not worth while
and if the study of several characters is included in the sample,
proportional allocation would be preferable.
3a.7 Evaluation from the Sample of the Gain in Precision due
to Stratification
In comparing the precision of tIre stratified with unstratified
simple random sampling in Section 3a. 5, we assumed that the
population values of the strata means and standard deviations
were known. Usually, however, this will not be the case. What
is available is only a stratified sample and the problem is to
estimate the gain in precision due to stratification.
Let nl> n2, ... , nk represent the stratified sample. Then the
variance of the sample mean is
and its estimate is clearly given by
(57)
101
STRATIFIED SAMPLING
where Si2 is the mean square in the sample drawn from the ith
stratum. If the total sample had been selected by the procedure
of simple random sampling without stratification, then the variance
of the sample mean would be
(58)
Its estimate cannot, however, be obtained by substituting the
mean square for the total sample in place of S2. For, although
within each stratum the sample is selected by the method of simple
rdndom sampling, the total sample cannot be considered to have
been so selected from the population as a whole. The problem,
therefore, is to estimate S2, given
and
<)
Sl", s~
, ... ) Sk 2
We have, from (29),
1=1
i=l
Since Si 2 provides an unbiased estimate of Si 2, the problem of
estimating S2 reduces to the estimation of
k
2.: Pi (J'NI 
(60)
YN)2
1=1
from the sample.
Let
(61)
where
E (Ei)
:..0:
and
0,
On squaring both sides of (61) we have
Yft ,2
= YN/ +
E,2
+ 2YNiE;
(62)
Tciking expectations, we obtain
E (Y.,S)
YN/
+ N,N,n,
::!!. s ~
'
(63 )
102
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Hence
PJNj2
'=1
.t N~~jn_,
p,S,!
(64)
i=l
It follows that
E,(.
(t P~N<') ~ t. P~..'
( 65)
Again, from (61), we have
k
(=1
4=1
4=1
1: pS'ft, = 1: PiYN; + 1: p,f',
or
k
Y.,
YN
+ 1: P,f'i
(66)
i=l
On squaring both sides, we obtain
Y,.2
YN 2
+'=11: p,2f' 2 +
j
1:
p,Pjf',f'j
i~j~l
+ 2YN 1: PiEj
(67)
1=1
Taking expectations and noting that E (i j) = 0 as the samples
from the different strata have ceen drawn independently, we obtain
(6g)
Hence
(69)
Subtracting (69) from (65), we get
Lr,
,)
k
Est.
(YN,YN)2
1:1',
.1
I},
k
(Y,,;_}'.,)2 __
(Ip,)
!V.~~,nl s,
'~l
(70)
103
STRATIFIED SAMPLING
from (59) and (70) we obtain
E'(. S'
~N~I
t.
(N,  I) .,'
+ N N_
{t
which can be written as
\>(
Est. S2 = N N
~J ~
1)
Pi 
Si
+ N N_
p,
li'.,  Y.)'
If'
>_;)2
I ~ Pi (J"i
) '"
tP,(I p,)~' + ~t(l
P,I .,.}
On simplifying, we obtain
E,(. S'
o.
t.
p, .,'
+ N N_ I
{t.
Y.I'
p, (i.. 
t
p. (I  p,) :::}
(71)
On substituting in (58), we get
t=l
Nn
(N  J) n
t.
 2
Pi (Yni  y",)
;:1
P. (I  P.I
~:1
(72)
Hence, the change in variance due to stratification is estimated by
the difference between (72) and (57), i.e.,
104
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
i=t
i=l
N  n
I) n
+ (N 
t
P, (I
{~(_
'::!
~ p,)
_.
Pi Yn,  Y.;)
f}
(73)
Taking N/(N  1) ~ 1, we obtain
x{t,
PdP.,  Y.)'
t.
p, (I
~ p,) :':}
(74)
The ratio of (73) or (74) to (57), expressed as a percentage, gives
the estimate of the gain in efficiency due to stratification.
These results assume a particularly simple form in the case of
proportional sampling for which Yw = Yn. Equation (57) then
becomes
Est. V (Yw)p
in
2:
k
ll
PiS/
(75)
1=1
and the first two terms in (74) vanish. The net reduction in
variance due to stratification is, therefore, given by the last two
terms in (74). On substituting ni/n for Pi, this takes the value
Est. VU' ..)us
Est. V(y.,)p ,= ~Nn n
When the finite multiplier is assumed to be unity and Si2 is
constant, say Si2 = Sw 2 (i = 1, 2, ... , k), the best unbiased
STRATIFIED SAMPLING
105
estimate of the latter is obtained by pooling the sum of squares
within strata for the sample. We write
k
n_
Est. 8,/ = Ii
~k
L:: L::
i=l
(Yil  }'n,)2
= .1',/, say
(77)
since
=
1 E)' (n. nk
L..J'
T) 8
2
j
i=!
=8.,2
Let
k
}; 11;
U'n. 
.f'w)2
n/k.
Substituting from (77) and (78) in (72), we have
i:':1
where i1
(78)
= (k  I) iis h 2
Es!. V(Yn)us~}jl {(n  k
n
+ l)s.,2 +(k 1)nsb2}
(79)
The quantities sw 2 and flsb 2 are caned the mean squares within and
between strata respectively, and are best calculated from what
is familiarly known as the analysis of variance table given below:
Source of Variation
D.P.
Between Strata
kI
Within Strata
nk
Total
nI
Mean Square
Sum of Squares
10'"
.1' 1.;
J
1=1
(Y'IY")
106
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Also, from (75),
Est. V (5'w)p ~
s,/
n
(80)
An estimate of the reduction in variance is now given by subtracting (80) from (79) or directly from (76), and equals
 )
ESt. J? (Yn
us
ES,t V ()
 k  2 1 {,
2
YID P mb
n
21
SID J
(81)
The ratio of (81) to (80) gives the relative gain in precision due to
stratification and equals
(82)
The efficiency of stratification is sometimes calculated directly
by comparing the overall mean square S2 with sw 2 , the relative
gain in precision being given by
S2
2
Sill
1 =
(nk)sw 2 +(kl)iis b 2
(n  1) sw 2
(83)
The gain in precision estimated this way is n!(nl) times the value
in (82), which is not likely to be c5f material difference in large
samples, provided the sample is allocated in proportion to the sizes
of the different strata. When the sample is not so allocated, neither
(82) nor (83) is likely to be satisfactory. The exact expression
given by the ratio of (73) to (57) should be used in that case.
30.8 Use of Strata Sizes for Improving the Precision of an
Unstratified Sample
Stratified sampling presupposes the knowledge of the strata
sizes as well as the availability of the lists of sampling units for
the different strata. The latter are not, however, always available.
Thus, the classification of a population by age is known from the
census tables although the lists of persons belonging to different
age groups may not be available for the selection of samples from
the different age groups. Consequently, it is not possible to know
in advance to which stratum a sampling unit belongs until it is
107
STRATIFIED SAMPLING
contacted in the course of the survey itself. While the sample in such
cases has necessarily to be selected by the method of unstratified
random sampling, we can always classify the selected sample by the
strata and treat it as if it were a stratified sample. In this section we
shall examine the gain in precision arising from such a treatment.
If the sample is to be treated as if it were a stratified sample,
then jiw would be the appropriate estimate of the popUlation mean.
This is easily seen to be an unbiased estimate of the population
mean, since
E (}'o.) = E {E (jill.
I ni )}
E(jiNI)
Hence
E tv.,) =}oN
(84)
For fixed n1, n2, ... , n k, the variance of ji w is given by
(85)
However ni (i = 1, 2, ... , k), varies from sample to sample.
Consequently, (85) is not directly comparable with the variance of
an unstratified sample. We can, however, examine how this method
compares, on an average, with that of an unstratified sample. An
exact expression for the average value of (85) cannot be obtained.
For large values of n, however, and for large N we may use the
result (112) of Section 2a .19 of the last Chapter and write
E ( 1)
nl
npt
+ 1_~
~j + 0
n PI
14)
(86)
Taking expectations in (85) and using (86), we have
E{V(YID)us}~
1: {nk + !ii;j~j +
(J,)  X}PJPi
2S j
1=1
~~ {CI  Z Dtp,s,+~ts,.}
+ 0 (~,)
(87)
108
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
and to the first approximation
k
E{V(.Vw)us}
~N~ n
p j S.2
+ ~2
(1  PI) S/
(88)
It is seen that the first term in (88) is the variance of the mean
of a stratified sample with proportional allocation. We, therefore,
see that the adjustment of the results of an unstratified random
sample as if it were stratified gives almost as high precision as
a stratified sample with proportional allocation, provided the
sample is large. The result is obvious otherwise also, for, a large
sample is expected to be distributed in proportion to the sizes of
the strata.
3a.9 Effect of Increasing the Number of Strata on the Precision
of tbe Estimate
The variance of the estimate of the population mean from
a stratified sample depends upon
(i) the strata values of Pi and Si> and
(ii) the sample numbers ni.
We shall assume that ni is proportional to Pi> so that the variance
will now depend only on the strata values of Pi and Si. being
given by
(89)
The smaller the strata the more alike will presumably be the
sampling units comprising them and the smaller, therefore, will
be the values of Sill. We may, therefore, expect that under
proportional allocation the precision of the estimate will generally
increase as the number of strata increases.
For small departures from proportionality, the effect of increasing
the number of strata is best studied with the help of (88). The
first term in this equation, it will be noticed, is identical with
(89) and will presumably decrease as k increases. On the other
hand, the contribution of the second term to the variance of Yw
STRATIFIED SAMPLING
109
will increase as k increases. For N large and Si2 equal to, say
Sw 2, (88) may be written as
E{V(y.,)us}
~ 1 {S.. 2 + k
tI
1S,/}
(90)
Now, Sw 2 will ordinarily decrease as k increases, but (k  1) Sw 2
will increase as k increases, at a rate ordinarily greater than the
rate of decrease in Sw 2 We conclude therefore that, for given
n, a stage in the value of k may be reached beyond which stratification may not add to the precision of the estimate.
Effects of Inaccuracies in Strata Sizes
3a.10
It sometimes happens that the knowledge of strata sizes though
available is not exact, as, for example, when it is hased on old
census data which are out of date for use in current surveys or
when derived from a sample. Thus, in a study of farm facts, the
survey may be organized in two stages, first selecting a large sample
for estimating the strata sizes and then a second sample out of the
first for the main purpose of the survey. This latter procedure
is called double sampling (Neyman, 1938). In this section, we
shall examine the effect of inaccuracies in strata sizes on the
estimate of the mean and its variance.
Case I.
Strata Sizes Fixed
Let Pi denote the true but unknown weight of the ith stratum
and Pi' the inaccurate weight which is known. The sample
estimate of the population mean is then given by
k
Est.
YN = .E p/y",
(91)
1=1
For fixed Pi"S, this is a biased estimate of the population mean,
for, in general
(92)
showing that the estimate is biased by
k
.E (P/
1=1
 PI) YNi
(93)
110
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
To obtain the sampling variance, we write
~ E {(.~ P: (Y ~ YN'>)' I:::J
= E
f ]; p/2 (Y"i  YNY
) '=1
+ lOP!=1
]; p/p/ (y,,;
_ YN) (Y"I  YNj)
II
~1'}
,
Pk
(94)
For fixed p(s the second term is clearly zero, and we are left with
(95)
The mean square error will be the sum of (95) and the square of
the bias term in (93). We have
{t
'"'1
(p/  Pc) YN,1
(96)
If the sample were selected by the method of simple random
sampling without stratification, the mean square error of the
estimate would be identical with its variance, and would be simply
(97)
111
STRATIFIED SAMPLING
As n increases, (97) will decrease and so will the first term in (96)_
The bias term is, however, independent of the sample size. It
follows that (96) may assume a larger value than (97) beyond
a certain n, making stratified sampling less accurate than simple
random sampling.
An example will help to illustrate the point. Suppose that according to an agricultural census taken in an earlier year, 80% of the
holdings were below 5 acres. Information for the current year
is not available but we will assume that the percentage of holdings below 5 acres has increased to 85. Suppose, further, that
we have selected a stratified sample of 11 holdings allocated in
proportion to the known sizes of the two strata. Then, clearly,
the sample estimate of the population mean of the character
under study will be calculated from
Yw =
'80j'ft,
+
(98)
'20Yft,
The true population mean will, however, be
YN =
'85YN,
+ '15YN,
(99)
The expected value of the estimate in (98) will be
E(yw) = '80j'N,
+ 20j'N,
(100)
so that the sample estimate will be biased by
E (Yw)  _YN
=  05 YN,
+ 05 YN,
(101)
The mean square error of the sample estimate in (98) will be
composed of two parts, as shown in (96). Assuming that the
population is large so that finite multipliers can be ignored, this
will be given by
M.S.E. (YtO)
{80 8 1 2
+ 20 8
2
2 }
+ {OS (jiN, 
h.)}2 (\02)
If we had selected the sample by the unstratified method of
simple random sampling, the same estimate would be unbiased
and its variance given by
8 ~! {8581 2 +158 2 2 +'85 (YN,YN)2+'15 (jiN.h)2}
2
Now, suppose, the actual values of 8 12 , 8 22 , }iN, and
in the following table:
}iN,
(103)
are as
t 12
SAMPLING THtoORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Stratum
Then,
M.S.E. (ji.,)
= I
+ .0025
(104)
and
)
_1'1275
V(Yn
us n
(105)
The table below gives the values of (104) and (105) for five different values of n.
n
M.S.E. (y",)
V(Yn)US
25
0425
04510
50
'0225
02255
100
0125
01128
200
0075
00564
400
0050
'00282
It will be seen that for small n, the actual mean square error
of the stratified sample is smaller than that of the unstratified
simple random sample, but the superiority is lost after n = 51.
With a larger size of sample, the bias assumes still larger
proportions. It must, however, be pointed out that the bias will
not be known in practice and consequently the variance of the
mean of a stratified sample will continue to be estimated by the
first term in (96), thereby underestimating the variance.
Case 11. Double Sampling
We shall now consider the case of double sampling where Pi'S
are estimated from a preliminary simple random sample and the
character under study is observed on a subsample selected from
the preliminary sample. let Q denote the size of the preliminary
113
STRA TIffED SAMPLING
sample, Qi the number of units in the ith stratum and IIi the size
of the subsample chosen out of Qi (i = 1,2, ... , k). We have
Est. Pi =
=
~i
P.'
and
1=1
k
The estimate
E Pi'Yn, is now clearly the unbiased estimate of
(:1
YN' For, from (92), we have
( 106)
i=1
To obtain the variance of the estimate, all that we need do is to
obtain the expected value of the terms on the righthand side
in (96) for variation in p(s in repeated samples of Q. We write
+ E( ~ (P:
 p,) YN'),
(107)
On expanding the second term on the righthand side, we have
&
L:
&
E (P/2) N
'=1
N;'jn
8j
L:
E (p;' _pj)2 yNj2
I=:1
k
+ ~
j:j;l
E (p/  pj) (p/  Pj) i'N;}'Ni
(lell)
114
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WrTH APPLICATIONS
Now from (71), (78) and (98) of Chapter II,
E (p '2)
= p.2
Wij
have
N _Q I!. (~=p..)
N J
Q
(109)
E ( '_ )2 = N  Q Pi (I  Pi)
Pi
Pi
N  1
Q
(110)
and
(1 J J)
On substituting from (109), (Ito) and (111) in (108), we have
v(r:
k
(=1
')
PIYni
r:k ( P..2 + NQ
p,(J Pi)N;Il; S.2
N  1
Q
N.Il.
'=1
\ ' N  Q 1 (1
) , 2
f W
N  1 Q Pi
 Pi hi
( 112)
1=1
On combining the last two terms, we obtain
(113)
The term involving the differences between the strata means on
the righthand side of (113) can also be written directly from
(to7). For, the second term in (107) c1early represents the variance
of the mean of a simple random sample of size Q drawn from
a population of size N divided into k classes with all the Ni values
in the ith class equal to YN, each, (i = 1,2, "" k), so that
115
STRATIFIED SAMPLING
Now, (113) can be rewritten as
(t
P(Y")
(!,  ~.) P.'S.'
=f hit. c:,  ~.) p,(1  P,)
+Z
+
p,
(Y ..  YN)'}
So'
(114)
The first term on the righthand side is clearly the variance of
the mean of a stratified sample when the strata sizes are known.
The effect of determining the strata sizes from a sample is thus
to increase the variance of the estimate by
Z=f ~{t u; ,;.) p.(1  p,) s.'+ t,p, UN,  YN)'}
(lI5)
When finite multipliers can be ignored, the effect is to increase
the variance by approximately
(I16)
where
II;
Ub
1: p, (jiN,
 YN)2
(I 17)
iI
since the first term in (115) will be small relative to the second.
116
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Compared to simple random sampling, on the other hand. the
procedure will lead to gain in precision. Thus, for the case when
l1i is proportional to PiSi> and ignoring finite multipliers, (114)
reduces to
v(t,P;Y') ~ (I ~)! (t,p,sJ
+ ~n (t,s,) (t, P.s.)
 ! (t, posY + ~ ".'
(118)
If the sample were chosen by the procedure of simple random
sampling without stratification, the variance of the estimate
would be
Nn 8 2
N n
(119)
The reduction in variance is, therefore, given by
(120)
where the letters 'ds' stand for double sampling and, as before,
_
.E PiSi'
If Q is large relative to 11, the reduction in
'=1
variance will approximate to the difference between the variances
of an unstratified simple random sample and that of a stratified
sample with Neyman allocation (vide Section 3a.5). In other
words, when Q is large, the procedure of double sampling will
be approximately equivalent to stratified sampling when strata
sizes are accurately known.
Sw =
This comparison of the precision of single with double sampling
regardless of the cost of the survey is not, however, of practical
STRATIFIED SAMPLING
117
value. What is of interest is to know whether the reduction in
variance would be worth the extra expenditure on the preliminary
sample. Alternatively, we can consider the problem as one of
choosing, for a fixed cost, say Co, between two procedures of
sampling, namely, (i) a single sample drawn by the procedure of
simple random sampling without stratification, and (ii) double
sampling. The probJem clearly envisages three steps, namely,
(a) determining the optimum design for each of the two procedures
of sampling, (b) obtaining tht" variances of the estimates for the
optimum designs, and (c) comparison of the two variances.
We shall consider the simplest case in which the cost of each
sample is proportional to its size so that i. .. " .v ...l cost of the
survey. using the procedure of double sampling, is represented by
c1Q
+ c~
n,)
( 121)
and that of a single sample of size, say n', drawn by procedure
(i) by
(122)
where C1 is the cost per unit of the preliminary sample and C2
the cost per unit for the main sample. Obviously C1 will be
smaller than C2, for unless this were so, a preliminary sample would
be ruled out altogether. For procedure (i) the optimum design
is clearly the one for which the size of the single sample is
given by
The variance of the estimate based on a single sample is, therdore,
given by
N Co
~c~
82
Co
(123)
or, neglecting finite correction factors, by
8 2c2
Co
(124)
118
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATJONS
The variance of the estimate based on the procedure of double
sampling given in (114) depends on Q and ni (i = 1,2, ... , k).
The optimum values of Q an:! ni are those for which this variance
is minimum for given Co. Owing to the complexity of the
algebra. we shall attempt only an approximate solution by ignoring
all finite multipliers and assuming that
PI (1 PI)
Q ...
is negligible in comparison with pi 2
'i'.)
(r.k Pi. II, ._~ yk,
.:....J
p/2S j
~j
.:....J
1=1
Henc<! (114) reduces to
2.,,_ UbQ2
(125)
1=1
This is to be minimized subject to the condition
k
Co = c1Q
+ C2 .E n
(126)
Using the method given
function c/> given by
cf>
p. S,2
'n
i
the previous sections, we form the
III
+ uQ +
b
IL
c1Q
~
+ C2 ~
nj
(127)
and note that the righthand side can be written as
L: (~ji  V cn,Y +(;Q  ~/ILCIQy
+ y'p,c L
+
IL
PIS;
2ub VILe;
(128)
so that for optimum values
(i=1,2, ... ,k)
(129)
and
(130)
119
STRATIFIED SAMPLING
The value of p. will depend upon whether the variance is
minimized for fixed cost or the cost is minimized for fixed variance.
In the former case, which is the one under consideration here,
we obtain from (126), (129) and (130)
i=l
giving us
1
Co
YP
( v' C1 O"b
+ \/C2
(131)
i!' PiS.)
Hence
Co
p,Sj
n =
VC2
VC;
( v'C10"b
(132)
~v'C2 i~ p,S,)
and
O"b
Co
( v'C;O"b
Substituting for Q and
(125), we have
ni
(133)
+ v'C2 i~ PiS.)
in the expression for the variance given
10
(134)
Now, for a fixed cost. double sampling would
precision if (134) is less than (124), that is, if
L~ad
to higher
(~C;~+ V:_~jf,pjSjr < S2 C~
~,
CU
i.e., if
;=1
i.e., if
(135)
120
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
where (S
i
PiSiY
jb
V
will usually be a positive proper fraction
for efficient systems of stratification.
Taking. for illustration. the case when
Si = Sw =c I (i
1,2, ... , k),
Ub
so that
S2 = 5
equation (135) reduces to
In other words, if the cost per unit of surveying the preliminary
sample is less than onethird the cost per unit of surveying
the main sample, double sampling would be a more efficient
procedure to adopt than simple random sampling without stratification.
Example 3.1
Table 3.1 presents the summary of data for complete census
of all the 340 villages in Gha7.iabad Subdivision. The villages
were stratified by size of their agricultural area into four strata
as shown in col. 2 of Table 3.1. The numbers of villages in the
different strata arc given in col. 3. The population values of the
strata means for the area under wheat (Y N ,) and those of the
standard deviations for the area under wheat (Sw) and for the
agricultural area (Sa) are given in the subsequent columns.
Calculate the sampling variance of the estimated area under
wheat for a sample of 34 villages:
(1) if the villages are selected by the method of simple random
sampling without stratification;
(2) if the villages are s~lected by the method of simple random
sampling within each stratum, and allocated in proportion
to (i) the sizes of the strata (Ni ), (ii) the products NiSWl'
and (iii) the products NiSa,.
121
STRATIFIED SAMPLING
3.1
TABLE
Strata Means and Standard Deviations of Areas for Vii/ages
in Ghaziabad Subdivision
Stratum
Number
Size of
Village in
Bighas*
Nj
(I)
(2)
(3)
)'Ni
So;
Soc;
(4)
(5)
(6)
_.
0 500
63
1121
563
129'6
5011500
199
2767
1164
2670
15012500
53
558 1
186'0
276'1
>2500
25
960'1
361 3
982'2
1 Bigha
1.
acre.
Simple Random Sampling Without Stratification
We have from (29)
I __ . [\' NS
N  I LJ
.2_
,to,
i=l
\'S
LJ
(:1.
2+ \ '
to!
LJ
N.V N .2
v,
k )2]
(,EN~Ni
1=1__
iCl
The relevant calculations are shown in Table 3.2. On substi
tuting, we obtain
S2 = 3;9 [7994000  182000
=
70850
+ 55577000 
39372000J
122
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
s
N
rJl
_
0
;i;rIl
cJj
_,
"i:
l
.
""'l
N
::::'
on
00
~
0\
("
8 $
;:;::
on
<?
l\0
N
rJl
"i:
on
on
\0
\0
"<t
'"""
0
....
0
00
00
.5
"i
'~
00'
''
80::
l
~
on
0
N
'"
on
00
':'l
N
00
00
00
on
0
IN
f'I
M
M
"'"
0
\0
'I'>
'<t
rr
'"'r,
or;
II::
.~
N
!"'l
I.Ll
...l
QQ
r!
....
~
'~~
,~
.....i
S
G'
''
....
II::
'cII::
.:a....
~
~
,
0
\0
0
t
N
\0
or,
or,
r
0
......
N
00
or;
0
...00
$00
on
~ ~ ~
00\0
00
'"
<:>
<:>
.....
01')
~
r
.st
;:s
~
...
;
rJl
;;
rIl
';i.
,.
,.
C:!
0
......
..
":'
,
\0
'"
\0
<:>
8 Sf
'"
'"'" '""" on~
M
:
0'1
0\
<?
\0
00
::I~
"'::1
~Z
::::'
00
00
":'
~
on
on
'"
'"
""
E'"
~E
'"
123
STRATIFIED SAMPUNG
Hence
V(ji,.)us =
Nn

ir . n S2
306
340 xj4 x 70850
=
2.
1875
(i) Proportional Allocation
We have
306
x 7994000
(340)2 x 34
= 622
2. (ii) Neyman Allocation
The allocation of the sample to the different strata will be in
proportion to NiSWi shown in col. 9 of Table 3.2. On substituting
in (22), we get
V(Y.).
~ ~';'
(tN,S.) },. ~
c= (3~)2
[(45~)2
rd600
=
N,S .'
7994000]
[611580c0  7994000]
460
2. (iii) Allocation Proportional to NiSai
The allocation of the sample will be proportional to NiS a;
given in col. II of Table 3.2. On substituting
n,
nN,S.,
= ._.__
(1,f NISal)
in the formula for the variance of the mean of a stratified sample
given in (7), we get
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIO~S
124
(310)2 {3~
1
115600
(100480)(21600)  7994000}
55840000
483
Now the relative efficiency of any given procedure of sampling
(B) compared to that of a standard procedure (A) for the same size
of sample is defined as the ratio of the inverse of their variances.
Thus
R.E.
VB
1
VA
VA
VB
The values of the variance obtained above for the different
procedures of sampling together with those of their relative efficiencies as compared with unstratified simple random sampling, are
given in Table 3.3. The valu es of the relative efficiencies compared to proportional sampling are also shown in the table.
TABLE
3.3
Relative Efficiencies 0/ Different Methods
0/ Stratified Sampling
Method of Sampling
Var:ar.ce
(Bighas)2
Unstratified Simple Random
Sampling
1875
R.E. compared
to Unstrat.fied
Sampling
R.F. cc mpmcd
to Proporticr.al
Sampling
Stratified:
(i) Proportional ..
fin
301%
(ii) Neymar.
460
408%
483
388~;;
..~."
135~~
12C;~~
.__.. __
125
STRATIFIED SAMPLING
It will be seen that stratified sampling reduces the sampling
variance to nearly onethird its value in unstratified simple random
sampling. Further, Neyman allocation improves the precision
as compared to proportional allocation. The allocation of the
sample in accordance with the Neyman principle as applied to a
correlated character is seen to be almost as effective in improving
the precision as the Neyman method applied to the character
under study.
Example 3.2
A yield survey on paddy was carried out in Kegalle District
(Ceylon) in Maha 195152 (Koshal, 1953). Twentyeight villages
were selected, distributed in the various strata approximately in
proportion to the acreage under paddy. Three plots of 1/80 acre
were harvested in each village. The values of the means and the
mean squares of the village means for the different strata are given
in Table 3.4. Obtain the estimate of the district mean yield by
combining the strata means in proportion to the number of
villages in the strata. Calculate its variance and hence estimate
the efficiency of stratification as compared to unstratified simple
random sampling, treating the village means as the true means
of the respective villages.
TABLE
3.4
CropCutting Experiments on Paddy, Kegalle District (Ceylon),
Maha 195152
Means and Mean Squares of Village Mean Yields per Plot
Stratum
Number
Nj
nj
)in'
Sj2
(Oz.jPlot)
(Oz./plot)2
189
369
4330'9
242
301
14812'4
146
368
17309'0
178
171
1658'5
287
10
305
3452'7
126
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
The relevant calculations are given in Table 3.5.
we have
Est. YN
= Y., =
From col. 5
3016
To obtain the variance of Yw, we substitute in (57) and obtain
=
=
29823  757
29066
From (72), taking NJ(N E". V (Y.lv, '" N;"n
(2~
=
=
1)~
1, we obtain
It t
p,','
p'y .' 
(t
p'y .)'
1~2){ 7885 +95300909601646 +298}
(0,034755) (10900)
379
Hence
Efficiency of stratification
379
 291
130 or 130%
127
STRATIFIED SAMPLING
TABLE
3.5
CropCutting Experiments on Paddy, Kegalle District,
Maha 195152
Calculation of thl! District M(!an Yield and its Variallce
Stratum
N,
II,
Yo,
P.
Number
(I)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5) = (3)x(4)
189
369
'181382
669
24700
43309
242
301
232246
699
21000
148124
146
368
140115
516
19000
17309'0
(6) = (3)x(5)
(7)
178
171
170825
292
5COO
1658'5
287
10
305
275432
84'0
25600
3452'7
1042
28
3016
95300
~
._,,
Stlatum
Numher

.".~
..
 
PiS,"
p,2 S,2
p,s,
n,
(8) = (4) x (7) (9)=(4) x (8)
(I0)=~8H(2)
p,ts,
_.. __ ..
_
p,2 S,2
n,
N;
(11)=(9);(2) (12)=(9);(1)
78555
14248
157 I
2850
0'754
344012
79895
491.:!
11414
3'301
242525
33981
8084
113 27
2327
283 31
4840
944
1613
0272
95098
26193
951
2619
0913
16464
29823
7'567
7885'21
.'
~

_._._ 
_.. .
B. VARYING PROBABILITIES OF SELECTION
3b.l Estimate of the Population Mean and its Sampling Variance
Lastly we shall consider the theory of stratified sampling when
sampling units within a stratum are selected with replacement
with varying probabilities of selection. Let
P'j (j = I, 2, ... , N,; i
1, 2, ... , k)
denote the selection probability assigned to the Jth unit in the
ith stratum. Clearly, then, in virtue of the resu1ts in Section
2b. 2, z~ defined by
128
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Zn,
"I
1:
II,
Z;J
"I
1:
__ o.
YII
N~ P~I
(136)
will provide an unbiased estimate of the population mean for the
ith stratum, namely, YN,; and its sampling variance will be
given by
(137)
where
aj 2
NI
1} PI!
(Zjj 
i l . )2
(138)
11
ii'
.E' PljZ il = .)iN;
(139)
1"'1
and
Z..
1} P, i ,.
=.)iN
(140)
An estimate of the population mean YN wiIl be the weighted
mean Zw given by
i., =
L:
N,i"j
1=1
(141)
which is easily seen to provide an unbiased estimate of Yw
E (z.. )
For,
1} PIE (Zn,)
''''1
(142)
129
STRATIFIED SAMPLING
To obtain the sampling variance of zw, we have
V (zoo)
E [zoo  E (ZID))2
k
( .l: PiZn;
1=1
k)2
l: PiZi.
1=1
E {J;Pi(Zn,Zi.)
}2
i=l
l: p.2 E
(Zn;  Z .. )2
i=l
+ l:
PiPi' E (Z.i  Zi. )
i0.i'=l
xE
(Zn,' 
=.'.)
since samples are drawn independently from the ith and the i' th
strata. Hence,
k
V (zw) ''''
I>,2
(143)
i:l
in virtue of (137).
Using Section 2h.3, an estimate of V (zw) \\ill be provided by
k
Est. V (zw) =,
.L: p/
\.
'i.:
(144)
11.
i=1
where Siz 2 denotes the mean square between
the ith stratum, and is defined by
Siz 2 
1 ..
n, I
z's
in the sample for
L:n, (
' ), 2
Zil _ ' ;....
Allocation of Sample among Different Strata
3b.2
The variance of the estimate, apart from the population Constants Pi and CTiz, is seen to depend upon the allocation of the
sample among the different strata. The cost of a survey will
likewise depend upon the values of ni. The principle of determining the optimum values of nb as stated in Section 3a.3, is to
9
130
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
maximize the precision for given cost or minimize the cost for
given precision. We shall illustrate the principle for the simple
case for which the cost of the survey is represented by
(145)
where Ci is the cost of collecting the information per unit in the
ith stratum.
Let
v (zoo) + ,.,.C
c/>
(t
Cin,)
1=1
where IL is a constant.
Clearly V (zw) is minimum for fixed cost, say Co, or C is
minimum for fixed variance, say Vo, when rP is a minimum. Now
4> can be written as
=
I: {'J~  V,.,.cin, r+ 2vit I: P;<7,.VC
t
i=l
'=1
(146)
It follows th?t rP is minimum when each oJ the square terms on the
righthand side of (146) is zero, or in other words
(i=l,2, ... ,k)
(147)
The constant of proportionality 1/ VII is determined so as to
satisfy the condition of fixed cost or fixed variance. In the
former case, we substitute for ni from (147) in (145) and obtain
(148)
Hence, from (147), we get
n,
= 
P,u
.. Co
k 

vc, (};'=1 p,'1,. vc;)
(149)
which is seen to be identical in form with (13) in Section 3a. 3.
131
STRATIFIED SAMPLING
When Ci = c, or, in other words, when the total size of sample
is fixed, the optimum allocation is given by
(150)
n, = n
For the alternative approach in which the cost is minimized
for given precision, the reader may verify that the value of ni is
given by
k
.E
n,
p,a;zyc,
'~l
(151 )
where Vo stands for the value of the variance with which It IS
desired to estimate the mean. Comparing (151) with (17), we
notice that the optimum allocation is governed by the same
considerations as those mentioned in Section 3a. 3 for simple
random sampling.
3b.3
Variance of the Estimate under (i) Optimum Allocation,
and (ii) Proportional Allocation when the Total Size of
Sample is Fixed
For n fixed, the optimum allocation is given by (150).
tuting for ni from (150) in (143), we get
Substi
( 152)
For proportional allocation we substitute ni = npi in (143) and
obtain
( 153)
Now (153) can be expressed as
V (z .. )p
="
11
[{t Pla.. }
i=1
.t
PI (C 
a",zFJ
( 154)
i=l
where
k
{T",.
= .E pja
.=1
(155)
It follows that the efficiency of optimum over proportional allocation is dl!e wholly to the yariation among the ~trata stH.G<:J d
132
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
deviations. If th! O"iz are all equal, the two systems of allocation
become equally efficient.
3b.4 Comparison of Stratified with Unstratified Sampling
If a sample of n is selected as an unstratified sample with
replacement with selection probabilities PL (l = I, 2, ... , N), then
we have seen that
zn
"
Lz,
L
 
y,
NP I
(156)
provides an unbiased estimate of the population mean ji N' and that
its sampling variance is given by
a. 2
(157)
11
where
N
1:
a. 2 =
P,
(Zl 
( 158)
Z.. )2
1;1
and
N
Z..
= 1: P,ZI =YN
(159)
1'''1
If the sample of 11 is selected as a stratified sample with ni
units from the ith stratum with selection probabilities proportional to Pl given by
PI}
:1
(j
1,2, ... , N,)
(160)
1:P,
Nj
where 1: denotes summation over the Ni units in the ith stratum,
then
k
ZID
=E
p,!",
(161)
'''1
provides an unbiased estimate of
given by
YN' with its sampling variance
V(!.,)
LP/ ~~~
t&l
(162)
133
STRATIFIED SAMPLING
where
CTiz
N,
= }}
P il
/=1
2 .
(ZiJ 
(163)
)2
For purposes of comparing (157) and (162), we note that
Nj
P, =P,j)} P,
=PjIP.
(164)
where
(165)
Also
Z,
P.
= Pi.
(166)
ZII
We may, therefore, write
L
N
CT.
P, (Z,  Z..
)2
1=1
'=1
J=l
\ ' ,e(
Ll
=1
Pi. "
+L
\' lPi' (!!i
P
'I
i.
ZI _
Z
..
)2
(167)
134
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Hence, from (157) and (162), we get
(168)
Now the first term in (168) can be positive, zero or negative. It
is zero when th~ slm;:>le is so allO'::lted among the different strata
that
either
(169)
or
(170)
The variance of an unstratified samplejn this case is reduced by
1:
k
VUS
VP
==
I
11
p I. (P.
p. Z ..
 Z ..
,.
)2
(171)
The first term in (168) is positive when the sample is allocated
according to the Neyman principle of allocation in (150). We
have for this case
I
{~P.
LJ"
i ....
Piai.
Pi.
nI
L
k
P, Z
i. (
Pi.
i. 
_
z.')
2}
(172)
.=1
The efficiency of a stratified sample will decrease as the allocation will depart from the Neyman principle and a point may be
13S
STRATIFIED SAMPLING
reached where the first term in (168) will not only be negative
but larger in magnitude than the second term, thus making an
unstratified sample more efficient than a stratified sample.
For the special case when Pi. = Pi, (168) takes the form
1:
k
{VUS 
VS}(Pi.=Pi) =
i=J
+~
L pdt.  z.Y
(173)
i=l
and in addition when the allocation is optimum, in accordance
wilh the Neyman principle, the reduction in variance is given by
IVu, 
VN)w,.""
~!f
p,(u"  '.')'}
( 174)
31J.5
Evaluation of the Change in Variance due to Stratification
In this section we shall evaluate, from a given stratified sample,
the difference between the variance of an unstratified and a
stratified sample. We write from (168)
Est. {Vus  V s}
t p.2
&.=2
(n~i.  I:.)
+ 1 Est. {Lk
n
iel
P/Zi. _!
p i.
..
21J(175)
Now, from (137),
whence
(176)
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPI.ICATlON~
136
Al::o, from (143),
V (2",)
Uiz
E (2,/)  2, ,2
l1i
whence
Est. Z,,2 = Zoo 2
Pi 2
_!;/
i=l
Subtracting (177) from (176), we get
2 2
Est.
{
k
~
p~:,
Z,,2}
,'<,
On substituting from (178) in (175), we, therefore, obtain
L
k
Est. {Vus  Vs }
i=l
+1
It.
p,2 zn /
Pi,
Ie
'J
Zoo
L Pi~;;Z:_ (~i. 
1)
'=1
(179)
When Pi, = Pi. we get
k
Est. {V us  VShPi. = po
! I:
1=1
(180)
which is seen to be identical in form with (73) after making N
large in the latter.
STRATIFIED SAMPLING
137
REFERENCES
I. Neyman, J. (1934)
2.
3.
4.
5.
Ii.
"On the Two Different Aspects of the Representative Method: The Method of Stratified Sampling
and the Method of Purposive Selection," Jour.
Roy. Statist. Soc., 97, 558606.
Tschuprow, A. A. (1923)
"On the Mathematical Expectation of the Moments
of Frequency Distributions in the Case of
Correlated Observations," Metroll, 2, No.4.
Sukhatm~, P. V. (1935) . .. "Contribution to the Theory of the Representative
Method," Jour. Roy. Statist. Soc. Suppl., 2,
25368.
Evans, W. D. (1951)
"On Stratification and Optimum Allocations,"
Jour. Amer. Statist. Assoc., 46, 95104.
Neyman, J. (1938)
"Contribution to the Theory of Sampling Human
Populations," Jour. Amer. Statist. Assoc., 33,
10116.
Koshal, R. S. (1953)
"Report to the Government of Ce)lon on Sample
Survey of Rice," E.T.A.P., Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nafions,
Rome.
CHAPTER IV
RATIO MErnOD OF ESTIMATION
A. SAMPLING WITH EQUAL PROBABILITY
OF SEIJECTION
40.1 Introduction
In developing the theory of simple random sampling in the
preceding chapters, we have considered only estimates based on
simple arithmetic means of the observed values in the sample.
In this and the next chapter, we shall consider other methods of
estimation which make use of the ancillary information and which,
under certain conditions, give more reliable estimates of the
population values than those based on the simple averages. Two
of these methods are of particular importance. They are: (i) the
ratio method of estimation, and (ii) the regression method of
estimation. In this chapter we shall consider the former.
4.2 Notation and Definition of the Ratio Estimate
Let
Yt
denote the value of the variate under
study for the ith unit of the
population,
the value of the ancillary variate on
the same unit,
the total value of the y variate in
the population,
the total value of the x variate in
the population,
the ratio of y to x for the ith unit,
RATIO METHOD OF ESTIMATION
139
rN =
rj
the simple arithmetic mean of the
ratios for all units in the popu
1=1
lation,
the simple arithmetic mean of the
ratios for the units in the sample,
y
X
the ratio of the population mean of
y to the population mean of x,
'lnd
R.
Y.
.i.
Ey.
n
EX.
the corresponding ratio for the
(1)
sample.
Rn is said to provide an estimate of the population ratio R N ,
and the product of Rn with X, given by
(2)
provides an estimate of the total value Y in the population. The
estimate is known as the ratio estimate of the population total and
its use presupposes the knowledge of X, the population total of x.
To take an example, y may denote the number of bullocks
on a holding and x its area, the ratio Rn giving an estimate of the
number of bullocks per acre of a holding in the population. The
product of Rn with the total acreage of the holdings gives an
estimate of the bullock population on the holdings. Or, again, y
and x may denote the values of the character under study in two
successive periods, e.g., the acreage under a crop during the
current and the census years. It will be shown in a subsequent
section that by taking advantage of the correlation between y and
x, the ratio method, under certain conditions, provides a more
reliable estimate of the population value than the comparable
estimate based on the simple arithmetic mean.
4a.3
Expected Value of the Ratio Estimate
At the outset it will be noticed that, unlike the estimate based
on the simple arithmetic mean, in a ratio estimate the numerator
140
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
and the denominator are both random variables. The derivation
of the expected value of Rn. therefore, presents difficulties.
Let
so that
(3)
where
Nn
N
S/
n
(4)
Similarly, let
so that
(5)
where
(6)
To obtain the expected value of R n , it is convenient to express
it in terms of and '. We have, taking expectations,
(7)
We shall now suppose that the x's are positive and n is suffici
large, so that
~nt1y
141
RATIO METHOD OF ESTIMATION
Expanding* then
(1 + ?)l
as a series in
n',
we have
ill
XN
in '3
'2
E. ..
En
' XN
in '4
XN3+ XN 4
YNX N
in in '3
+ ... J
YN XN3
(8)
Further, we shall assume that the contribution of terms involving
powers in En and En' higher than the second to the value of E (Rn)
is negligible, being of the order of l/n v where v > I. Denoting
to a first approximation the expected value of Rn by E1 (R n),
we may write
(9)
In a p3per read before the meeting of the International Statistical
Institute, 1951, J, C. Koop justified the expansion by using an ingenious device.
He wrote
n
Nn
}; J'i =}; Yi  };Yi
so that
II)'. = NYN  (N  n) YN~'
Similarly
Hence
Rn = RN
(I 
N;; n
tf,~)
(I _ N; n
~~n
Clearly. when the x's are positive
N  n
N
x~n) <
xN
Expanding
(I _l'!_;; n
x;;;t
by Taylor's theorem and working out expectation term by term. he reac~ed the
same expression for the expected value of R" as gi\en in this and the next
section.
142
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Now
E( :)
~ ~.
=
E {(
t) (t:)}
J2 E ft.,' +
t fijfi/}
ioFl
in virtue of (47) of Section 20.9,
[(t,) (t . . )
 tfiifit'}
'=1
Nn
1
Nn NJ
N n J
_
pS S
nil.
N
(lO)
where p is the coefficient of correlation between y and x, given by
E (yj  jiN) (x j
xN )
(11)
Substituting from (4), (6) and (10) in (9), we get
El (Rn)
RN
{!
:_n (~1I2
Nn
XN
 P~II~~)}
YNXN
(12)
where
RATIO METHOD OF ESTIMATION
143
and
We notice that the expected value of Rn is not the population
value R N , showing that Rn is a biased estimate of R N Denoting
to a first approximation the relative bias in a ratio estimate by
B1> we have
Nnl.. (C
N
Il
2 
pC~.
C)
(13)
When C y = C x = C, the expression for Bl simplifies and we get
for large N,
B1 =
C2
(lp)
n
Thus for C2 = 0'8, p = 06 and n = 10, the bias is seen to be
a little over three per cent. of the population value of the ratio.
The bias decreases as n increases, showing that the ratio estimate
is a consistent estimate. * For n large and p sufficiently high, the
bias will usually be negligible. The bias vanishes altogether when
i.e.,
In other words, the bias vanishes when the regression of y on
This result is, in fact,
general. For, let the regression of y on x be represented by, say,
x is a straight line through the origin.
E(y I x) =,8x
(14)
Summing both sides of (14) over all units in the population, we
obtain
The expression 'consistent estimate' is generally applied to those estimates
from infinite populations which convrrge in probability to the population valee
144
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
or, in other words,
{3 =RN
(15)
It follows that
E(RJdE(~ln
= E c{3x. 1
1. x.. r
={3
=RN
An important point concerning the magnitude of the bias which
will be clear later on is that, in large samples, the bias in a ratio
estimate is negligible as compared with the standard error of the
estimate.
44.4* Second Approximation to the Expected Value of the Ratio
Estimate
In deriving the expected value of Rn in the previous section,
we assumed that the contribution of terms involving powers in En
and En' higher than the second is negligible. We shall now retain the
terms in En and En' Up to and including degree four, and proceed
to obtain a better approximation to the expected value of Rw
Taking expectations term by term in (8), and using E2 (Rn)
to denote the second approximation to the expected value of
Rn. we write
(16)
where 1'10 = YN and 1'01 = xN. The evaluation of the terms on
the righthand side involves heavy algebra which is best dealt with
by the method of bipartitional functions. The relevant formuIre
have been tabulated by the author (1944) and reproduced in the
145
RATIO METHOD OF ESTIMATION
Appendix to this chapter. Using then (6), (10) and the formulre
in the Appendix, and writing in terms of the moment notation
given by
i=l
+ (N 
n) (N  2n)
(N  I) (N  2)
1 (
112
+ (N 
fLI2 _ _
fLIOfluI2
fLoa)
fluI 3
+ +
n) (N2  6Nn
N
6n 2)
(N  I) (N  2) (N  3)
n3
X
(/L04 _
fLOI 4
fLI3 )
fLlOfLOl 3
N(Nn)(Nnl) 3(nl)
I) (N  2) (N =3)
n3
+ (N 
It is seen that the contribution of higher order terms depends,
apart from n, on the values of the moments and productmoments
of the two variates. To get an idea of its magnitude, we shall
suppose that N is large and that, further, the population follows
a bivariate normal distribution, so that
We then have
E2 (Rn) = RN
10
[I
+ ~ (fL022 fLOI
fLU __ )
fLICfLoi
fLo22
n 2 fLoi
RN
[1 +! (C.2_pC"C.) + ~2C.2(Cz2_pCvCz)J
RN
[I
+~
(C.2  pC"C.)
(I
C. 2 ) ]
(18)
146
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
To a second approximation, the relative bias in a ratio estimate
in samples of n from a large population can, therefore, be
expressed as
8
1
Bl
(1
C. 2 )
(19)
Equation (19) shows that the contribution of the third and fourth
degree terms to the relative bias of a ratio estimate is 3Cx 2 /n
times the value of the latter to a first approximation. Unless
n is small, the contribution can, therefore, be considered to be
negligible. G. R. Ayachit (1953) has assessed the value of contributions to the bias from successive approximations by means of
experimental sampling on a wide range of populations commonly
met with in surveys, and found that the contribution of higher
order terms is negligible. For appreciably large n, say 30 or
larger, even the leading term is found to be of no consequence.
40.5 Variance of the Ratio Estimate
By definition,
(20)
V (R,,) = E {R"  E (R,,)}2
From (8) we write to a first approximation
(21 )
Hence, substituting from (21) and (12) in (20), we have on
expanding and retaining terms up to the second degree,
E {R" _ E (R.)}2 =
RN2E(~"
YN
~;)8
XN
(22)
Let VI denote the variance of a ratio estimate to a first approximation. Taking the expectations term by term, we obtain
(R.)
V1
= RN I
N
_ n
1 ( C I
N . . n
'
+ C2 
2pC,C.)
(23)
147
RATIO METHOD OF ESTIMATION
or
(24)
When
the expression for the relative variance takes the form
(25)
and, for large N,
2C 2
 (I p)
n
=
2 (relative bias)
(26)
Comparing (26) with (13), we see that the bias in a ratio
estimate is of the order I In and hence negligible, for n sufficiently
large, as compared to its standard error which is of the order
llyn.
To obtain the variance of the estimate of the total, namely,
Y R , we multiply (23) by N2XN2, so that
(27)
which can also be alternatively written as
=
N (N_n  n)
{s
N2 {V (y,,)
+ RN
1/
+ RN2S.
2 _
2R NP.,
SS }
V (i.)  2RN
COy
(Y.. , i,,)}
(28)
An alternative expression for the variance of the ratio estimate
which, in some ways, is more instmctive can be obtained by
expanding the expression within brackets in (27). We have
CI
1/
+CI
2pC C = ~..2
1/'
YN
+ ~z 2
XN
~S~S_.
YNXN
148
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
~ YN' (~ I) {t(Y,RNX')'}
(29)
Hence, from (23) and (27),
VI (Rft) =
and
Z=7. ! .X:~ ~ {t(y, .
NXi)2}
(30)
i~l
(31)
If the population is regarded as divided into k classes with
the Ni units in the ith class having the value Xi each, (30) and
(31) can be rewritten to read as follows:
(32)
and
(33)
149
RATIO METHOD OF ESTIMATION
Clearly, the term under the first summation is proportional to
the variance of y for a fixed value of x when the regression of
y on x is linear, and the regression line passes through the origin.
For, in this case, we have from (14) and (15),
E (YII I x,) = RNxl
Hence
or simply
=
N; V (y I i)
We may, therefore, write (32) and (33) as follows:
k
VI(R.)
Nn
I
I
I"
N  I ' n' XN 2 N LJ Ni V(Yill x ;)
(34)
i=l
and
k
V I (YR ) =
N (N  n) I " N V(
I )
N __ I
. n LJ i
Yo , x,
(35)
i==1
It is, therefore, seen that the variance of a ratio estimate depends
upon the relationship between the variance of Y for a fixed x and
the value of x.
in which
The situations of practical importance are those
(a) V (y
I x)
(b) V (y
I x) oc
constant say y,
(~
or V
GIx)
say
X2
say yx2, or V
)IX,
Ix) =, ;2
or V
(36a)
(36 b)
GIx) =
(36 c)
and
(c) V
Cv I x) oc
On substitution in (34) and (35) we obtain the approximate values
given on the next page for the variance of a ratio estimate
appropriate to the above three cases.
150
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
VI (Y R )
(a)
N  1 . nXN 2
N2 (N  n)
N I
Nn
y__
(b)
N  1
nXN
. . 
Nn
(37 a)
N2 (N  n) y_
..
XN
N 1
n
(37 b)
N (N  n)
N 1
(37 c)
We will later on show that when V (y I x) oc x, the ratio estimate
is the best unbiased linear estimate for a given set of x's.
4a.6
Estimate of the Variance of the Ratio Estimate
Just as Sy2, Yn, sx2 and .in provide unbiased estimates of the
corresponding population values, similarly Syx defined by
n
s~.
E(J',
}n)(x,__~_xn)
n  1
provides an unbiased estimate of the corresponding population
value pSySx' If the sample means and variances are independently
distributed as they will, for instance, be in samples of n from a
normal bivariate population, an estimate of the relative variance
of a ratio estimate will be given by
Est.
VI (:n)
N
= NN n (~~:
n
Yn
+ ~~_: _ 2S~.)
Xn
(38)
.f"x,.
On simplification in the manner shown in the previous section,
(38) reduces to
Est.
VI (Rn)
= l'!_~__n . _1 ___
1_ f' (y, RN
Nn
y.2 n  1 W
R"x,)t
(39)
We can thus take the estimates of the variances of Rn and Y R to be
(40)
151
RATIO METHOD OF ESTIMATION
and
(41)
The reader will note that these are biased estimates but the bias
will be negligible if the coefficients of variation of y and x are small.
One special case of a ratio estimate, for which the estimated
variance takes a particularly simple form, may be mentioned. It
is the case of a weighted mean in which the weights are in the
nature of ancillary information, varying from one sampling unit
to another, with Yi of the form Willi and Xi = wi, so that
"
R n =.;;,I/) = _l:_ItIi';TJ
(42)
1: IV,
The sample estimate of the variance for this case is given by
Est. VI
(~.. )
Nn
Nn .
(n
_~ 1)
L:"
,,2
(7], 
~..)2
(43)
and
(44)
40.7* Second Approximation to the Variance of the Ratio Estimate
We shall first obtain an expression for the relative mean square
error of Rn defined as
(45)
From (8), we have to a second approximation, i.e., neglecting the
contribution of terms involving powers in En and En' higher than
the fourth,
152
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
On squaring both sides, expanding the righthand side and retaining terms up to and including the fourth power in n and n'
and taking expectations, we obtain
E(Rn  RN)2
RN
E(n 2 +
YN 2
.'2 _
XN
~n~:)
J'NX N
(47)
We notice that the second approximation to the mean square
error involves the addition of the last two terms in (47) to the
expression as given in (22). Using the results from the Appendix, we obtain
E (Rn  RN)2 = N  n I (1'20
RN
NI n IL102
1'02 _ 21'11)
1'01 2
/LIOI.LOI
2 (N  n) (N  2n) I
(N  I) (N  2) n 2
3 (N .:_ n) (N2 1 N  6nN + 611 2 )
1 ...
..~
3
11
(N  I) (N  2) (N  3)
X (
1'22
__ 21'13
.,
2
3
1'10 1'01
I'lOfl'Ol
/'04)
4
/Lei
3 (n  I) N (N __ nL<N~ n :!)
n 3 (N  I) (N  2) (N  3)
X (1'2flIl 02 + 21'u
2
2
1'10 1'01
6}'U/L02a+
J.LIOJLol
~1'o2.2)
(48)
JLol ..
If the population is large and follows the bivariate normal
distribution, we have
1'30 = I'u = ILIa =!Lo3
!Lo4 =
3S. " 1'40
1'11 = (1
+ 2p2)
=0
3S.', I'al
S,2S~2
= 3pS, as., 1'13 = 3pS.,S.3
153
RATIO METHOD OF ESTIMATION
so that
+ 32
{(I
J._
2 2) S.\lS~2 _ 6pS.S.3
L' 2X" 2
), "
.7N
N
N"N 3
,p
+ 3S.'}
.X N4
which can be expressed as
V(Rn)
RN
3 C. 2
n
{V
(:;) + ~ (C.
 pC.)2}
(49)
where VI (Rn/ RN ) denotes the relative variance of Rn to a first
approximation in samples of n from a large population.
For the finite population, the effect will be approximately to
multiply VI (Rn/RN) by (N  n)/N. We may, therefore, write
E (R"
~~ RNy
.C
VI (::)
+ ~ C/
{VI (::)
+ ~ (C. 
pC.)Z1
(SO)
Now
E (Rn  RN)2 = E [R.  E (R,,)]2
= V (R.)
+ [E (R.)
 RN]2
+ (bias)2
(51)
Hence, deducting from (50) the square of the relative bias term
given by (13), we obtain
V2
(~:) =
VI
(~:) +
C.2Vl (;:)
+ ?;:~
(C.  pC.)2
(52)
154
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
When C x = C y = C, the expression simplifies to
V2 (
C4
R:R) = 2C2
fj + n2
(l  p)
{6 (1  p)
+ 5 (I
 p)2}
(53)
Since (1  p)2 will usually be negligible as compared to
(1  p), we have
(54)
It will be seen that the expression for the second approximation
to the relative variance is related to the first approximation in the
same way as the expression for the second approximation to the
relative bias is related to the first. We conclude that, unless
n is too small, the first approximation may be considered as
adequate. The result is due to Cochran (1940).
4.8 Conditions for a Ratio Estimate to be the Best Unbiased
Linear Estimate
We shall now show that when (i) the relationship between the
mean value of y for a given x is linear with x and passes through
the origin. and (ll) the variance of y about this line is proportional to x, then, for a given set of x's, the ratio estimate YR gives
the best unbiased linear estim.ate of the population total and its
variance is given by
Let equation (14), namely,
E(y
I x) = f1x.
(55)
denote the regression of y on x passing through the origin, and
V(y I x)
=)lX
(56)
denote the relationship between the variance of y for a given x,
and x. We have seen in (15) that f3 in this case represents the
population ratio R N
It is known from Section 2a. 3 that the best unbiased linear
estimate is given by a corollary of the Markoff theorem on linear
RATIO METHOD OF ESTIMATION
155
estimation (Neyman and David, 1938). The method consists in
setting up a linear function of observations as the estimate of P
and minimizing its variance subject to the condition that the
estimate is an unbiased estimate of p. Suppose that the estimate
of the population total Y is given by
YR
=};
A,nJ'.,
(57)
'''I
where the y observations in the same class are assumed to have
equal weight and Ai'S are chosen by the application of the
Markoff method. Now, the condition of unbiased ness gives
(58)
Substituting from (55), we obtain
k
}; A,n,f3x, = }; N,f3x,
or
k
}; (n)'i  N;)
Xi =
(59)
Now the variance of Y R for given n], nz, ... , nk is given by
};n,zA.z
iI
From (56), we have
V (y I x
== x,) = )IX,
V(y", I Xi)
(60)
156
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
i.e.,
where Si2 is the mean square for the ith class. Hence
(61 )
Substituting in (60), we get
(62)
The Markoff method of estimation requires that ,,/s are to be so
determined that (62) is minimum subject to the condition that
(59) holds.
Let
(63)
where
J.L
is some constant. Equation (63) can be written as
terms independent of A. (64)
Clearly, V (YR I nl> nz, ... , nk) is minimum when each of the
square terms on the righthand side of (64) is zero, or in other
words, when
(i = 1,2, ... ,1..)
(65)
RATIO METHOD OF ESTIMATION
157
To evaluate 11, we substitute for Ai from (65) in (59) and obtain
II
2;;
NXN
L (N(N;!l :.r'
k
jml
whence
(i = I, 2. """. k)
(66)
Hence, substituting for Ai from (66) in (57) and (62), we obtain
(67)
and
f' nx. I (N,=
I)
'.J
N
nj
j
(68)
If the sampling in each class is assumed to be carried out with
replacement, or alternatively, ni is small compared with Ni so that
(Ni  l)/(Ni  ni) can be assumed to be unity, (67) and (68) are
seen to red uce to
(69)
and
(70)
showing that the ratio estimate under the conditions stated in the
beginning of this section gives the best unbiased linear estimate,
provided Nt'S are large.
IS8
SAMPUNG THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
When, however, Ni'S are not large, the estimate Y R will be only
approximately given by (69) and the effect on the variance of Y R
will be to multiply (70) by the usual finite multiplier (N  n)jN.
For, estimating Ni from the sample, we have
and hence
N,l
Nj
=,,; ::::
(71)
j{=1i
On substituting from (71) in (67) and (68), we obtain
(72)
and
(73)
We notice that the variance depends upon the set of x's which
happen to turn up in the sample. In repeated samples, to a first
approximation, the average value of (73) is given by
V(Y R )
= '!_(!! _!')
n
yXN
(74)
The slight difference between this expression and (37b) is due to
the use of approximations in the derivation of both.
40.9 Confidence Limits
We have just seen that when (i) the relationship between y and
x is a straight line passing through the origin, and (ii) the variance
of y about this line is proportional to x, the ratio estimate Rn
is the best unbiased linear estimate of the population ratio for
a given set of x's, with the sampling variance given by
It is a wellknown property of an unbiased linear estimate that
if n is not too small and N is large, the probability that the
159
RATIO METHOD OF ESTIMATION
difference between the estimate and the population value will
exceed a fixed multiple of the standard error of the estimate is
approximately equal to the probability as determined by the
normal law. Consequently, the confidence limits for a population
ratio are obtained in the manner indicated in Chapter II, being
given by
(75)
When, however, conditions (i) and (~i) of Section 4a. 8 do not
hold, the exact distribution of a ratio estimate is not known
to have been expressed in a simple form. For large samples,
however, the distribution of RnlRN can be regarded as normal
for all practical purposes, with the standard error given by
1_ (C 2 Vn.
r + C 2)~
2pC C
II
We, therefore, expect the following inequality to hold on the
average with probability (1  a):
R" _ t
R~
Ca,oo)
}__ (C 2
Vn
+
C ~)l:s:::: I ~;::
"" ,
2pC C
_Rn
RN
yielding the following confidence limits for RN:
1 tca, 00)
0n
(76)
(C.2  2pC.C,
+ C.B)'
For small samples, the following method is available.
(Xi, .vi) be normally distributed. Consider a function
Let
(77)
Clearly, u will be normally distributed with variance
S. I =
(S/  2RN
pS.s. + R
2S. I )
(78)
162
SAMPLING THeoRY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
We have worked out ill Table 4.1 the ratios of YN, to xN , and
of V (y I i) to XN, for the different classes. The ratio of YN , to
xN , will be seen to be fairly constant, showing that the relationship
between y and x is approximately linear. V (y I i) also appears to
vary as x up to 1000 acres but not beyond it. It has, however, to
be observed that the coefficient of correlation for the last class,
namely, with villages having area larger than 1000 acres, is rather
large and the calculated value V (y I i) cannot possibly give for
this class a correct idea of the variance of y about the line
y = RNx. On the other hand, any further division of this class
to study the behaviour of the variance of y with x is also not
feasible owing to the fact that the number of observations is few.
As about 35% of the livestock population is accounted for by
villages with agricultural area larger than 1000 acres, it appears
advisable to study separately areas less than 1000 acres and those
with larger acreage. The ratio estimate may be used to provide
an efficient estimate of the livestock population for the first group
comprising all the villages in the first six classes.
Example 4.2
Calculate for a sample of 64 villages, the sampling variance of
the estimate of the total livestock population for villages with area
less than 1000 acres based on (a) the simple arithmetic mean,
and (b) the ratio method. lIence calculate the relative efficiency
of the latter as compared with the former.
For obtaining the variance of the estimate based on the simple
arithmetic mean, we need the value of V (y) based on all the
319 observations (N) with area below 1000 acres. This is given
in col. 8 of Table 4.1.
Substituting in the formula for the variance of the estimated
total based on the simple arithmetic mean, we obtain
_
V (Ny..)
Nn
V(v)
JV2 N":'1 ,:
319 1 x ... X .
(319  64)
318
= 10572000
8292
64
RA no METHOD OF ESTIMA nON
163
Since the sample size is fairly large, the sampling variance of
the ratio estimate of the total livestock population may be assumed
to be given by
T.~<!!_D:)
{V(y)2RN Py'V(xf:Y(j;)
+ RN 2 V(X)}
where V (x), V (y) and p y'v (x) . G) are the variance of x,
the variance of y and the covariance of x and y, and
Now, from Table 4.1, we get
R
1134
......
367.5
03086
and, therefore,
Also
V(x)
= 39528
V(y)
= 8292
and
P y'V(x): V(y)
12378
Substituting these values in the expression for the variance of the
ratio estimate of the total livestock population given above, we
obtain
V(Y ) R
319 x 255
319
[8292 __ 2
64
x 318 x
03086
12378
+ 009523 x 39528]

12710 x
12710
H~
x 4430
= 5631000
[8292  2 x 3820
+ 3764]
164
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Alternatively. we can consider
n
__I__ \' Nt
Nl
LJ
V (y
Ii)
as an estimate of the mean square deviation from the ratio line
since the correlation coefficient between the agricultural area in
a village and the livestock population in each of the six classes
is very low and not significant. In this case, we get the variance
of the total livestock population estimated by the ratio method as
o
N (N  n) X
! x J{ ~ 1:
1
Nt V (y I i)
i:C:l
= 319
255
64
4602
5849000
This value is only slightly larger than the one calculated aho"e,
as one would expect owing to the small values of p within the
classes and the close linear relationship between y and x.
It will be seen that the variance of the simple arithmetic mean
estimate of the total livestock population exceeds the variance of
the ratio estimate by 88%. showing thereby that the latter is 88%
more efficient than the former. This large gain in efficiency of
the ratio estimate is to be expected in view of the high correlation
between the agricultural area in a village and the number of
livestock in it.
165
lUno METHOD OF EmMAnON
",t::;l
1t ''._
.,0.0
.:s;:_~
UCu
''
1t~.5
~
...
"'0.0
.:s""'s
U~o
<:II
l::
......
'7
......
;:s
'"I:s
f6
,...
810
'  ' .~
.~
;;..
C
......
 ...
v:,
"> .J:J
"'l
<:;)
<:II
.J:J
...l
t:Q
;:s
";:.."
"<t
..,
<:II
0
0
10
'"
co
10
...,.
N
00
'"
g
'0
r
"0
r:!
0
co
'"
'"
"?
VI
0
VI
00
00
VI
...,.
....
0
~
":'
r
10
r
.;.
VI
.~
....
'"
00
10
s....
on
~oo
M
...,.
0
on
"!
00
N
0\
;
N
r
....
0\
00
...,.
on
on
00
N
0
"!
VI
10
....
10
":'
....
""M 6 :!
10
'"'
:a
<IS
~
::s:
<IS
rr
00
"!
0\
...,.
6on
0
10
~
.....
on
rrN
0::
on
N
'<1'
N
0\
0\
r0
r
....
00
r; 9
on IO
...,.
r
on
00
00
M
00
...,.
.;..
on
6on
VI
on
on
on
0
....0
co
"?
00
N
6 6
on
10
r
r
:::::.
cd,
M
IO
~
~
<:II
<IS
'
",0
i:'
~
;~';;'
.Eel
"'''''
'"  co
t .. e
~~<
..!!!e..!!!
u'i~
<
"!
on
0N
on
0
IO
0
':'
~
N
....
r;
':'
r
0\
0\
II
~.
"
c:.
'"
:l
~
6
a
....e
~"
..
;::
:E ...:
::1,<:;
c.
....0 B e
'i c::>
";,.
'0
';;':
""Vi~
oS
I
l. !
....0
6
e
~ ; ~
.....,
" ~"
~ ; '0
..!!! E
t
~
.0
'"c:
:;;:
III
IO
10
,~
...
.. ..."
8
';;':
...,.
on
...,.
.~
',:j
....
r
v:,
"!
r
~
!::
":'
0
v~
'S
~
'" '"
0
VI
E}
0
....
I
c:::':
<:II
t;,
8N
'>
'"
~
VI
.0
~
..........~
";:..::::
......
00
.....,
:2; "! c:
:.:
< ~
f:o ~
<:II
..
..
.;:
...
eo
._~
"""u
;:s
..
C/l.."'g
;:..
'0
it
en
::..
en
i
i
~
'10(
'i
';0..
::..
oS
Z'"
.:::
eoo&!
. ..
~
i'1:i ~I
ii:.t
:ii
..
c:
Q:
III;
::..
:t
81
:I~
'8_
!~
:I
166
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
40.11
Ratio Estimate in Stratified Sampling
Let R n , denote the estimate of the population ratio for the
/th stratum and YB , denote the ratio estimate of the population
total of y in the /th stratum. Then, clearly, the estimate of the
population total of y over all the strata is given by
NI}
.Ek f R n , x 2,'
X Ii
j
t=l
\.
1=1
==
E R.,
N,x N ,
(84)
'=1
Now
k
E (Y B) = 2,' N,XN,E (R. t )
(85)
1=1
Hence, from (12), we have
It follows that Y R is a biased but consistent estimate. To obtain
an idea of how the bias diminishes with the size of the sample,
we will suppose that the finite multiplier approximates to unity,
nt = n/k and further assume that StX/XN" StY/YNI and Pt are each
of the same order from stratum to stratum, say ex, C y and P
respectively. The relative bias in the estimate then equals
It follows that in order that Y R should provide a satisfactory
estimate of the population total, the sample size within each
stratum should be sufficiently large.
The variance of YR. to a first approximation, is given by
167
RATIO METHOD OF ESTIMATION
X (R.,  RN ,) (R.,'  RN ,,)}
(87)
Since to a first approximation
E (R.,)
RN ,
and sampling is done independently in the different strata, the
product term is zero and we obtain
k
VI (YR ) =
2:
N,2 XN /V I (R.,)
(88)
t=1
t=l
k
where Pt
L:
p, (N,  n,) (S
2..L R 2S
. _ hi
Nt
h
n,
2 
2RNtP,~StillSI.) (89)
= Nt/N. Using (29), this can also be written as
(90)
The above formulre are based on the assumption that nt is large.
This, however, is not always true in practice. To get over this
difficulty, Hansen, Hurwitz and Gurney (1946) suggest a single
combined ratio, namely,
~
1: PrY.,
'1 _____ _
~
1:
(91)
PIX.!
1=1
and denote this ratio by Rn. and the estimate of the population
total by YR. in order to distinguish them from the corresponding
168
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
estimates based on separate strata. To obtain the expected value
of (91), we write
k
E Pt.l'nt =YN
t=l
+ 11
and J; p/x llt
00= iN
+
n'
(92)
t=1
where
E (n) = 0, E (n')
= ()
t=1
(93)
t=l
(94)
Then to a first approximation
(95)
Hence, the relative bias in Rnc is given by
(96)
To have an idea as to how rapidly the bias diminishes with the
size of the sample, we will suppose that nt is proportional to Nt
and Stx, Sty and Pt are constant. The relative bias will then be
seen to be given by
N n I
 N  n
 (C2
pC C )
, ,
(97)
It follows that even when the size of the sample within each
stratum is small, a combined ratio estimate can give a satisfactory
estimate of the population total provided the total sample IS
sufficiently large.
To work out the sampling variance of the combined ratio, we
have, to a first approximation
RATIO METHOD OF ESTIMATION
169
+[ N,N,n,n,
. p,
t=1
8,/
X., 2
'!~_~ n,
N,n,
N, 
n,
n,. p, fS
(' I.2 TL
R N2S I2
2RNP,,,
S 8 ,_}
t=1
(~8)
It is interesting to note that the sampling variance of the combined
ratio has the same form as that of the ratio estimate based on
separate strata except that there is now a single ratio RN in place
of R N , .
The difference be~ween the sampling variance of Y Ro in (98)
and of Y R in (89) is given by
Np, (Nt  n,) fS
2 (R 2
(tx
N
n,
R Nt 2)
2 (R N
R)
Nt
S SIx }
PI' tv
t=l
=L
t=l
X (R Nt S,,2  PtSt.S,.)}
(99)
It will be seen that (99) depends upon the magnitude of the variation between the strata ratios and the value of
(R N ,S,z2  P,S"S,x)
The latter will, however, be usually small, vanishing in fact when
the regression of y on x is a straight line through the origin
170
SAMPUNG THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
within each stratum. It follows, therefore, that the combined
estimate will have a lower precision than that based on separate
strata. On the other hand, the bias in the former estimate will
be smaller than in the latter. Unless, therefore, the population
ratios in the different strata vary considerably, the use of a
combined ratio may provide an estimate which has a negligible
bias and whose precision is almost as high as that of the estimate
based on separate ratios.
Lastly, we shall determine the optimum allocation of the sample
among the different strata when a ratio estimate is used. We
shall consider the simplest case for which the cost of the survey
is proportional to the size of the sample. Assuming that the
cost of the survey is fixed at, say Co, and that Co = en, where
e is the cost per unit in the sample, the optimum aJlocation is
given by minimizing the variance of the ratio estimate given by
(90) for fixed n, say no.
Let
N,n,
(100)
n,
where IL is a constant, and
(101)
Clearly,
r/>
can be written as
+ terms independent of n,
(102)
It follows that the optimum value of nt is given by
n, oc
N,8,:
(103)
This result is thus analogous to that for the simple arithmetic
mean estimate, except that instead of the variance of y within
a stratum, viz., St,/, we now have the residual variance of y about
the ratio line in the stratum, viz., Stll':l.
171
RA.TIO METHOD OF ESTIMA.TION
Example 4.3
From the livestock data referred to earlier, it is proposed to
draw a stratified random sample of 73 villages (amounting to 20~~
of the total) and to estimate the total livi!stock population for
the entire subdivision. The villages having agricultural area up to
1000 acres constitute the first stratum and the remaining villages
the second stratum. Calculate the optimum allocation of the
villages between the two strata if the method of estimation to be
adopted is (i) ratio method with a common ratio for both strata,
(ii) ratio method with separate ratios for the two strata, and
(iii) simple estimation within each stratum.
Also calculate the sampling variance of the estimated total by
each of the above methods and hence compare their efficiencies.
The relevant calculations for each method step by step are
presented in Tables 4.2, 4.3 and 4.4. The tables are selfexplanatory. The results are tabulated below:
                      _ . _  .      _..__.Method of Estimation
(i) Ratio estimate with common ratio
for both strata
Number of Villages
Sampling Efficiency
in the Sample
         . Variance
Stratum 1 Stratum 2
54
19
8707000
1915
54
19
8688000
1920
53
20
16677000
1000
(ii) Ratio estimate with separate ratios
for the two strata
(iii) Simple
stratum
estimate within each
....~
172
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
4.2
Stratified Random Sampling with a Single Combined Ratio
for Both Strata
TABLE
(Adopting Optimum Allocation Between the Strata)
R
Ne
= 1519 =02919
RNa2 =008521
520'4
Stratum I
Agricultural
Area
01000 Acres
(1) N,
319
45
8292
58402
12378
107673
3613
31430
39528
377255
3368
3214b
4448
28317
66'7
1683
21300
7600
54
19
84535
1170
6963000
1744000
(2) V(YI;)
(3) pl.v V (x
r;)VGT7)
(4) RNa .(3)
(5) V(x I;)
..
(6) RN. a.(5)
(7) Residual M.S.
S,.'2 = N~
I [(2)  2. (4)
(6)]
(8) S,.' = 17)
(9) N,S,.' = (I) . (8)
(10)
..
n,
(II) N,(N,  n,)
(12) V(YR)= (7). (II)
I
(10)
= 6963000
Stratum 2
Agricultural
Area
> 1000 Acres
+ 1744000
= 8707000
.,
S..
= 2951
= (151'9) (364)
= 55300
..
%S..
= 2951 .100 = 5.3
55300
 . _  _   Obtained by distributin, 73, the total number of viIla,es to te sampled, in
proportion to
given in row (9).
N,S,:
173
RATIO METHOD OF ESTIMATION
TABLE
4.3
Stratified Random Sampling with Separate Ratios
for the Two Strata
(Adopting Optimum Allocation Between the Strata)
Stratum 1
Agricultural
Area
01000 Acres
319
45
030!!6
02650
0'09523
007023
8292
58402
12378
107673
3820
28533
39528
377255
3764
26495
4430
28464
66'6
168'7
21200
7600
(I) N,
(2) RN, = YN, / .tN, ..
..
(3) RN/
(4) V(y
I i)
(5) p, V (x
I i) . V (y I i)
(6) (2).(5)
(7) Vex
I i)
(8) RN/V(X
I i)
= (3) . (7)
(9) Residual M.S.S,;2
__
=N~i
(4)  2.(6)
+ (8))
(10) Sty'
(II) N,Stu'= (1).(10) ..
54
19
84535
1170
6935000
1753000
(12) ntt
(13) N, (Ntn,)
(14) V(Y )
R,
_ (9) (l3)
{I 2)
..
V(YR )
= 6935000
Stratum 2
Agricuit ura I
Area
> 1000 Acres
+ 1753000
= 8688000
..
S.E.
=2948
= (lSI '9) (364)
= 55300
%S..
2948
=55300.100 = 53
The steps leading to this figure are reproduced from example 4.2.
t Obtained by distributing the total sample in proportion to N,S,,' shown in
row (11).
174
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
TABLE
4.4
Stratified Random Sampling with Simple Estimate
for Each Stratum
(Adopting Optimum Allocation Between the Strata)
Stratum 1
Agricultural
Area
01000 Acres
Stratum 2
Agricultural
Area
> 1000 Acres
319
45
(2) l'!_t _~_J S,i
8292
58402
(3) Sew'
8318
59729
912
2444
29100
11000
(I) N,
N,
(4)
S,~
(5) N,S ,u
(6)
n,
(7) N, (N,n,)
(8) V (YRI)
(7) . (3)
(6)"
V(YR) =
Y
S.E.
53
20
84854
1125
13317000
3360000
16677000
= 55300
= 4084
% S.E.
5~~ .100 =
7'4
Obtained by distributing the total sample in proportion to N,S,. shown in
row (5).
The variance of the estimate (ii) is less than that of the
estimate (i) as we should expect but only slightly so. That there
is no appreciable gain in assuming separate ratio lines for the
two strata is also borne out by the fact that the optimum distribution of the villages in both cases turns out to be the same.
Compared to the simple mean estimate, however, the ratio method
is found to be considerably more efficient.
40.12 Ratio Method for Qualitative Characters: Two Oasses
We shall now consider one important application of the
preceding theory to the case of qualitative characters. Suppose
RATIO METHOD OF ESTIMATION
175
the population is divided into two mutually exclusive classes with
Nt and Nz observations respectively, so that
and
Assume that a simple random sample of 11 is chosen from N.
and that 111 of the observations in the sample are in class I and
112 in class 2.
We shall consider the problem of evaluating the
expected value and the variance of the ratio R n , defined by
(104)
Let Yi (i = 1,2, ... , N) be assumed to have the value 1 whenever it falls in class 1, and 0 if it falls in class 2; and let Xi
(i = 1, 2, ... , N) be assumed to take the value 0 whenever it falls
in class 1, and 1 if it falls in class 2. It is then easy to see that
R"
.E y,
.
.E x,
III
(105)
112
and
N
RN
.E Yi
i=l
N
.E
Xi
NJ
(106)
N2
1=1
It follows that the mean value and the variance of Rn can be
obtained from the formulre derived in the preceding sections by
substituting for XN' YN , Sx2, Si and p in terms of N, p and q.
Now it is easy to see that
(107)
176
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
NI
Np  Np2
N1
 N _ . p . q
 N  1
(l08)
Similarly,
(109)
and
N
N __::_
S/=
(110)
1 pq
Lastly,
N
1:
pS.Sv =
NXNYN
N _ 1
XiYi 
j=L
_ 0  Npq

so that
E
(Ill)
Nl
= 
1.
On substituting in (12), we have
G:) Z: {I rcoc
Nl
N2
Nl
N2
N N~ II (N
1. ~ + N ~ I)}
{I + NN nI . 1(Pq + I)}
II
{I
+ N: n
N 1
I}
(112)
nq
It follows that when N is large, so that the finite multiplier can be
taken to be unity, the relative bias in the ratio is given by IJnq.
The table below gives the values of n for different values of
q in order that the relative bias in a ratio estimate may not
exceed 2%.
q
500
250
167
125
100
RATIO METHOD OF ESTIMA TlON
177
It is seen that n has ordinarily to be very large and particularly
so when q is small, in order that the bias may be negligible.
There is one other point which needs to be emphasised. We
have seen that when the relationship between y and x is a straight
line passing through the origin, the bias vanishes. This is not so
in the present case, for when y is 1, x is 0 and vice versa, and the
regression line of y on x does not pass through the origin. This
explains the need for a relatively larger value of n as compared
to that in the case of quantitative characters in order that the
ratio of the numbers in the two classes may give an unbiased
estimate.
To obtain the first approximation to the variance of Rn , we
substitute from (107), (l08), (109), (110) and (Ill) in (24), giving
v
1
(Rn)
= NRN
N  1
II
J (pq
n
+ P fq
2)
Nn
NJ
Nn
N  1
npq
(113)
4a.13 Extension to k Classes
The extension of the previous results when the population is
divided into k classes is straightforward. Consider the ratio
ni/nj, where ni is the number in the sample in the ith class and
nj in the jth class, and assume that y takes the value 1 whenever
it falls in class i and 0 elsewhere. Similarly, let x assume the value
1 when it falls in class j and 0 elsewhere. We then have
R,.
= n"
_ N,
N 
IlJ
NI
(114)
YN
p"
xN =PI
(115)
8;1.
N ~ 1 Pi (1  Pi)
(116)
8 ,.2 = N :._ 1 PI (I J2
PI)
(117)
118
SAMPLlNG THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
and
(118)
so that
P=
. /
P,PI
V(Ip,)(IPI)
(119)
Substituting from the above in (12), we have
(120)
It will be seen that the formula is identical with (112) except that
q is now replaced by Pj.
To obtain the variance, we substitute from (115) to (118) in
(24) and obtain
+ N~ 1
p,
(~: PI) + N2~1 ~~:)
%=7 .! C~b + 1;'PJ + 2)
==
%='{ 1 (~, + !~)
(121)
179
RATIO METHOD OF ESTIMATION
B.
4h.l
SAMPLING WITH VARYING PROBABILITIES
OF SELECTION
Ratio Estimate and its Variance
So far we have considered the theory of the ratio method of
estimation for samples chosen by the method of simple random
sampling. We shall now give the basic theory of the ratio
estimate when sampling is carried out with replacement with
varying probabilities of selection.
Let
y,
z i _ NP.
,
}~N
+'
E,
and
Xi
It is then easily shown that
E (z,) =YN
E(Vj)=XN
iN
E (1\) = XN
E (zn) =
L
N
P, (z.  SN)2
i=l
= n PC1.C1.
ISO
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
On substituting in (9), it follows that
El (Rn) = RN
{I + n1(~.22
_ YNX
~(T~(T.)}
xN
N
(122)
A1so, from (22), we have
(123)
This can be rewritten as
(124)
or
(125)
It follows that
VI (YR )
~I
f.t
L=l
Pj
(Zj 
RNVj'f}
(126)
or
(127)
181
RATIO METHOD OF ESTIMA nON
The estimates of the variances of Rn and Y R are obtained
directly from (40) and (41). We write
Est. VI (R,,)
"
1 _12 _1
" (z _ R V )2
n V" n  1 W i " I
(128)
and
(129)
Finally, we note that when Pi is proportional to
Pi = xdNxN' we have
Xi
so that
z.
VI
and
It follows that the sampling theory of the ratio estimate Y R is
identical with the sampling theory of the estimate in. We therefore have from Section 2b. 2,
E (Y R )
NE (zn)
=NYN
showing that the ratio estimate for this case provides an unbiased
estimate of the population total. Further, from (126), we have
and, from (129),
182
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
The method of forecasting acreage of principal crops in India
provides a good example of the application of the theory presented
in this section. Normally, area figures are collected by the village
accountant, field by field, for all the villages within his jurisdiction.
Such complete enumeration is, however, not available in time for
making preharvest forecasts. These are consequently made on
the basis of advance enumeration of a sample of villages selected
with probability proportional to the cultivated area (including
fallows) with which the area under a major crop is known to be
highly correlated. The ratio method of estimation on the previous
year's figures is used.
Example 4.4
Table 4.5 shows the total cultivated area during 1931 as also
the area under wheat in two consecutive years 1936, 1937 for
a sample of 34 villages in Lucknow subdivision (India). The
villages were selected with replacement with probability proportional to the cultivated area (including fallows) as recorded in
1931. The total cultivated area in 1931 and the total area under
wheat in 1936 for all the 170 villages in Lucknow subdivision
were known to be 780]9 and 21288 acres respectively. Estimate
the area under wheat for the subdivision for the year 1937 using
the ratio method of estiIllRtion and calculate the standard error
of the estimate so made.
What would be the standard error of the estimate jf the
information for the previous year were not used?
183
RATIO METHOD OF ESTIMATION
4.5
TABLE
Values of Total Cultivated Area and of Area under Wheat
in Two Consecutive Years for a Sample of 34 Villages
in Lucknow Subdivision
Serial
No. of
Village
Total
Area under Wheat
Cultivated .
1936
1937
Area in
1931
( ..
1000 x
Ie IOOO~v
v
O'45!j94
b:43M94
(Acres)
(Acres)
(Acres)
'a'
'x'
'y'
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
401
75
52
187
130
634
163
149
257
235
1194
326
289
273
242
1770
442
381
250
215
1060
254
278
240
262
827
125
III
151
134
'7
1737
559
634
322
365
(I)
.
1060
254
278
240
262
360
101
112
281
311
10
946
359
355
379
375
11
470
109
99
232
211
12
1625
481
498
296
306
13
827
125
III
151
134
14
96
52
63
15
1304
427
399
327
306
16
377
78
79
207
210
17
259
78
lOS
301
40S
18
186
45
27
242
145
19
1767
564
515
319
291
412
20
604
238
249
394
21
701
92
85
131
121
22
524
247
221
471
422
184
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
TABLE
Serial
No. of
Village
Total
Cultivated
Area in
1931
4. 5(Contd.)
Area under Wheat
___
~
.~
1936
r~ l000x
a
1937
[.o_!_OOOy
a
(Acres)
(Acres)
(Acres)
'a'
'x'
'y'
(2)
(3)
(4)
23
571
134
133
24
962
131
144
25
407
129
103
317
253
26
715
192
179
269
250
27
845
663
330
785
391
28
1016
236
219
232
216
29
184
73
62
397
337
30
282
62
79
220
280
31
194
71
60
366
309
32
439
137
100
312
228
33
854
196
141
230
165
34
824
255.
265
309
322
(I)
Total
Crude Sum of Squares
Crude Sum of Products
0:45894
= 045894
( 5)
(6)
235
233
136
150
9511
8691
3166531
2505925
2727616
Let ai denote the cultivated area in the ith village and Xi and
Yi the areas under wheat for the years 1936 and 1937 respectively.
Then Pi the selection probability for the ith village is given by
N
Pi = ai/A, where A
= 1: ai = 78019.
'=1
Also
Zi
and
For the sake of computational convenience lOOOYi!ai and 1OOOxi/ai
have been calculated instead of Zi and 'Vi. These are given in
cols. 5 and 6 of Table 4.5 and denoted by h and Ii', where
RATIO METHOD OF ESTIMATION
18S
z,
l000N
A
z,
0.45894
l000N
A
0.45894
and
1I '
Vi
VI
Now
f I,
1: 1/
8691 = 0.9138
9511
Hence the estimate of the area under wheat in 1937 is given hy
YR
=
=
(09138) (21288)
19453 acres
Rn X
From TabJe 4.5,
= 3166531
}; 1,2 = 2505925, }; 1;1/ = 2727616 and L' /,'2
Hence
\~
(/
.L.J,
_ R ,.iI ')2 = ~,
;.. I 2
2R ,,~,'
;, II'
+R
2 ;
n ~
= 165082
or
)2 L' (I, 
i: (Zi 
A
R.V)2 ..c= ( l000N
R.l,')2
= (045894)2 (165082)
= 34770
Hence
(170)2
= (34) (33) 34770
. . s.e.
895600 acres 2
YR
y895600
946 acres
1'2
l
186
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
If the information for the previous year had not been used,
the estimate of the area under wheat in 1937 would have been
(0,45894)
N
n
(0,45894) (170) (8691)
~34
19943 acres
and
(170)2
2
(34) (33) (0,45894) (2505925  2221573)
0
3 (0,21063) (284352)
1542700 acresl
or
S.E.
Y=
1242 acres
The increase in efficiency in using the previous year's information
72,3%
REFERENCES
David, F. N. and
Neyman, J. (1938)
2, Cochran, W. G. (1940)
I.
"Extension of the Markoff Theorem on Lcast
Squares," Statist. Res, Mem., 2, 10516.
.. "The Estimation of the Yields of Cereal Experiments by Sampling for the Ratio of Grain to
Total Produce," 101lr. Atr. Sci., 30, 2627',
RATIO METHOD OF ESTIMATION
3. Sukhatme, P. V. (1944) .
4. Hansen, M. H., Hurwitz,
W. N. and Gurney, M.
(1946)
5. Ayachit, G. R. (1953) .,
187
.. Moments and Product Moments of Moment.
Statistics for Samples of the Finite and Infinite
Populations," Sankhya, 6, 36382.
"Problems and Methods of the Sample Survey of
Business," Jour. Amer. Statist. Assoc., 41,
17389.
"Some Aspects of LargeScale Sample Surveys with
Particular Reference to the Ratio Method of
Estimation," M.Sc. Th~sis, Bombay Univer
.fi/y, Bombay.
188
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
APPENDIX
Expected Values of Certain Higher Order Product Moments
We shall derive expressions for
(i) E (i"i"'2),
(ii) E (i"i"'8)
and (iii) E (i"2i n '2)
where
and consequently
Let
N
1:
,G/a.
Np.G, a.
(1)
We may then write
(2)
Also
Np.c,Y (N2p.o, a P.b, p 
NP.a+b, a.+p)
 (N2p.a+c, a+,), Ilb, ~  Np.o+b+c, a.+~+')')
 (N2p.b+<, ~+")' p.o, " 
N3 fta , uf'b, pf'e,
Y 
Np..Hte, a.'t~+')')
N2 (f'O+b, a.+pf'. ,')'
+ p..+e,
h')' fib,
+ P.b+c, ~+., f'a, u)
(3)
'RATIO METHOD OF ESTIMATION
189
Armed with these results and the theorem on expectations in
Section 2a.9, the derivation of the expected values of higher order
product moments becomes straightforward.
Thus
E (En En'2)
!3 E [(
= n\
f ,) (f E,JJ
[(J;, ,) (J;, E/2 t ,,,,r./1: E/ /)]
(4)
[e1NfL12
+ ea ( Np12 
= ~ [e1  3ea + 2ea]
=
2NfLu)
+ ea (2Npl'l) ]
fLu
(N  n) (N  2n) fLI2
(N _:l)(N ="2)' it2
(5)
It follows that
(N  n) (N  2n) fL03
(N~ i) (N 2) n2
(6)
Similarly
E (i,,,;1)
= E [(i:) (i"i,,'I)]
Substituting from (4), we write
E(l"i,,'8)
= ;,
E[(f 1/) (f E,f/I
+. f.,,'1 + 2,t., f,f,' f/
+ i: .,,/ '.')]
'+1"""
190
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
= n'
Using the results (I), (2) and (3) above, we get
 Np.18)}
+ 3ea {4Np.u 2N2f'uJJ0I} 
= ii'
[(e1
7e.
+ 12e. 
+ 3 (ell
e, {6Nl'la 3N2p.up.gJ ]
6eJ Nl'la
 2ea
+ eJ N'JuPOJ]
(7)
191
RATIO METHOD OF ESTIMATION
_ N  n [ (N2
N  6nN 6n 2)
n3
(N  I) (N  2) (N _ 3) 1'13
3 (n  I) (N  n  1)
+ (N 
I) (N  2) (N  3) Nl'lll'02
(8)
It follows that
E (En")
= ~4
[eel  7e2 + 121"3 
6e,) NI'04
+ 3 (1'2
or
2e a + e,) Ntl'ozz]
(N2 + N  6nN + 6n2)
[ (N  I) (N  2) (N  3)
(9)
P.04
3 (II  I) (N  n  I)
+ (NI)(N2)(N3)
Nf'OI
.1
(10)
Lastly
14 E ["
.E, Ej 2'2
Ej
n
+.E
(2,E;E, '2 + , 2'2
EJ + 2, 2'"" 1
i=/J
ft
+ 2E,EjE; ~/) +
'<FJ=/kF1
(,E k/2 + 2,tE:/
J,
[e1 Np.31
'1/ t'
i:
'!<i+t
+ ,2/.' +2E1",,'".')J
+ e. (Nlf'sol'OI + 2N11'1l' 
 e. (2N2l'101'01 + 4N2P1.1' + e, (Nlf'sol'o: + 2N1P1.11 
7Np.n)
12NJ.'n)
6NfsI) ]
192
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WIm APPLICATIONS
N;;;
n[(;:~~fT;~nff(t ~~) fL22
(n  1) (N  n  1)
+ (N 1) (N  2) (N 
3) N(fL20fL02+2fLl/)
(12)
CHAPTER V
REGRESSION METIIOD OF ESTIMATION
5.1 Simple Regression
In this chapter, we shall consider the regression method of
estilnating the population total (or mean) of the character .1'
under study. Suppose, as previously, that the population is
divided into k classes with, say, N i units having the value xi
..:ach (i = I, 2, ... ,k), and that a simple random sample of II
is drawn from the population N. Suppose, further, that in
repeated samples of n, the number of units having the value Xi
is fixed, say given by ni (i ~= 1, 2, ... , k).
In simple regression
we postulate a procedure of sampling in which n l , n 2, . . . , Ilk
units are drawn from their respective classes with replacement. Further, we assume that the mean value of y for a given
x is linear in x and V (y I x) is constant. In other words, )' is
of the form
(I)
where
and
E (jj2 I i) ,.'" constant, say, y
(2)
Summing up (1) over all the N units in the population, we have
k
Y ==" Na
+ P 1: N,x,
(3)
1=1
When a and f3 are estimated from the sample and the population
total of x is known, the righthand side of (3) provides an
estimate of the total. This estimate is known as the simple
regression estimate. To distinguish it from the estimate of the
population total based on the ratio and the simple mean methods,
it will be denoted by Yz, and the mean by )il'
13
194
SAMPLING ntEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APpLIcATIONS
S.l Simple Regression Estimate and its Variance
We have seen in Section 20.3 that the best unbiased linear
estimate and its variance are given by the Markoff method of
estimation. Suppose that Yz is given by
k
Y,
L: n,"Ji",
(4)
j=1
where IVS are to be chosen so as to satisfy the conditions of the
Markoff Theorem. The condition that Yz should be an unbiased
estimate of Y gives
On substituting from (1), we obtain
~
L: n,", (a
~1
+ fix,)
= L: N, (a
~1
+ fix,)
which can be written as
~
L:
1_1
(n,",  N,) (a
+ (3x,) = 0
(5)
The second condition gf the Markoff method of estimation is
that the variance of the estimate should be minimum. Now the
variance of Y 1 when n I , nz, " nk are fixed and sampling is
carried out with replacement with constant variance y in each
class, is given by
where
=y
(6)
Hence
(7)
REGRESSION METHOD OF E'iTIMA TloN
195
To mmlmlze (7) subject to the condition (5), we shall use
the Lagrangian method of multipliers and form a function c/>
given by
k
</>
= 'Y :E
1.0
n/Il  p.
i=l
:E
(n,A,  N,) (a
i=l
+ {3x,)
(8)
where p. is the Lagrangian constant.
On differentiating c/> with respect to Ai.
to zero, we obtain
(L
(i
04>
()a
p.
:E
(njA,  N,)
and f3 and equating
co,
I, 2, .... k)
=0
(9)
(10)
,~[
and
( II)
From (9) we have
p. (a
+ {3x,)
a'
2')'
+ {l'x,
(12)
'Y
where
a' == p.a and
f3' ~__
p.f3
(13)
Substituting from (12i for I\'!, in (10) and (II), we obtain
" (a'
'Y
+ Wx ) = N
(14)
and
(1 S)
196
SAMPLI"I'G THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Solving for a' and fJ', we get
p' =
"f,y (~N__ =~!')
.E
'1
(16)
n, (x,  Xn)2
and
(17)
On substituting for fi' and a' from (16) and (17) in (12), we
obtain
(Xi  Xn)
1f (.
I 2
1= ,
, ... ,
(18)
(19)
Estimating Y from (3) by
Na
+ NxNS
and equating with the righthand side of (19), we have
(20)
and
.E" n.y., (x,  x,,)
'al
.E"
'1
n, (x, 
To obtain the variance of
in (7). We then have
V (Y.)
.E neAl
'I
(21)
x.>"
Yz, we substitute for
from (18)
REGRESSION METHOD OF ESTIMATION
197
Clearly, the middle term is zero, giving us
N2 Y
V(Y) =
I
{I
(X N Xn)2}
~
I1j (Xi 
(22)
Xn)
i=l
which can also be written as
(23)
where ml is the sample mean xn, mz denotes the second moment
of the sample about its mean and ILl the population mean
of x.
Pooling (6) over k classes gives
k
N,
E E
(=1
()'jJ 
a  f3X,)2
(24)
J=1
From (20) and (21), we have the id::ntities:
(25)
and
~
Ni
E E
f3 = '=1 k J0:..1
E N
)';J
(x.  XN )
(x,  XN)2
iI
or
EX(X
xN )
1: (x
 XN)2
198
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
where the summations in both numerator and denominator are
carried out over all the N pairs (Xi, Yij),
UtI
= P  , say
u.
(26)
On substituting for a and fJ from (25) and (26) in (24), we get
(27)
We may, therefore, write (22) as
(28)
It will be noticed that the variance consists of two terms.
The first term represents N2 times the residual variance of the
mean of a simple random sample of n, estimated from the
regression line, when fJ is known; while the second represents
the increase in the variance of the estimate when f. is determined
from the sample. As will be shown in Section 5.4, the latter
contribution is of an order 1/n2 , so that if n is large, the variance
of the regression estimate may be regarded as being given by the
first term only. It should be pointeu out, however, that the
sampling is assumed to be carried out with replacement. For
a simple random sample drawn without replacement, exact results
are not available but it is surmised that the effect will be approximately to multiply the above expression by the finite multiplier
(N  n)/N.
S.3 Estimation of the Variance of Simple Regression Estimate
To evaluate (22) we require the estimate of y. A straightforward
method of finding this is to substitute for a and f3 their sample
REGRESSION METHOD OF ESTIMATION
estimates in (24) and calculate the expectation.
a quantity Q given by
A'
= 1.: 1.: {Y't
'm1
fA  fJ (x,
_ XA )}2
199
Consider then
(29)
and calculate its conditional expectation for fixed nb n2' ... nk.
This is best done by expressing Q as a function of the ~ 's, which
are defined by (1).
From (1) we have
(30)
whence
t
+ {3nx" + }; n,E .. ,
1.: n,ji", = na
i;:::l
'_1
i.e.,
t BXn
(31)
Also
I.
p=
}; n,f", (x, _ Xn)
i;;;::1
k
1.:
n, (x,  Xn)2
1~1
1.:
n, (x, 
'=1
x.f
k
f3 1.: n,x, (X, 
.in)
1.: n, (X,
,.,
E n,
+ '=1 k
 .i.)2
En, (X,  .in)
}; n, (X, _ Xn)2
,.,
f3
}; n,E n , (X,  X.)
'&~
}; n, (x,  .i.)2
(32)
200
S4.'tfPLlNG THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
On substituting in (29) from (1), (31) and (32), we get
1=1 _;
~(
iJ ,f nn,f._.,) ~ (x, 
X:l.!. n.
(x.
~ _:.l ,,,}2
}; nt (x,  Xn)
1=1
(33)
Setting}; ni (Xi  xn)2 = nm2 and expanding the righthand side,
i=l
we obtain
i==1
11/ n,
k
,.'::1
~~
II
 (x; x
xn) };
'=1
n, (x, I
x.) in,
.f n, n,
(X, 
nm2
X.)
}~
REGRESSION METHOD OF ESTIMATION
201
Taking expectations of both sides in (34) and noting that
E(e,/) = y
E ( . 2)
n,
and
we obtain
E (Q) = (n  2)
(35)
It follows that
Q
Est. 'Y = ( n  '"')
~
(36)
On substituting in (22), we obtain
(37)
5.4 Expected Value of the Sampling Variance of SimpJe
Regression Estimate
The expression for the sampling variance given in (23) or (28)
depends upon the x's that have turned up in the sample, and
so cannot be used for purposes like comparing the precision of
the regression estimate with other estimates.
We therefore
proceed to obtain the expected value of the variance over all
samples of size n.
Since the first term in (23) is independent of the x's, the
problem reduces to that of determining the expected value of
(ml_~#:'l)1
ma
Without loss of generality we may assume J.'t to be zeto.
Obviously, the expected value of mil/me can be determined
202
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
only approximately, since both the numerator and the denominator
are random variables. Following Section 4a.3, we may write
where fL2 denotes the second moment of x in the population.
The expected value of the terms in m12 (rna  fLs)3/fL2~ and higher
powers will be of an order smaller than lIn, and can be neglected
if n is assumed to be reasonably large. We, therefore, write to
terms of order l/ns
The values of the expressions on the righthand side have been
tabulated for ready application (Sukhatme, 1944). A reference to
these formulre gives
where
n (n 1) (n 2) . .. (n  j
N (N _:_. 1)(,v . 2):.. (N  j
+ 1)
f I)
Neglecting terms of order smaller than l/n2 and retaining terms
in liN and I/N2 for completeness, we obtain
4n _ N_l + nN
!_~
2
6_)
NI
(40)
Similarly, on neglecting terms involving lln s and higher powers
of lin in the formula for E (mI2m.2) as tabulated by the author
(1944). we have
REGRESSlON METHOD OF ESTIMATION
203
4
I
., )
nN ' N?
9
n2
12) (41).
21 _ I _
nN
N
A"
Substituting in (39) from (40) and (41), and using the known
result that
E(ml')
112
(1n __ N1)
we have
where
If the x's can be assumed to be normally distributed, so that
f31 = 0 and fJI = 3, we can write the expression for E (mil/rna)
in the exact form as
(43)
The variance of Y I to terms in I/n 2 is thus approximated by
(44)
and to terms in lIn by simply
(45)
To obtain the variance of the mean 11, we have only to divide the
expression on the righthand side of (44) or (45) by Nt,
204
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
5.5 Weighted Regression
In developing the preceding theory for simple regression, we
have assumed that: (0) the regression is linear, (b) the deviation
from the regression line has a constant variance, and (c) sampling within a class is carried out with replacement. These
assumptions may not hold in actual practice. In this section,
we shall extend the theory to the case where the relationship
is linear, the deviation from the regression in any class has
a known variance and sampling within a class is carried out
without replacement. The extension is due to Hasel (1942) and
Cochran (1942).
Let Y'lOt denote the weighted linear regression estimate of Yand
suppose that it is represented by the following linear function of
observations:
t
= .E n,.:\Jl..,
(46)
'I
where ~'s (i = 1,2, ... , k) are to be so determined that: (i) Ywt
is an unbiased estimate of Y, and (ii) its variance is minimum.
Now, the first condition gives
E(YIO . )
i.e.,
k
1: n,>', (a
+ fjx,) =
1: N, (a
+ (3x
i)
or
t
1: (n,\  N,) (a
'I
+ fJx.) =
(47)
The variance of Y wI for fixed x's is clearly given by
'=1
(48)
lHiGRESStON METHOD OF ESTIMATtON
205
where
(49)
and
cfo
To minimize (48) subject to condition (47), we form the function
given by
(50)
;=1
i=l
On differentiating
zero, we obtain
cfo
with respect to Ai> a and
(/ =,
P and
equating to
1,2, ... , k)
(51)
whence
(52)
k
/1. J) (nj,\j 
N j) = 0
(53)
j=l
and
(54)
Substituting for
a'W
Ai'S
+ {J'Wx", =
from (52) in (53) and (54), we obtain
N
(55)
and
(56)
where
a' 
p.a.
2' ,..R'
(51)
206
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
and
(58)
Solving (55) and (56) for a' and (J', we get
~.
JV_Y:N 
X.,)
(59)
1: w,x/ 
WX.,2
'''1
and
a'
NX .. (XN ~
Ws../
x..)
(60)
where
(61)
On substituting for a' and {3' in (52), we obtain
A,
= ~~I
n'n,
{I + XNs... / . (XIX..)}
(62)
Hence, from (46), we have
which may be writLen as
Y. 1 = N [5'.
+ ~ (XN  x.. >J
(63)
where
_
Y.
1 \'
= W LJ.
WcY.,
(64)
'1
and
(65)
kEGRESstON METHOD OF ESTIMATION
207
To obtain the variance of Ywz, we substitute for ,Vs from (62)
in (48) and obtain
V(Y,)
'"
0.=
N2
W
[1
+ (XN
X"y]
S",.2
(66)
It can be verified that when sampling within a class is carried
out with replacement and V (y I x) is a constant, formulre (63)
and (66) reduce to those appropriate for the simple regression
estimate. For, we have in this case
i", = in'
S",.2
!~
n, (x, 
Xn)2
iEI
and
k
1: n.Y' i
(Xl 
x.)
iI
k
1: n, (X,  x~)2
iI
and on substitution we find that (63) and (66) reduce to (19) and
(22) respectively.
An examination of the expression for Y wL in (63) shows that
a knowledge of the true weights Wi is not necessary for calculating
Y wi; numbers proportional to Wi are sufficient for the purpose.
The variance of Y wi, on the other hand, requires a knowledge
of the true weights Wi. This raises a practical difficulty, since
the true weights Wi are rarely known. Often, however, the
relationship between the variance of y for a given x, and X can be
guessed, and numbers proportional to Wi can be known. It is,
therefore, important to investigate the form which the variance
of Ywl takes for certain wellknown relationships between V (y I x)
and x. We shall consider only the simplest situation where
V (y I x) is proportional to x.
Let
V(y I x) ="x
(67)
208
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
It follows then from (49) that
nj . 1!_,_~}
)'x,
N,  n,
(68)
where
w/
(69)
and
W=
W'
(70)
On substituting in (66), we have
(71)
which now depends only on the known numbers
constant y.
wi'
and the
5.6 Estimation of the Variance of Weighted Regression Estimate
We shall consider this problem for the case where the variance
of y for a given x is proportional to x. Since the variance of the
weighted regression estimate for this case is given by (71), the
problem reduces to that of the estimation of y.
As in Section 5.3, we shall start with the quantity Q defined by
(72)
and proceed to calculate its expectation for a given set of x's.
A straightforward method of doing this is to express (72) in
209
REGRESSION METHOD OF ESTIMATION
terms of Eij and x's, and then take expectations.
defined by (1), namely,
Now
Eij
is
where
E
(Eli
I i) =
and
E (<:J I i) =
V (y I A)
(73)
From (I), we have
(74)
where
yx; N.  n l
n.
N,I
(75)
w/
Also, from (74),
k
,_
I: w, Y., =
i=1
I:
i~l
i~l
i;::J
w: + f3 I: w:x, + I:
IV/i ft
whence, dividing by W', we have
ji..
= a + f3x .. + E..
(76)
where
(77)
14
210
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPUCATIONS
Further, from (65),
[t
[t w:
x"')
W: (Xi 
Yni]
1=1
(x, 
.'.J (. + fox,
,.,1]
W'Secr 2
I..
L:
={3+
W/ (Xi  XU')
(78)
ini
;=1
On substituting for Yij from (1), for Yw from (76) and for
(78) in (72), we obtain
p from
t t :i,' {a +
,,=1
{3x,
(X, 
ij 
a {3xw 
".J (p + w!'
t t : ' {(Ii (=1
flO)
flO
w; (X, ".l ,.)
REGRESSION METHOD OF ESTIMATION
211
'=1
><
_ 2
f f'
WW
[k;
11','
(x,  X.,)
i.,12
'~l
11';'
tI;
i=l
, lw
f~ ' " _. (II'J1
II"
.~,
(\'
X)
II'
l t=1
tt
f'
f..II'i'
WW
iCl
fli
1:
k
W'S",,2
11',' (x,  x.) in,
12
,el
[ ; 11',' (X,  X.,)
i.,}2
,"',
'=1
j~l
1
{~
 W'S:,2
W
.".,""
Wi
'2
.j
2(
 )2
Xi _. X.,.
1=1
W;'W:ioii". (Xi f.,) (X_ f.,)}
(79)
SAMPLING 'tHEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLlcA..rto~~
212
On taking expectations and noting that
E(i ,2) = )'
"I
W,'
and
we have
(80)
It follows that an unbiased estimate of y is provided by
(81)
Now, let
(82)
and
(83)
then Q can be expressed as
(84)
and we have
llEGRESSION MEtHOD OF ESTIMAtION
21~
When sampling is carried out with replacement and
V(y I x)
=y
nl
then
WI
= y ., Y.. =y"
k
nj
.E .E
1=1
(Yii  ji,,)2
n
k
"i
.E.E
=~ i= 1
E St y =
Yii (Xl  Xn)
Q
n2
==
nstIJ / (I r2)
112
and we have, as previously,
(86)
5.7 Comparison of Weighted with Simple Regression
The sampling variance of the weighted regression estimate, to
terms in lin, is obtained from (66), being given by
(87)
where
while that of the simple regression estimate to the same degree
of accuracy is from (22) given by
(88)
214
S,,\fPLlNG THEORY OF SURVEYS Willi AJ'PLICATIONS
However, (87) and (88) are not directly comparable. To make
them comparable, we shall suppose that sampling is carried out
with replacement, so that we may take
Equation (87) then becomes
N2
V(Y..I ) =k n.
\'
"'
(R9)
(=1 a~'
where
and
J!'(Y.., ) = _n_
V (Y, )
~,
Y "'
(90)
n,
,=1 Uj.
Now, let
uj
= y + Il (an
(911
so that
and
_ Il (u/)
y
provided
I~.~() I <
+ {1l(a/}}2
y~
__ ... )
(92)
215
REGRESSION METHOD OF ESTIMATION
Taking expectations, we obtain
(93)
where C 2"..2 is the square of the coefficient of variation of
The average value of (90) is, therefore, approximated by
V (YIll , ) }
E { VCY,)
~ 1+
at
(94)
C 2"./
The result is due to Cochran (1942). It shows what is indeed
obvious, that if the Ui2'S do not change very greatly, simpie
regression may be used without appreciable loss of precision. If,
on the other hand, ui2'S vary very considerably, the use of the
simple regression will lead to loss of efficiency.
Example 5.1
Table 5.1 summarizes the data for a simple random sample of
64 villages drawn from the total of 319 villages referred to in
Example 4.2. Assuming that villages within a class are of the
same size, equal to the mean value per village in that class,
TABLE
5.1
Summary of Data Relating to Agricultural Area (x) and Number
oj Livestock (y) in a Simple Random Sample oj 64 Villages
Selected Jrom the Population in Table 4. I
",
Serial
No. of
Class
A rea of
illage
6373
16
256
15533
333
26895
24568
18
1810
281314
34440
16
1991
330113
.5
49156
13
1815
287079
76749
10
2352
605510
64
S317
Tolai
ni
(Xj)
L' J'ij
"i
1: .l' II 2
1531167
~
216
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
use the method of linear regression to estimate the livestock
population and its variance under each of the following two
assumptions:
I.
and, II.
V(ylx)=yx
V (y I x) = constant, say y; and sampling within each
class is with replacement.
Method I
The relevant formulre for the regression estimate of the population total and its variance are given by (63) and (85). To
evaluate these we require the values of xw , jiw, swx2, Swy2 and the
estimate of f3. The calculations leading to these values are given
10 Table 5.2.
From this table we obtain
Total of col. 5
Tofal of col. 1
x'"
=
29424
Total of col. 9
ji", = TotaiOfcor7
10272
k
.E w;'
(Xi  XID )2
W'
Total of col. 16
 total of col. 7
7952
27297
29131
y, w/
L...J n. .L: Y./ ft;
S..,2
W'
W'Y.,2
217
REGRESSION METHOD OF ESTIMATION
46464  28802
27297
17662
27297
= 64703
S",.
8044
=
k
E W,' Yn,
(x,  i .. )
leI
23146
(13731) (7.7297)
84793
13731
6175
k
E W/Y.,
(XI 
i,.)
231455
7952
2911
Hence on substituting in (63), we have
+ P(iN  i.H
= 319 [1027 + .2911 (367, 5 = 319 [1027 + 2911 (73'3)]
Y..1 = 319 [y ..
294 2)1
= 319 f1240J
= 39556
Also, on substituting: in (85), we get
V(Y. )
Est
..1
(319)2 (6470'3) (t  '3813) [
78'3191
I
(73'W]
29131
218
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
101761'>( 511136 [1
+ '18441
101761 x 60'5389
';,;:, S..
Y",I
V60'~54
100
..
124
~~
77R
124
627
Method II
The relevant formulre are given by (19) and (R6) respectivt'ly.
We have
8317
64
129 95
24902
64
.'" 38909
"
2,'
ni
.E YIj
1=1
(Xi ~.
Xn)
.E
111 (Xi 
Xn)2
1=1
644382
c= 2455455
=, 02624
Hence on substituting in (19), we have
Y, = 319 [12995
+ 02624 (367'5
=c 319 (124'28)
39645
Again
1531167  1080768
64
70375
 389,1)1
REGRESSION METHOD OF ESTIMATION
119
1: n x,2  nx. 2
'I
24554547
64
=
3836648
and
k
.2; nJ"j (Xi
x,,)
64438212
64
1006847
7037.5 _ (10068'47)2
3lS366'48
=
43952
Hence, on substituting in (86), we get
3192.4395'2.
62
V(Y) =
I
(I _.t (367'5338360.5
389'09)2)
3192 X 7089 x 101212
= 101761 x 7175
0/
/0
SE Y
. "
J()()Y717; = 6 81
124.3
Compared to the value of 60 54 of the sampling variance of the
estimated mean obtained by Method I, Method II is seen to LZive
a value of 71 75, which is larger by about 20%. This must be
traced to the rather large variability among (Till'S, vide Table 4.1.
220
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
TABLE
5.2
Computations Leading to the Values of the Regression Estimate
of the Livestock Population and its Variance
Serial
No. of
Class
nj
Ni
n, (N,I)
NIni
w/x,
XI
wi'
Y"I
(I)
(2)
t3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
2
3
2
5
18
11
48
84
20
235
9
43
1494
66
22222
5 4651
226364
6373
15533
24568
03487
03518
09214
8'00
6660
10056
4
5
16
13
60
77
44
64
21 4545
154375
34440
06230
12444
49156
03141
13962
10
39
944
988
380
29
131034
76749
01707
235'20
"~~~~..
Total
64
~~~..~
27297
"I
1) YH 2
(9)
(10)
~....
(10)
_,_.. __ ._._
(l1)w/
Xjx ..
(9)' (I 3)
(XIX .. )2
w/ (XIX to )'
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
230,51
 6431
53135
1853
13891 325 47
 4856 44994
38887
5016
19732
865 35
19296
679
2358
2516
38935
217
157
1223
223966
3823
nj
(II)
256
128
1892
4'5
23430
26895
5379
3
4
5
92656
77526
281314
330113
15629
20632
14401
12854
43855
287079
22083
6936
40149
605510
60551
10336
Total
.. ..
803191
W/Y"I
02790
~~.
319
.__._.    .. ._
Serial
No. of
Class

47325
46464
280406
190005
2314'55
7952
5.8 Comparison of Sbnple Regression with the Ratio and the
Mean per Sampling Unit Estimates
The sampling variance of the simple regression estimate of the
population total to terms in lin has been shown to be
V (Y;)
= Wa, 2
, J.
(l  p2)

(95)
221
REGRESSION METHOD OF ESTIMATION
The sampling variance of the ratio estimate under comparable
conditions of sampling with replacement is obtained by dropping
the finite multiplier from (28) in the previous Chapter, and will,
therefore, be
(96)
while that of the mean per sampling unit estimate is given by
(97)
Comparing first the simple regression with the mean per sampling
unit estimate, we notice that the regression estimate is always
more accurate than the arithmetic mean estimate. Comparing
next the simple regression with the ratio estimate, we observe
that the former is more accurate than the latter if
i.e., if
i.e., if
(pO'"  RpfT.)2> 0
(98)
which is always true, unless
Hence the regression estimate is always more accurate than the
ratio estimate unless the regression of y on x is a straight line
passing through the origin, in which case the two estimates will
have equal variance.
The data for 319 villages referred to in Example 4.2 provide
the material for the comparison of the two methods. Substituting
for values of ul. P. u:1l' and RN from col. 8 of Table 4.1 in
formulre (95) and (96). we obtain
222
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
V(Y1) __
V (YR ) 
0',2(1 _p2)
UU 2 
2RNpu,uz
+ RN2U/
44163
4416'6
~I
There is thus little to choose between the simple regression and the
ratio methods of estimation, since the regression of the number
of livestock on agricultural area is almost a straight line passing
through the origin.
5.9 Comparison of Simple Regression with Stratified Sampling
The regression method of estimation achieves the same purpose
as stratification by size of the sampling unit, namely, to eliminate
the effect of variation in the size of the sampling unit from the
standard error of the estimated character. A comparison of the
two methods is, therefore, of interest.
We have seen that the sampling variance of the estimated total
in stratified sampling is given by
. Sl
nj
This, however, is not the appropriate variance to compare with
the variance of the simple regression estimate. The appropriate
variance for comparison would be the variance of a simple
random sample whose units can be classified by strata, and which
can then be treated as if it were selected by the method of
stratified sampling, the sampling within each stratum to be with
replacement. This is directly obtained from (87) of Chapter lII,
being given by
(99)
In simple regression we further assume that the true regression is
linear, with constant residual variance. If the ail'S, therefore, are
REGRESSION METHOD OF ESTIMATION
approximately constant, say equal to
reduce to
aw'J.,
223
the expression (99) will
(100)
This is the variance which is comparable with the average variance
of the simple regression estimate, namely,
N2UU2
11
(I _p2) (I + I)
II
(101)
Now the value of a/ (1  p2), as it represents the residual variance
about the regression straight line. can never be less than a w 2
It follows therefore that the stratified sample will, in general,
furnish a more accurate estimate than the simple regression
method. The relationship between J' and x is also n(lt always
found to be linear in practice, in which case the efficiency of
the regression estimate is further reduced. For, while stratified
sampling with suitably chosen strata can take care of any type
of relationship, the regression estimate can eliminate only the
effects of the linear component of the relationship. Stratified
sampling has an added advantage, in that the estimate for this
procedure is an unbiased estimate for any type of relationship
between x and y, and for any size of sample. It would, therefore,
seem that provided the population is divided into an adequate
number of strata, so as to make aw'J small, we may expect
stratified sampling to be superior to the regression method of
estimation under most practical conditions.
S.10 Double Sampling
The regression estimate of the population mean of y presupposes that the population mean of x, namely .iN' is known.
However, .iN is not always known althougb in many inquiries it is
possible to estimate it from a second sample of the population
without appreciably adding to the cost of the inquiry. The
procedure is known as double sampling. In this section, we shall
give the form of the regression estimate in double sampling and
its sampling variance.
224
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICAtIONS
Let, as previously, the population be divided into k classes
with Nt units having the value Xi each (i = 1, 2, ... , k). We
shall suppose that n denotes a simple random sample of N on
which both y and x are observed, and that in repeated samples
of n, nl, n2' ... , nk units are drawn from their respective classes
with replacement. Further, we shall suppose that a second random
sample Q' is drawn from the remaining N  n, say N', units
of the population and that only x is observed on this sample.
Now if XN were known, then the simple regression estimate of
YN would be given by (19), namely,
+ b (Xl{ 
y, = y"
x,,)
(102)
where
I,
I; nJ.i
b
(XI 
j'n)
leI
I; n, (X,
 Xn)2
'''1
This can be rewritten as
(103)
Since Q' is a random samp~e of N', x'l ' provides the best unbiased
linear estimate of XR" Hence
Y". =y" + b
%' (X'll 
x,,)
(104)
where Yds denotes the estimate of YN based on a double sample of
nand Q'.
It is easily shown that
write
E (5',.1 nh ns, ... ,
tlk"
Yds
is an unbiased estimate of YR'
Q')
E (5'..)
Z'
E {b (X'll  x,,)}
We
(105)
Now from (31) and (32), we obtain
(y.)
= a + px"
(106)
and
(b)
=P
(107)
REGRESSION METHOD OF ESTIMATION
225
Also
where Q/ represents the number of units in the ith class in the
sample Q',
I,
.E
fli
(Xi 
X n)~
(x, 
Xn)~
'1=1
}; 11,
1=1
Substituting .j'N ,
,
+ 8Xi,
we get
(108)
On substituting from (106), (107) and (108) in (105), we get
(109)
thus showing that
J5
Yds is an unbiased estimate of YR'
226
SAMpLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLtCATlONS
To obtain the variance, we write
2
_ E (v.)
N'2 {2.."
N2 E b (XQ
_ Xn)
 2}
Now
(111)
Next
On substituting from (32) and taking expectations, we get
E (b2) = f32
~k_Y,.E nl (XI ","1
and
(Il2)
xSJ.
227
REGRESSION METHOD OF ESTIMATION
1.
n }; nj (X,
i
.._
Xn)
1 . . ___
n}; n. (x,  x.)
i=L
tfW,
f' . ~
n I' til (x ,  ,x.)
;=1
[{t +
x{t,n,
nj (a
{3X j ) }
1=1
(0
=
=
(a
HxJ (X,
.l)]
+ {3x.){3
(113)
EG.) E(b)
Substituting from (111), (112) and (113) in (110), we therefore
have
> E (X Q
+2
Z'
(a
+ {3x.) {3 E (x
Q' 
x.) 
h2
X.)2
(114)
228
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIO:>lS
Lastly,
E
UQ ,
.\',,)2
E (x~/  XN'
+ XN' 
_(1Q'  N'I)S2
~IN'
Xn)2
+N2(_
N;~
XN 
)2
X"
(115)
where
N'
S2~IN'
I
\'
N' _ 1 W
(Xi 
'eN' )"
i=l
Also
(116)
On substituting from (25), (lIS) and (116) in (114) and simplifying,
we get
(117)
For Nand N' large, (117) reduces to
(118)
REGRESSION METHOD OF ESTfMA TION
229
It will be seen that the variance is composed of two terms.
The first term is clearly the variance of the simple regression
estimate when xN is known, while the second represents the
increase in the variance of the estimate when XN is determined
from a sample. When Q' = N' or, in other words, when .iN is
known, we are left with the variance of the simple regression
estimate.
The variance of the estimate ji ds is seen to depend upon the
x's in the sample. Its average value is easily deduced following
the method adopted in Section 5.4. Thus, for large Nand
ignoring terms of order higher than l/n 2 , we have from (42),
(119)
Also
y
i~ nj (Xi  Xn)
}.~
~~
(120)
y
Q'n
On substituting from (119) and (120) in (118), we get

Y [
E {V (Y,h)} ~ n
+ nI + Q'I ] + p2S,
Q'
(121)
For large N, an alternative and more efficient estimate than
the one given by (104) can be formed. This is defined by
(122)
It is easily shown that this is an unbiased estimate of the
population mean, for,
E (Yd,)
(a
+ fix.) + fiE (xQ'+n  x,,)
+ fix. + fi (iN  in)
(123)
S.~MPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
230
To obtain its variance, we write
V(ji'd')
= E {yo 
Un 
+ b (x
Pin + (b 
a  piN
a 
Q'
+.  in)}Z
fJ) (XQ'+n  in)
+ f3 (iQ'+n =
+ E {(b 
E {y"  a  Pi.}2
(3)2 (iQ'+n  X.)2}
+ f32E (iQ'+n = ~
yE {
~XQ'"tn
 ,i,Y }
1: II, (x,  X )2
iN)}'
XN)2
f32E (XQ',"  XN?
II
i~l
(124)
If we
assum~
a normal distribution for
th~
x's, we have, from
(43),
( n1 
1). 1
Q'+n
(125)
n  3
By a method similar to that adopted in Section 5.4, it can,
however, be shown that (125) will be true in general even without
assuming normality, provided terms of higher order in lin are
ignored. Hence
V(i"d.)
~~
{I
+ Q'~n
n~ 3} + J2~2n
(126)
which is seen to be smaller than (121). The expression was first
given by Cochran (see Jessen, R. J., 1942).
The estimation of the variance of either estimate presents no
difficulty. Thus, to estimate the variance of )ids. we note that
231
REGRESSION METHOD OF ESTIMATION
is an unbiased estimate of S2 X,N" from (112) lr is an unbiased
estimate of
(32+
y
r~~''
1: n, (Xi
Xn)2
i=l
from (115)
Est.
(.~N 
.\',,)2
Z:2
{(\'O'  ".)2 
(~, ~ ~.)
S2,,0'}
and the estimate of y is given by (36) in Section 5.3. On making
the substitutions in (117), we get the desired estimate.
Similarly, we have from (126),
Est. V U"",)
fiCn  2) {I
Q'
{i' 1 II
Q"jII
 l
n  3j
{.2
.1" 
n . 2 j
(127)
5.11 * Successive Sampling
In using the method of regression we have so far assumed that
ancillary information is available for all the units in the sample
for which the character under study is observed. This is not,
however, always the case and the formulre given above need to be
extended to make use of the information contained in additional
units recording only the character under study. This is the case,
for instance, when the same variate is observed on two successive
occasions in time, there being in the units observed some which
are common to both occasions and some which are exclusive
to each occasion. The observations on the earlier occasion are
used as ancillary information to improve the estimate of the
population value on the second occasion. We shall assume the
population to be large.
Let the character be observed on Q' + n 1 units on the first
occasion and nl + n2 units on the second occasion, of which nl
are common to the first occasion. We may, as in (122), form
a regression estimate of the mean on the second occasion based
on the nl units, viz.,
(128)
232
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
where y denotes observations on t~e second occa~ion and x
those on the first occasion. Another mdependent estImate of t~e
population mean on the second occasion. is a vai1abI~ on_ the basIs
of n~ units observed on the second occaSIOn only, VIZ., Yn,. Any
unbi~sed linear combination of the two estimates can be written as:
(129)
where tP is any positive number less than 1. To obtain the best
overall estimate, we may choose .p so as to minimize the variance
of (129), i.e., minimize the expression
(1  .p)2 v (z)
+ .p2 v (V",)
We have easily
.pVO.... ,)=(I.p) V(z)
(130)
Thus
v (z)
v (v;,)
~F v
(z)
(131 )
where, from (126),
and
V (I'
)
. n,
S2
= yn
2
When information is available for more than one previous
occasion, the estimate on the current occasion can be worked out
through a recurrence formula based on precisely the same arguments as given above for two occasions. Denote by Yh the best
available estimate of the population mean on the hth occasion,
using observations up to the hth occasion. We write
(132)
where
Yn'h
mean on the hth occasion of n'h units common to
the (h  l)th occasion
233
REGRESSION METHOD OF ESTIMATION
 "Ill
X
Yn",.
mean of the same n', units on the preceding occasion
n
= mean on the hth occasion of n\ units not common
with the (h  l)th occasion
h,.,
h 1
= regression coefficient of values of the hth occasion on
values of the (h  1)th occasion based on the n' A
common units,
n'I,
}; y (x  i.,)
,,'I,
1.,' (x  Xn'h)2
As before it will be seen that Zh is the regression estimate of the
population mean fLh on the hth occasion, using observations on
the (h  l)th occasion as ancillary information.
Another
independent estimate is provided by )in"" and we choose .ph so as
to minimize the variance of the above combination. For presentation of the exact theory it will be assumed that units in the
sample are common only between consecutive occasions, but the
results will, in practice, be still true if it can be assumed that
observations more than one occasion apart do not provide any
additional information. Minimizing the variance with respect to
ifJh, we have
(133)
Now, using (124) and putting y
Sh 2 (I 
p2 h,h_I)'
we write
n'h
Assuming independence of }; (x  Xn 'h)2 and (h __ l.Xn.,)2, which
will necessarily be true in case of normality, we have
(135)
234
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
But
 )
V(YiI
+ "S2",
h_ 1
nh
2C OV VhI,
("
..,)
Xn'n
(136)
since
(137)
The validity of (137) follows from the wellknown result that the
correlation between any unbiased estimate and an efficient estimate
tends to the square root of the ratio of their variances. The
approximation involved will affect only terms of order (ljn'h)3 in
the expression for V (Zh)' The result is, however, exact if units
are common only between two consecutive occasions, for, we
have in that case
COY (ji,.
l'
Xn'.)
=c COY [{(I 
Ph 1) =h 1 + Ph I.V."hJ, X,,'IJ
~=
P" 1 COY (Pn"II1.> X.'II)' since COY (ZII_I, x nl)
Ph "I E {(5'''''I'1  fLh I) (XI/'h  )\"111
+" .l'n"hI
,~ 0
 fLl,tn
since
Thus
(138 )
Hence we have, from (133), (135), (136) and (137),
x {n'I _
.1.
'1'.1
I} + P2
n.
.1
i, laI
S 2 P.I
".
n .1
(139)
235
REGRESSION METHOD OF ESTIMATION
Writing
p
'2
II, ~l
Ip\,
_
2
=
P A, 11 
, 
n,.
il
(140)
equation (139) can be expressed as
(ltPh) {
'l
p
l'
+ P h, ;1'f'''1}
'2
IiI
nAn
./,
"'h
hI
(141)
Ii
which provides the recurrence formula for the evaluation of tPh
(remembering that
= 1) and hence of the estimate (132). In
practice, the correlation coefficients Ph, h 1 may have to be evaluated
from the sample, The recurrence formula (141) is due to Narain
(1953). The general theory has also been investigated by Yates
(1949), Patterson (1950) and Tikkiwal (1951), but the regression
coefficients .8h , hl have heen assumed known in their approach,
"'1
Finally, we shall consider the question of replacement. What
fraction of the sample should be replaced on each occasion in
order that the estimate on the current occasion may have the
maximum precision? We shall first consider the case of two
occasions and assume that: (a) the total size of sample n1 +. n 2
is fixed on each occasion, say equal to M, and (b) n} is sufficiently
large so as to neglect terms in Ijn}2 in the expression for V (z).
Substituting for'" from (131) and for V (i) and V (}in,) in the
expression for the variance of ji, we obtain
v (z)
( 1 
V(v:,)+ V(z)
)2 V(z)_
1_ (
I
V(z)
__ )2 V( )
)''''
V (V",) t V (z)
V U'",) V (z)
VU'",) + v(i)
(142)
236
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Clearly, the optimum value of the fraction to be replaced is
obtained by minimizing V (y) with respect to n2/M. Differentiating with respect to n2 / M and equating to zero and noting that
(nt + n 2 )/M = I, we obtain
(143)
It will be noticed that the fraction to be replaced depends upon
the value of p. The larger the value of p, the larger is clearly
the fraction to be replaced. n2/ M attains the minimum value of
t when p = 0, showing that the fraction to be replaced should
always exceed t provided, of course, cost and practical considerations warrant such replacement. For moderately high values of
p like . 5 to 7, the optimum value of the fraction to be replaced
works out to about 3/5 of the size of the total sample.
Now, in general, on the hth occasion, the variance of .Yh will
be seen to be given by
by virtue of (I33), i.e.,
(144)
Let h be sufficiently large so as to justify the use of the limiting
value of !/Jh obtained by putting !/Jh = !/Jhl in (141), and further
let n'h = n' and n"h =,. n" for all h. Differentiating (144) with
nfl, and using the limiting value
respect to n"/M, where M == n'
of!/J, };iz.,
 (1  p2)
!/J =
J(l 
p2) {I _ p2
+ 4;2 !l~:
n'
p2
we obtain
(145)
REGRESSION METHOD OF ESTrMA TION
237
thus showing that the replacement fraction to be used after a
sufficiently large number of occasions is t (Tikkiwal, 1951).
REFERENCES
J.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Neyman, J. (1934)
"On the Two Different Aspects of the Representative Method: The Method of Stratified Sampling
and the Method of Purposive Selection," Jour.
Roy. Statist. Soc., 97, 558606.
  and D:lvid, F. N.
"Extension of the Markoff Theorem on Least
(1938)
Squares," Statist. Res. Mem., 2, 10516.
Hasel, A. A. (1942)
"Estimation of Volume in Timber Stands by Strip
Sampling," Ann. Math. Statist., 13, 179206.
Sukhatm~, P. V. (1944)
"Moments and Product Moments of MomentStatistics for Samples of the Finite and Infinite
Populations," Sankhya, 6, 36382.
Cochran, W. G. (I 942} .. "Sampling Theory when the Sampling Units are
of Unequal Size3," Jour. Amer. StatiM. Assoc.,
37, 199212.
Yates, F. (1949)
Sampling Methods for Censuses and Survl'Y.~,
Charles Griffin & Co., Ltd., London.
Patterson, H. D. (1950)
"Sampling on Successive Occasions with partial
Replacement of Units," Jour. Roy. Statist. S,le.,
Series B, ]2, 24155.
Narain, R. D. (1953)
"On the Recurrence Formula in Sampling on
Successive Occasion~," Jour. Ind. Soc. Agr.
Statist., 5, No.1. In Press.
T:kkiwRI, B. D. (1951) ., "Theory of Successive Sampling," Unpublished
Thesis for Diploma, I.C.A.R., New Delhi.
Sukhatme, P. V. (1953) ., "The Variance of the Regression Estimate in Double
Sampling from Finite Populations," Metron, ]7,
Nos. 12. In Press.
CHAPTER VI
CHOICE OF SAMPLING UNIT
A. EQUAL CLUSTERS
60.1
Cluster Sampling
A sampling procedure, as pointed out in Section 1 .4. presupposes
the division of the population into a finite number of distinct and
identifiable units called the sampling units. Thus a population of
fields under wheat in a given region might be regarded as
composed of fields or groups of fields on the same holdings,
villages, or other suitable segments. A human population might
similarly be regarded as composed of individual persons, families,
or groups of persons residing in houses and villages. The smallest
units into which the population can be divided are called the
elements of the popUlation, and groups of elements the clusters.
When the sampling unit is a cluster, the procedure of sampling
is called cluster sampling. When the entire area containing the
population under study is subdivided into smaller areas and each
element in the population is associated with one and only one
such small area, the procedure is alternatively called area sampling.
For many types of population a list of elements is not available
and the use of an element as the sampling unit is therefore not
feasible. The method of cluster or area sampling is available in
such cases. Thus, in a city a list of all the houses is readily
available, but that of persons is rarely so. Again, lists of fields
are not available, but those of villages are. Cluster sampling is,
therefore, widely practised in sample surveys.
The size of the cluster to be employed in sample surveys
therefore requires consideration. In general, the smaller the cluster,
the more accurate will usually be the estimate of the population
character for a given number of elements in the sample. Thus,
a sample of holdings independently and randomly selected is likely
to be scattered over the entire area under the crop, and thereby
provides a better crosssection of the population than an equivalent sample, i.e., a sample of the same number of holdings,
239
CHOICE OF SAMPLING UNIT
clustered together in a few villages. On the other hand, it will
cost more to survey a widely scattered sample of holdings than to
survey an equivalent sample of clusters of holdings, since the
additional cost of surveying a neighbouring holding is small as
compared to the cost of locating a second independent holding
and surveying it. The optimum cluster is one which gives an
estimate of the character under study with the smallest standard
error for a given proportion of the population sampled, or more
generally, for a given cost. In this chapter, we will give the
relevant theory which can provide guidance in the choice of
a sampling unit in a sample survey.
00.2 Efficiency of Cluster Sampling
We shall first consider the case of equal clusters and suppose
that the population is composed of N clusters of M elements
each, and that a sample of n clusters is drawn from it by the
method of simple random sampling.
Let
Yij
denote the value of the character for the jth element,
(j = 1, 2, ... , M) in the ith cluster, (i = 1, 2,
... , N);
. t.
the mean per clement of the ith cluster, given by
(1)
the mean of cluster means
defined by
to
the population,
I\,_
NWY..
(2)
'=1
Y..
the mean per elementin the population, defined
by
(3)
240
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
and
the mean of cluster means in a simple random
sample of n clusters, given by
Yn.
_
Yn .
=
=
Clearly,
1 \' _
n W Yi,
the mean per element
sample.
(4)
In
the
Yn. is an unbiased estimate of Y.. , and its variance is
V (5'",)
N  n S2
Nn
"
(5)
where
N
N 1
1:
(5'1. YN,)2
(6)
1=1
the mean square between cluster means in the popUlation.
If an equivalent sample of nM elements were independently
selected from the population, the variance of the mean per element
would be
NMnM
NM
S2
nM
(7)
(Y'i  YN.)2
(8)
where
N
N~ 1
1: ~
the mean square between elements in the population.
Now the relative efficiency E of any two estimates based on
samples of equal size is defined as the ratio of the inverse of
their variances. It follows that the efficiency of a cluster as the
sampling unit compared with that of an element is given by
241
CHOICE OF SAMPLING UNIT
V (f'nM)
V (5'n.)
(9)
NM nM
82
NM
nM
Nn
. 8 1,2
Nn
(to)
If we set up an analysis of variance for elements in the population, as shown in Table 6.1, this efficiency will be seen to be
equal to the ratio of the overall mean square between elements
to that between clusters in the population.
TABLE
6.1
Analysis of Variance
Source of Variation
Degrees
of
Freedom
Mean Square
L:
N
Between clusters
NI
N~I
(_i'j.YN.)2
~~ MSb"
i=l
Within clusters
N (MJ)
Total population
NMJ
i=l
;=1
Example 6.1
To show how efficiency changes with the size of a cluster, we
give a numerical example from data relating to the use of
clusters of different sizes in estimating the area under wheat.
Table 6.2 gives values of the mean square between survey
numbers in a village (8 2) and the mean square between clusters
(M8 b2 ) pooled over 11 villages in the Meerut District (India).
1tl
242
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
The clusters were formed by grouping consecutive survey numbers
in a village. The character studied was the area under wheat.
The mean squares are given separately for clusters of size 2, 4,
8 and 16 survey numbers. The last row of the table gives the
values of the efficiency obtained by dividing the mean square
between survey numbers by that between clusters within villages.
TABLE
6.2
Efficiency of Clusters of Size 2, 4, 8 and 16 Survey Numbers
Size of Cluster
Mean Square (Acres)2
2
.__._._Between clusters within villages
..
Between survey numbers within villages
Efficiency
138'6
1083
0 . 7t!
1807
245 1
1083
1083
060
044
16
_.__
333'9
1083
0'32
It will be seen that the efficiency decreases rather rapidly with the
increase in the size of the cluster, clusters of 2 being only about fourfifths as efficient as individual survey numbers, those of 4 about threefifths, while tho~e of 16 are only onethird as efficient as individual
survey numbers. In other words, the sample of clusters of size 16
will have to be three times as large as the sample of individual
survey numbers in order to give an estimate of equal precision.
If clusters are random samples of M from a population of N M
elements, and consequently composed of elements which are not
more alike than those of other clusters, then the mean squares
between and within clusters will behave as random variables and
their expected values will each be of the same order.
For,
E (Mean square between clusters)
CHOICE OF SAMPLING UNIT
243
Now substituting from (35) in Section 20.5, we have
E (Mean square between clusters)
N
=
~ I {t (
jN'
N':,~ M . ~)
,.
N.  N. .,}
S2
(II)
Similarly
E (Mean square within clusters)
I
{NM
N (M  I)
(.J'N l + NMNM I
 MN ( YN l
/
s~)
Sl)}
NM M
NM
. M
(12)
It follows that if clusters are random samples of the population.
they will, on the average, be as efficient as the individual elements
themselves.
6a.3
Efficiency of Cluster Sampling in Terms of IntraClass
Correlation
In practice, a cluster cannot be regarded as comprised of a
random sample of elements of the population. Usually, elements
of the same cluster will resemble each other more than those
belonging to different clusters. Thus, the variation in yield
between different portions of a field will tend to be less than that
between different fields. Consequently, the variance of an estimate
based on cluster sampling will ordinarily exceed that based on an
equivalent sample of elements selected independently. The manner
244
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
in which the variance of the estimate increases with the size of
the cluster can best be elucidated with the help of the concept
of intraclass correlation between elements of a cluster.
Let
denote the intraclass correlation defined by
p =
E {(yjJ  yNJ (),lk YNJ}
E (Yii  YN. )2
(13)
The numerator in (13) can be written as
E {(yjj  Yi.
= E {(Y,J
+ Yl.
 YN.) (Y,k ._ YI.
+ (Y,k 
 Yi.) (Yil'  YI.)
+ (Yi)
+ Yi. 
YN.)}
Yl.) Ui.  YN.)
y,.) (Yi.  YN.)
+ Ui. 
.VN. P}
(14)
since the expected value of the two middle terms is clearly zero.
To evaluate the first term of (14), we firs, work out the expectation
for a given i. We have
E {(YII  y,.) (Ylk  h) I i}
(~ 
1)
L: ?,iJ 
YI.) (Yik  YIJ
/,pk=l
( 15)
Next, taking the expectations for varying t, we obtain
i=l
(16)
245
CHOICE OF SAMPLING UNIT
where
L 8/
N
8,.2
i= 1
The values of the second term in (14) and that of the denominator
in (13) are known, by definition, to be (N  1) Sbz/ Nand
(NM  1) S2jNM respectively. We thus have
N  18
~",2
M
2 I,
( 17)
NA1_~ I 8 2
NM
When clusters are randomly formed, the expected value of Sw 2
and MSb2 will each be equal to S2, and
1
(18)
=  NMl
Now, by definition, S2, Sb2 , and Sw2 are related to each other by
the identity
(19)
Sw 2 from (17) and (19), we have
Hence, eliminating first
8b
NM  I
8 f
M (N _ I) . M (I
+ (M 
I) p
(20)
and next eliminating Sbz from the same equations, we get
2
Sw=
NMI
il/M
2(1
p
(21)
The variance of the mean of n cluster means is now obtained by
substituting from (20) in (5). We have
_
V (y n. )
N  n
= 11/  . nb
= ~Nn
. J'(:v::A) .:~ 11 + (M
1)
p}
(22)
246
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
and from (10) the relative efficiency is given by
M(NI)
E
= !ifM =1 . {I
+ (M 
I) p}
(23)
For N large, the formulre (17) and (19) to (23) can be approximated by the simpler expression s
8
Sw 2
M
82
(24)
(25)
2
8b2~ 8
M
Sw 2
1 +(MI)PS)
~ 8 2 (I  p)
VI,,)
\Y..
::::
8 '1
N n
N
. 11M
(26)
(27)
(28)
and
E
1
.. ~1 + (M  I) p
(29)
Formula (22) for the variance of the mean of n cluster means
can be expressed more simply by introducing an alternative notation. Let the variance of the mean of a single cluster be denoted
by ab 2 , so that
(30)
that of a single element in a specified cluster by iiw 2, so that
(31)
and that of a single element chosen from the population by
so that
at
NM  1 8 2
NM
cr,
(32)
CHOICE OF SAMPLING UNIT
247
On substituting for Sb2 , Sw 2 and S2 from (30). (31) and (32) in
(17), (19), (20), (21) and (22). we have
(33)
(34)
(35)
MI
02
(1  p)
(36)
and
;
__ N_Il.0 2 f
}
V(}".)N_I nMl1+(MI)p
(37)
The formula for the variance of the mean of n cluster means
in this form was first developed by Hansen and Hurwitz (1942).
It is made up of three factors. The first factor is the finite
mUltiplier (N  n)/(N  I). The second factor is the variance of
the mean based on nM elements selected with replacement at
random. The third factor measures the contribution to the
variance of cluster sampling. If M = 1. this factor is unity and
we are left with the finite multiplier and the sampling variance
of the mean per element based on nM eleml!nts selected independently at random. If M is greater than 1, (M  I) p will,
therefore, measure the relative change in the sampling variance
brought about by sampling clusters instead of elements. In
practice, p is usually positive and decreases as M increases, but the
rate of decrease is small relative to the rate of increase in M, so
that ordinarily increase in the size of a cluster leads to substantial
increase in the sampling variance of the sample estimate.
The point can be well illustrated with the help of data given
in Table 6.3. Table 6.3 gives values of p and (M  1) p
calculated from the data in Table 6.2. It will be seen that p
decreases as M increases as expected, but the rate of decrease
in p is slow as compared to the rate of increase in M. For
clusters of size 16, the relative increase in sampling variance is
seen to be a little over 2000/0.
248
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
TABLE
6.3
Relative Change in Variance with Increase in Size of Cluster
2
16
028
022
0,)8
014
028
066
126
210
Size of Cluster (M)
p
(Ml)p
..
Although p is usually positive, there are situations where it can
also be negative, as, for example, in the problem of estimating
the proportion of males in the population using the household
as a samplinj! unit. The intraclass correlation between sexes of
different members of a household is clearly negative. Consider,
for instance, households of size 4, consisting of a husband,
a wife and two children. The households can be classified into
three classes: those in which both children are males, those in
which one child is a male and the other is a female, and finally,
those in which both children are females. On the assumption
that the proportion of male children is onehalf, we would expect
both children to be males in 25% of the households, one child
to be male in 50% of the households, and no child to be male
in the remaining 25%. These relative frequencies Pi (i = I, 2, 3),
together with the values of the proportion of males in the
different classes viz., 5\., are presented in Table 6.4. In this
TABLE
6.4
Relative Frequencies and Proportions of Males
in Households of Size 4
    ..
.~~.
DescripFreProportion}; (Yij!)2
Class lion of
quency
of Males !.::i=~l~_~
Household
PI
rl.
4
,E (1'11y;')2
1=1
2 male
children
fir
1 male
child
!
!
No male
children
llr
"
n
~~~"~~.~.
Total population
!
....
7
..J~
1H
~.
...
CHOICE OF SAMPLING UNIT
table
Yij
249
L if the jth member in the ith class is a male, and
Yij =
= 0, if it is a female.
Since the population under consideration is an infinite population,
we write
=[p,
i=J
(38)
Also
7
32
(39)
and
S,,2
~=
11,,2
L" Pi 0\  p2
,=1
I
32
(40)
4
The values of
1 .E
(Yij 
t)2, .1 .E (Yij  j\J2 and (.Vi.  U2 for
j=1
j=1
the different classes, and those for the whole population representing a 2, uw 2 and ab 2 are also shown in Table 6.4. On substituting in (33), we obtain
I
The result is otherwise obvious also. For, the correlation between
the sexes of husband and wife is 1, but that for every other
of the remaining five pairs is zero, since the sex of husband or
wife will not determine the sex of their children, nor will the sex
of one child determine the sex of another. The average value
of the correlation between sexes of different members in a house
2SO
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
hold of 4 consisting of a husband, a wife and two children is,
therefore, !.
The relative change in variance in adopting the household as
a unit of sampling in place of an individual is, therefore,
(M  1) p or  50%. In other words, the household will be
approximately twice as efficient as a single person for estimating
the sex ratio. It is, of course, recognized that households will not
all be of the same size and composition. but results from actual
observations show that a household will be considerably more
efficient as a unit of sampling than a single individual for the
character under consideration. The same situation may hold good
for characters like the proportion of persons in a family above
a certain age. In general, however, p will be positive and we may
expect the variance to increase with the size of the cluster.
60.4 Estimation from the Sample of the Efficiency of Cluster
Sampling
Data for the complete population are seldom available in
practice. What is available is only a sample of clusters and the
analysis of variance of the elements in the sample. The problem
arising in practice is, therefore, to assess the relative efficiency of
cluster sampling from the sample data alone.
Let the sample consist of n clusters. Then the analysis of
variance for the sample will take the form of Table 6.5.
TABLE 6.5
Analysis of Variance for Sample
Source of Variation
Degrees
of
Freedom
Between clusters
n 1
Within clusters
n (MI)
Mean Square
tI
\' \'(,
~(M~.I)W
;
nM1
_ )2_2
 s.,
,lilYi.
j1
"
Total sample
;M1_IL
_._.__.
(_1"IY.,)2=S2
__._ 
11
CHOICE OF SAMPLING UNIT
251
In a random sample of clusters, Sb 2 and '~w2 will provide
unbiased estimates of the corresponding values in the population,
viz., Sb 2 and 8w 2 .1'2 will not, however, be an unbiased estimate
of S2, since the clements on which it is based cannot be considered to be a simple random sample of elements from the
population of NM units. An unbiased estimate of S2 is, however,
easily obtained from (19) by substituting for Sb 2 and 8w 2 the
values Sb 2 and sw 2 We thus have
(41)
Hence substituting from (41) for Est. (S2) and writing .\'b 2 for Sb 2
In (10), we obtain
Est, (Relative Efficiency)
(Nl)Msb2+N(Ml).~}
 . (NM ~ 1) M S.2
,~,
1 + (M  1)'
.~,/
MSb2
(42)
for large N.
Example 6.2
Table 6.6 gives the analysis of variance of the area under
wheat for a sample of 44 clusters selected from 11 different villages
in the Meerut District (India). Four clusters were selected from
each of the J I villages and each cluster consisted of 8 consecutive survey numbers. Estimate the relative efficiency of the
cluster as a unit of sampling compared with the individual survey
number. The total number of clusters in a village may be
assumed to be large.
On substituting the values from Table 6.6 in (41), we obtain
for large N,
2
Est. S
~ Sb
Ml_2
+ 'ijS",
25!'4
1301
+~
(112.8)
252
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPlICATIONS
Hence
Est. (Relative Efficiency)
1301
251="4
= 0'52
TABLE
Analysis
6.6
0/ Variance 0/ Area
under Wheat
Degrees
of
Freedom
Source of Variation
Between villages
Between clusters within villages ..
Mean Square
10
2901
33
2514 =
Between survey numbers within clusters
..
308
Total
..
351
MSb2
112'8 = SUI'
00.5 Relationship between the Variance of the Mean of a Single
Cluster and its Size
So far we have considered the relative efficiency of clusters and
elements as sampling units. The more general problem is that of
estimating the variance of the estimated character from a sample
of clusters of any size, given the variance of an equivalent sample
of clusters of a particular size. This is possible only if we know
the relationship between the mean square between means of
clusters of given size Sb2 and M. Several attempts have been
made to work out such a relationship. The first one was due to
Fairfield Smith (1938).
He argued that:
If the cluster were to consist of a random sample of elements,
Sb2 would be equal to S2jM.
Owing to the fact, however, that for most populations encountered
in practice elements of a cluster will be positively correlated,
clusters will differ in their average values more than when they
are composed of randomly selected elements. Sb 2 will, therefore,
ordinarily exceed S2JM.
CHOICE OF SAMPLING UNIT
253
He proposed the following relationship:
S~ 2
S2
(43)
MD
where 9 is a constant, less than 1, to be calculated from the
sample. He found the relationship to be satisfactory on yield
data from uniformity trials for different size plots.
Example 6.3
Table 6.7 shows the values of the mean squares between plots
within fields for plots of five different sizes, viz., equilateral
triangles of sides (a) 33', (b) 25', (c) IS', (d) 10' and (e) 5' each.
The data relate to the cropcutting survey on wheat conducted
in Kangra District (India) during the year 194546. Altogether
76 fields were selected for the survey and in each, 10 plots, two
of each of the above sizes, were marked at random.
6.7
Yield Survey on Wheat, 194546 (Kangra)
TABLE
Values of Mean Squares between Plots within Fields
for Plots of Different Size.1
Mean Square between Plots
within Fields
(Md.lAcre)2
Size of Plot
M
(Sq.ft.)
Observed
Fitted
4715
051
056
2706
083
0'75
974
121
126
433
214
191
108
363
388
~.
..
~..
Examine whether the linear relationship
log Sb 2
= log S2 
9 log M
proposed by Fairfield Smith describes the data adequately.
The equation obtained by fitting the linear curve by the method
of least squares to the data observed is given by
log S~2
= 1117 
0'51110g M
254
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
The theoretical values of Sb2 as calculated from this equation
are given in col. 3 of Table 6.7. It will be seen that the fit
is satisfactory, showing that Fairfield Smith's law adequately
describes the data.
Fairfield Smith's law, however, leads to one logical difficulty.
On the assumption that the total mean square between elements
in the population is known and the mean square between means
(per element) in clusters of size M is given by the relationship
proposed above, an expression for the within cluster mean square
can be derived directly from (19). We get
(NMJ) 52  (NI) M
_!:
(44)
N(M  J)
Equation (44) shows that variahility within clusters is a function
of N, the size of the finite population, although strictly it shouid
have been independent of it. For N large, however, Sw 2 becomes
independent of N. being given by
..,; 2 _
~U'
M
52 (1  MP)
M  1
(45)
where S2 will now represent the total mean square in the infinite
population of which the finite population is itself a sample.
Equation (45) also shows that if we regard the popUlation itself
as a single cluster and M is consequently very large, the within
cluster variance Sw 2 will approach S2 as expected.
If instead of assuming the relationship given by (43) we assume
the one given by (45) which satisfies the condition of Sw 2 being
independent of the size of the population, the expression for the
mean square between clusters can be written as follows:
5 b2
= M (~= i)
{(NM  I) 52
 N (M  I)
52
(NM
M (N I) (Mu 
}
1
M~I
(I  M,,) 52}
(46)
CHOICE OF SAMPLING UNIT
255
which in the limit tends to S2!Mg. Sb2 now depends on Nand
in fact increases with it when 9 < 1, which is logical, since the
variance of cluster means for clusters of a given size when
clusters are widely separated should be larger than the variance
observed when they are close together.
Jessen (1942) showed that although Fairfield Smith's original
formula, namely (43), describes the yield data extremely well and
the refinement suggested by him, namely (46), even improves the
relationship, most economic characters relating to farm data
follow a slightly different law. He postulated that the mean
square among elements within a cluster is a monotone increasing
function of the size of the cluster given by
(b > 0)
(47)
where a and b are constants to be evaluated from the data.
The same relationship was independently suggested by Mahalanobis
(1940). Consequently, assuming this law to hold for the mean
square within clusters, the expression for the mean square between
cluster means is obtained as shown below:
"
(NM ~ J) S2 ..  N (M  1) aM"
Sb" ,.
M(N ~ 1)
(48)
The constants S2, a and b are evaluated from the data. For
this purpose, we require: (1) an estimate of the mean square
among elements in the population, and (2) an estimate of the
mean squares between elements within clusters for at least two
values of M. If we regard the total population as a single cluster
containing N M elements so that
S2
= a (NM)b
then we have
I) a _..(NM)b
S.2 _ (NM
._.   __ ~ N (M 1) aAfb
M(N 1)
(49)
The above relationship now depends on only two constants and
can, therefore, be estimated from the variance among elements
in the population and the variance within clusters for anyone
256
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
value of M. Hendricks (1944), however, pointed out that the law
may not hold good for large sizes of clusters. This was also the
finding of Asthana (1950), who has fitted Jessen's law to describe
the mean square within clusters for acreage under wheat for
a large number of villages. He found that the observed value
of Sw 2 when the sampling unit is formed by the whole of the
population (village) was consistently, though only slightly, below
the fitted line showing that the law probably did not hold good
for large sizes of clusters. When the law was fitted to the within
cluster mean squares corresponding to sizes 2, 4, 8 and 16 only,
that is excluding the cluster formed by the whole population, he
found that the fit improved.
Example 6.4
Fit Jessen's law to the within cluster mean square values for
clusters of sizes 2, 4, 8 and 16 survey numbers and the one
formed by all the survey numbers in the village, given in Table
6.8.
TABLE 6.8
Values of Sw 2 in Clusters of Different Sizes (Acres)2
M
Observed Values
Fitted Values
78 10
8153
84'28
8425
88'92
87'05
16
9350
8995
NM= 1176
10833
11022
The clusters were formed by grouping consecutive survey numbers
in a village. The character under study was the area under wheat.
Jessen's law as fitted to these values will be found to be given by
log S..I = 1897
+ 00473 log M
The theoretical values as calculated from this law are given
beside the observed values in Table 6.8. It will be seen that
the law adequately describes the data.
CHOICE OF SAMPLING UNIT
6a.6
257
Optimum Unit of Sampling and Multipurpose Surveys
We have seen that ordinarily cluster sampling will lead to loss
of precision. On the other hand, cluster sampling helps to reduce
the cost of a survey. In this section we shall consider the problem
of determining the optimum size of cluster which will provide the
maximum information for the funds available.
We shall assume that clusters are equal in size. The cost of a
survey based on a sample of n clusters will, apart from overhead
costs on planning and analysis, b~ made up of: (a) costs due to the
time spent on enumerating all the elements in the sample, 11M in
number, including the time spent on travelling from one clement to
another within clusters and costs on transport within clusters, and
(b) costs due to the time spent on travelling between clusters and the
cost of transportation between clusters. The cost of a survey can,
therefore, be expressed as a sum of two components one of which is
proportional to the number of elements in the sample and the other
proportional to the distance to be travelled between clusters, i.e.,
C = clnM
+cd
2
where C1 represents the cost of enumerating an element including
the travel cost from one element to another within the cluster,
('2 that of travelling a unit distance between clusters and d the
distance between clusters. It has been shown empirically that
the minimum distance between n points located at random is
proportional to n~  n! (Mahalanobis, 1940). Jessen by means
of experimental work has shown that the approximation n; works
well in practice (1942). The equation for the cost of a survey
can, therefore, be expressed as
C = c1nM
+ c nl
(50)
where C2 will now be proportional to the cost of travelling a unit
distance.
We have already seen that if the variance within clusters is
assumed to follow Jessen's law, then the variance of the estimated
mean per element based on a sample of n clusters of size M
each is given by
V(jin.)
17
N n .
~b:
n
(51)
258
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLlCATIONI)
where Sb 2 is as defined in (48).
value from (48), we have
Substituting in (51) for Sb 2 the
(52)
where the finite multiplier is ignored. The problem is to choose
nand M so that the variance given by (52) is minimized for
a specified cost. We will give the solution as jt was first presented
by Jessen and then attempt an algebraic solution.
The investigation carried out by Jessen related to a survey
of farm facts concerning number of livestock of different types,
acreage and yield of corn and oats and income and expenditure
on the farm. Samples of seven different sampling units were
taken. The sampling units considered were (1) the individual
farm, (2) quarter section, S4, (3) half section, S2, (4) full section,
S, (5) two adjacent sections, 2S, (6) 4 adjacent sections, 4S and
(7) 36 sections, 36S. Using the equation of the cost function,
Jessen calculated for each of the different sampling units the
total number of clusters n which could be covered for different
combinations of two different levels of the total expenditure,
three different values of C1 and two different values of C2' The
two levels of the total_ expenditure specified were $ 1000 and
$ 2000 and the values of C1 assumed were proportional to I, 4
and 8 and those of C2 to 1 and 25. Table 6.9, reproduced
from Jessen's paper (1942), shows the numbers of sampling units
which could be covered under each of the several cost situations.
Substituting the value of n thus obtained in the equation for the
variance, namely (52), he calculated for each of the 7 different
sampling units the percentage standard errors of each of the
18 items under study. The results relating to the cost situation
in which the total expenditure was fixed at $ 1000 and Cl is
proportional to 1 and C2 proportional to 1 are reproduced in
Table 6.10. It will be seen that for all except two characters,
viz., number of sheep and number of eggs, the quarter
section has yielded about the lowest standard error showing
that, for the specified budget and Cl and C2 as given, S. is
the optimum size of the sampling unit for the collection of
farm facts.
CHOICE OF SAMPLING UNIT
259
Jessen made similar calculations for different cost situations.
Results obtained on six sampling units S 4' S2, S, 2S, 4S and 36S
are summarised in Table 6. 11. Thus, row 1 of the table shows
that when C is equal to $ 1000 and C 1 = 1 and c~ = 1, for
10 out of 18 characters under study, the half section S2 will be the
optimum unit of sampling. Row 3 of the table similarly shows
that for the same total budget and C2, remaining the same, but
C1 increased to 8 times its value, the quarter section S4 would be
the optimum unit for 16 out of the 18 characters. The result
indicated that the size of the optimum unit of sampling decreases
as Clo the cost of enumeration, increases. This is confirmed by
examination of other parts of the table. Similarly, the table
shows that the increase in Cz calls for the use of larger sampling
units. We also see that a large budget requires small clusters.
From the study of similar results for 1939, Jessen recommended
the use of the quarter section as the optimum unit of sampling for
this kind of survey involving the collection of information on
several items. This is an important finding since it points to the
possibility of obtaining information on several related items in the
compass of a single survey using the same optimum unit of
sampling. This is also the experience in India with regard to the
use of the village as the unit vf sampling in agricultural surveys
which has the additional advantage of being administratively
convenient (Sukhatme, 1950; Sukhatme and Panse, 1951). The
degree of accuracy attained necessarily varies from character to
character in a given sample of clusters of the optimum size, but
this can be adjusted using different intensities of sampling for
different groups of items in the questionnaire. Thus, we may
divide the questionnaire into three parts, information on part I to
be collected from only half the total sample, that on part 2
from say threefourths of the sample and on part 3 from the
entire sample. The items may be so grouped that information
on all will be available with about the desired precision. Such
sample surveys which include within their scope the collection
of information on more than one item are called multipurpose
surveys.
We shall now give an algebraic solution of the problem originally due to Cochran (1948) of choosing M and n so that the
260
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
variance given by (52) is minimized for a given value of the
total cost, say C = Co.
We form the function
(53)
where I" is the Lagrangian undetermined constant. We next
differentiate with respect to n, M and I" and equate the results
to zero. Thus, on differentiating with respect to n and noting
that
()v
'On
(54)
we get
(55)
Similarly, on differentiating with respect to M and equating the
result to zero, we have
(56)
And finally differentiating with respect to I" and equating to zero,
we have
(57)
On eliminating p. from equations (55) and (56), we obtain
(58)
Now solving equation (57) as a quadratic in nl, we get
nl
= ':::_CB_{r:IIIl_i~lfc01)~
2c1M
(59)
CHOICE OF SAMPLING UNIT
261
On substituting for n! in (58) and simplifying the algebra, we
obtain
M
V
oV
oM
(60)
Now it can be seen from (52) that
1
()V
V 5M
is independent of n. Equation (60) can, therefore, be solved
directly for M. An explicit expression for M is, however, difficult
to obtain and the solution has, therefore, to be obtained by trial
and error method. On suhstituting the value of M so obtained
back in (59), we obtain the optimum value of n.
Since V decreases as M increases, we may expect the lefthand
side of (60) to be approximately constant whatever the value of
M. An examination of (60) also shows that the lefthand side is
independent of the cost factors while the righthand side involves
M only in combination with the cost factors. It follows therefore
that M will respond to the variation in Cl , C2 and C in such
a way that cl CM/C2 2 is approximately constant. It follows that
M will be smaller if (1) c) increases. i.e., the cost of enumerating
an element increases; (2) C2 decreases, i.e., travel becomes cheaper;
and (3) C is large, i.e., the amount of money available for the
survey is large. The algebraic solution thus confirms the calculations deduced from the actual data reproduced in Tables 6.9
6.11.
262
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
6.9
Numbers of Sampling Units which can be Covered, given
Several Cost Situations, Two Expenditure Levels,
and Seven Different Sampling Units
TABLE
Unstratified Sample in the Statt of Iowa
Sampling Unit
Mileage at 2e/Mile
No. of
Length of Farm Visit
Farms/
Sampling 120
15
Unit
60
Min.
Min.
Min.
Mileage at 5e /Mile
~~~~~
 

.,_
15
Min.
60
Min.
120
Min.
Total Expenditure of $1000
A.
Individual farm
1000
1644
650
371
1088
517
315
Quarter section
0914
1745
699
401
1140
551
339
Half section
1 828
1073
392
218
764
336
192
Section
3656
624
213
116
475
186
105
Two sections
7'312
347
113
60
278
102
56
Four sections
14624
187
59
31
156
54
29
131'616
21
17
Thirtysix sections
B.
Total Expenditure of $2000
4012
1452
803
2886
1223
712
0914
4293
1569
871
3057
1314
769
Half section
1828
2494
852
462
1900
744
421
Section
3656
1388
451
241
1112
407
225
Two sections
7312
749
235
124
623
217
118
Four sections
14624
396
121
63
338
113
61
131616
44
14
38
I3
Individual farm
1000
Quarter section
Thirtysix sections
..~
Computed from the sample survey data.
Length of Farm Visit
CHOICE OF SAMPLING UNIT
TABLE
263
6.10
Relative Standard Errors (% of Item Means per Farm)
Estimated for Samples of Different Sampling Units
and Taken at Random within the State, 1938
(Expenditure 0/ $1000. I5minute Qu('Slionn(Jire (Jnd 2 per Mile)
Sampling Unit
__
Items
Individual
S.
Farm

S.
2S
4S
36S
I.
Number of swine
..
.,
267
282
274
290
336
411
999
2.
Number of horses .,
..
J 83
J 93
187
198
227
2'80
687
3.
Number of sheep
961
976
g'80
316
774
744
744
161
170
166
178
2'07
257
634
Number of eggs yesterday ..
3 17
321
290
269
255
2'45
245
255
267
255
265
298
362
8(>6
7.
Number of cows milked
..
..
198
207
200
209
237
288
679
8.
Number of gallons of milk ..
234
245
232
239
264
3 15
717
9.
Dairy product receipts
.,
299
311
293
297
324
379
855
10. Number of farm acres
..
154
163
I 57
164
187
228
558
II.
..
195
206
198
208
237
287
688
236
259
266
3 05
378
491
1276
82
90
94
109
136
17B
473
84
88
84
86
96
115
271
.,
4. Number of chickens
5.
6. Number of cattle
..
Number of corn acres
12. N limber of oat acres
13
Corn yield
14. Oat yield
15
Commercial feed expcnditure5
6n
7'06
760
914
117R
1571
4307
16.
Total expenditures, operator
396
436
451
521
648
R46
2236
..
316
349
364
423
529
693
1839
lB. Net cash income, operator ..
354
382
384
426
S'D
657
16l\2
17. Total receipts, operator
264
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
6.11
Summary of Sampling Unit Efficiencies
TABLE
Number of Items Most Efficiently Estimated by the
SixGrid Sampling Units, 1938 and 1939
Expenditure, Mileage
Rate and Questionnaire
Length
~.~.
Sampling Unit
84
4S
36S
I
2
I
2
S2
2S
~~~
Expenditure 01' $1000
T. 2",/15 min.
II.
2",/60 min.
1938
1939
6
61
1938
1939
13
14
10
~
III.
2",/120 min.
1938
1939
16
16
IV.
5",/15 min.
1938
1939
I
4
12!
9
1938
1939
7!
10
1938
1939
II!
12
V.
5",/60 min.
VI. 5",/120 min.
..
I
2!
3
~q
4!
4
Expenditure of $2000
VII. 2",/15 min.
Vlll. 2",/60 min.
IX. 2",/120 min.
X_ 5e/15 min.
XI. 5e/60 min.
XII. 5e/120 min.
1938
1939
..
I
2
I
2
I
2
1938
1939
16
15
1938
1939
16
16
1938
1939
5
6
1938
1939
12t
12
3t
4
1938
1939
12!
14
3t
2
I
2
I
2
II
8
..
I
I
CHOICE OF SAMPLING UNIT
265
B. UNEQUAL CLUSTERS
6b.l Estimates of the Mean and their Variances
Let the i~th cluster consist of Mi elements (i= I, 2, ... , N) and let
N
Mo = 1: Mi denote the total number of elements and if =Mo/ N the
i~l
average number of elements per cluster in the population. Then the
mean of the character per element in the i~th cluster will be given by
_
M;
\'
(61)
= Aft LJ Yo
1=1
and the mean per element in the population by
N
M.
J; J;'Ylj
}' .. =
;~I
i=l
(62)
EM,
Several estimates of the popUlation value of the mean per
element can be formed from a random sample of n clusters.
We shall first consider the simplest, viz., the simple arithmetic
mean of the cluster means given by
1["_.
v  n
n.
(63)
}i.
It is easy to see that this estimate will not give an un biased estimate
of the population value, for
1L
n
E (Y . )
E (j.,)
1 \' ~
= N LJh
It=t
(64)
266
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
unless Mi and Yi. are uncorrelated. It is likely, however, that
for large n and for a population for which Mi'S do not appreciably
vary from one cluster to another, this estimate may not be
materially biased.
Since Yn. is a biased estimate, the error in Yn. will consist of
two components: one arising from the sampling variations about
its own mean, viz., the unweighted mean of the cluster means
in the population; and the other arising from the bias component. The expected value of the square of the total error in Yn.
is called the mean square error. To evaluate it, we write
(65)
where YN is the simple arithmetic mean of the cluster means,
given by
N
YN.
~'I:h
j=l
Squaring both sides of (65) and taking expectations, we obtain
M.S.E. (Yn.) = V (Yn. )
+ (bias)2
= 1!_=_n
. Sbn
N
+ (y
_y )2
N...
(66)
where Sb2 is defined in (6), namely,
Sb 2
= N~l
1:.=1 (h 
YN.)2
An unbiased estimate can also be formed. The simplest would
be the arithmetic mean based on cluster totals given by
i.,_
; Yn. 
f'M'.)i.
nM L..J
It is easy to see that it is unbiased, for
nk L
n
E (jin.')
E (M'Yj.)
(67)
CHOICE OF SAMPLING UNIT
267
1 . n
nM N
Mih
i==1
= y"
(68)
The sampling variance of this estimate can be written as
Nn
N
v (Yo,')
where
So"
1 S '2
n b
N~ I
t (Mt'  ~ t Mt)'
N~ 1
t (Mti' _y,.)2
(69)
(70)
t=1
In.' depends upon the
variation of the product MiYi., and is, therefore, likely to be larger
than that of In,, unless Mi and Yi. vary in such a way that their
product is almost constant.
A third estimate which is biased but consistent is given by
It will be noticed that the variance of
(71)
It is a weighted mean of the cluster means and is the ratio of
two random variables. We have already seen that this estimate
is a biased estimate, but is consistent, the bias decreasing with
the increase in n. A first approximation to the variance of this
estimate is given by replacing Yi by MiYi. and Xi by Mi in equation
(30) of Chapter IV. We obtain
NnS"1
Nn
b
(72)
268
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
where
N
1
\ ' M,2 (,'
N  1 LJ M2 Vi.
)2
Y ..
(73)
i=l
which, as we have seen, is a satisfactory approximation to the
actual variance provided n is large.
The variance of the ratio estimate is smaller than that based
on the simple arithmetic mean of the cluster totals provided p is
larger than C. V. (Mi)/2 C. V. (Mi.Yi.) and consequently the estimate
Yn." is expected to be more efficient than Yn.' in large samples,
whenever Mi and Mih are highly correlated.
6&.2 Probability Proportional to Cluster Size: Estimate of the
Mean and its Variance
The basic theory of sampling with varying probabilities of
selection has been given in Sections 2b.2, 2b.3, 2b.4 and 2b.5
of Chapter II. In this section we shall give its application to
cluster sampling.
Let Pi denote the probability of selecting the ith cluster
N
(i
= 1, 2, ... , N) at the first draw, };
Pi being I, and define a
variate z by
=
Zjj
M;J'_iI
MoP;
(74)
whence
Then it is easily shown that the expected value of Zi. is equal
to the population mean Y.. , Denoting the expected value of Zi.
by z.. we have
N
z_ = }; P;Zi.
;=1
=5' ..
(75)
CHOICE OF SAMPLING UNIT
269
It follows that
=z .. =Y ..
E(znJ
(76)
When the selection probability is proportional to the size of the
cluster, in other words, when Pi = MdMo. the variate z becomes
identical with y, and in. = )in.. We thus reach an important
result, that a simple arithmetic mean of the cluster means, under
a system of sampling with probability proportional to size of
duster, gives an unbiased estimate of the population mean y ...
To obtain the sampling variance of zn., we proceed exactly
step by step as in Section 2b. 2 and reach the same expression
as in (136), namely,
V (z n. )
ubz 2
where
u ,I: 2
= U bon
(77)
stands for the variance of a cluster mean, defined by
N
= .E
Pi (Zi.  Z.. )2
(78)
i=1
The estimate of the sampling variance of in. is also given by
the same expression as shown in (143) in Section 2h.3, namely,
Est. V (z ):~ S,,'
n.
(79)
where Sbz 2 is the mean square between cluster h'S in the sample,
defined by
n 1
V(zft. )
= U_l(_
n
(80)
(81)
where
(82)
270
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
and
E st. V(zn.)
= S,,2
n
(83)
where
(84)
6b.3 Probability Proportional to Cluster Size: Efficiency of Cluster
Sampling
It can be shown that the relative change in variance with a
cluster as a unit of sampling in place of an element under the
system of sampling with probability proportional to size of cluster
is given by an expression similar to that in the case of equal
clusters, viz., (M  1) p. To evaluate p, we start from equations
(13) and (14) and write
P
{Cv
ij 
j\.) CY;kYI.)} + E (Yi.Y.)2
(y;; _ Y.. )2
(85)
By definition
E (5'i. 
Y.. )2
rJ}
(86)
Further, let
E {(Y'i  Yi. )2 Ii} =
rJ j
(87)
and
(88)
To obtain the expected value of the first term in the numerator
of (85), we use the identity
(
M;
.} 2
lj.","'l V''''')' Y 1.) Iz
~
which can be written as
M,
== 0 _ J", (y ..  y. )2
'J
j;::;'1
t.
CHOICE OF SAMPLING UNIT
271
Hence
(89)
Taking the expectation of the expressions on both sides of (89)
for variation in i, we obtain
(9Q)
Assuming ui2 to be constant and equal to
2
C1W ,
we have
(91)
Now the expression
N
\'
NLJM;_:_1
1=1
may be satisfactorily approximated by M/(M  I).
have
We therefore
(92)
Hence, substituting from (86), (88) and (92) in (85), we have
(93)
Also
(94)
Hence, eliminating
Ma~2
CTW 2
from equations (93) and (94), we have
= a2 {I + (M 
I) p}
(95)
It follows that the sampling variance of the mean of n clusters
(on an element basis) selected with probability proportional to
272
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
their size is given by
VI" )=(1"
Vn.
(96)
If a simple random sample of 11M elements had been selected
independently with replacement, the variance would have been
(12
(97)
V (j n M) = nM

so that the relative change in variance is given by
(96)  (97)
(97)
6b.4
(M _ 1)
p
(98)
Probability Proportional to Cluster Size: Relative Efficiency
of Different Estimates
In Section 2b. 2 of Chapter 11 we remarked that the method
of sampling with selection probabilities proportional to the size
of the clusters may give marked reduction in variance of the
estimated means compared to the method of simple random
sampling of clusters. In this section we shall make the relevanl
comparisons.
Of the three estimates appropriate for simple random sampling,
namely, .}in., Yn.' and .}in.", it is necessary to consider only the
first and the last, since the estimate .}in.' will generally be less
efficient than either Yn. or .}in.". We shall, therefore, make
comparisons under two heads:
(A) that of in. with .}in., and
(B) that of in. with .}in:.
We shall assume that sampling is carried out with replacement.
273
CHOICE OF SAMPLING UNIT
(A) Comparison oj zn. with
We have seen that
variance given by
Yn.
zn. is an unbiased estimate of Y.. with its
V (i ) =
n.
1 \'~. (. _  . )2
nN
(99)
fi.
The estimate Yn., on the other hand, is a biased estimate of the
population value. In comparing it with zn. we have, therefore,
to consider its mean square error which, ignoring the finite
multiplier and replacing N  1 by N, is given by
N
M.S.E.
Vn.) : : : : n~
(y,.  YN.)2
+ UN.  Y.. )2
(100)
Using the identity
N
1)
Vi.  5' .. )2
i=l
:E (ji i.
.l'N. )2
+ N U'N. 
.V .. )2
1=1
equation (100) can be rewritten to read
M.S.E.
Vn,)
~ n~
(f';. Y.. )2
(I  !) (YN. Y.Y (101)
The difference between (101) and (99) works out to
M.S.E. (y . )  M.S.E. (ill. )
=  n~
L (~i  1)
(Y . 
Y.. )1
"'I
+ (1
 D(h. 
Y.. )2
(102)
In order to examine this difference we shall group together
clusters of the same size and write the first term in (102) as
shown below:
18
274
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
n~
L (~i  1)
(Vi. 
Y.Y
1c1
=  nNW
J \' (~;
M
Ni
1) W}
\' (J). 
V.. )2
(103)
where the summation 1: is taken over the Ni clusters of size Mi
1
each, and the summation 1: is taken over the k groups, where
j
1: Ni = N.
i=l
E (Vj.
We shall restrict the discussion to the case where
I Mi) = Y.. ,
Clearly,
N'
1 \ ' {:;,
)2
N, W Vj. Y ..
1=1
will then represent the variance of Yj. and may be denoted by
V (Yj. I Mi)' Equation (103) can now be put in the form
N
J \'
nN
(Mi _ 1) {:;, _
W if
=  n~
Vi.
ji
)2
'"
L (Z'  1)
Ni
(Yi.1 M i )
(J04)
.=1
and is seen to depend upon the relationship between the variance
of the mean of a cluster of given size and the size. If the
clusters were randomly formed, the variance will be inversely
proportional to the size of the cluster. Owing to the fact,
however, that the elements of a cluster will be correlated, the
variance will seldom decrease quite as fast. We shall examine
the difference for three special cases:
J.
V (VJ M 1) = a constant, say"
CHOICE OF SAMPLING UNIT
275
and
III.
V 0\ 1M,)
Case J.
VO\! M,) =
Clearly the value of (104) is zero, giving us
M.S.E. (Yn.)  M.S.E. (z".) =
(1 !) (YN. 
5'..)2
(105)
which is always positive, so that zn. is expected to be more
precise than the estimate Yn. for this case.
Case II.
Equation (104) can be approximated by
N
1W
\' (M,
nN
if  1) (Yi. 
)2
Y ..
i=l
,,;i/ L:(Zi 1) {I  (~i_l)
+ (~j  Iy  }
N
i=l
(106)
276
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
which is again positive, so that for this Clse also we can expect
zn. to be more efficient than Yn ..
Case III.V(.Yi.1 M i ) = ~2
,
It can be shown that, following the approach in Case II,
equation (104) can be approximated by
N
1) 0\  _V .. )2 ,~ n~~2 ~ eMi
1=1
so that for this case also we would expect zn. to be more efficient
than Yn ..
These results are in fact obvious from an examination of the
first term in (102). This term, ignoring the sign, represents the
covariance between Mi and (h  Y.. )2. Now, ordinarily (hY .. )2
will decrease as Mi increases so that the covariance will be
negative and consequently the expression on the righthand side
of (102) will be positive.
Yn./I
The mean square error of Yn./I when the finite multiplier is
(8) Comparison of Zn. with
ignored and n is large is given by
N
(  /I)
MSE
. . . Yn .
1 ,\,Mj
,..,_,
nN W
2,.,
)2
M2 \,n  Y ..
(108)
j~l
Deducting from this the M.S.E. in (99), we obtain
= nNwM
_! '\' ~i
(.Y 
Y' )2 (~'
M
j. . .
1)
(109)
'=1
Restricting again the discussion to the case in which E (Yi, )=Y .. ,
we notice that the relative precision of Yn." and zn. depends upon
CHOICE OF SAMPLING UNIT
277
the relationship between the variance of .Pi. and Mi'
Case I.Let
V(j\ I M) =y
Equation (109) can then be written as
L Zi (Z  1)
N
M.S.E.
CY ...")
M.S.E. (z... )
:N
t:=l
(110)
It follows that
zn.
is more efficient than )in.".
Case II.Let
V(Yi.1 M i)
The righthand side of (109) reduces to zero, showing that the
two estimates are of equal precision.
Case IlI.Let
VCY . I M i ) =
};2.
Equation (109) then takes the form
M.S.E. (YR.')  M.S.E. (zn.)
N
n:Sf2
(M,  Sf)
(~)
i=l
iiJM3
t,..,
~  nJM'
(Mi 
M)
(1 + ~~8_rl
l:
j .. ,
(M,  Sf)!
(111)
278
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WrTH APPLICATIONS
Thus for this case, in contrast to the previous two, the estimate
is expected to be less efficient than the ratio estimate in
simple random sampling.
zn.
Example 6.5
Table 6. 12 gives the number of villages and the area under
wheat in each of 89 administrative areas* in Hapur Subdivision
of Meerut District (India), and Table 6.13 gives the analysis of
variance on a village basis. It is required to estimate the total
area under wheat in the subdivision using an administrative
circle as the unit of sampling. We shall assume that a sample of
20 circles is to be selected. Calculate the sampling variance of
the estimate of the total area under wheat for each of the
following procedures of sampling and estimation:
(a) equal probability, mean of the cluster means estimate,
(b) equal probability, mean of the cluster totals estimate,
(c) equal probability, ratio estimate,
(d) probability proportional to the size of the circle, mean of
the cluster means estimate.
Also calculate the variance of an equivalent sample with the
village as the unit of sampling and compare the relative efficiency
of the various methods.
(a) Equal Probability, Mean of the Cluster Means Estimate
M.S.. (Mor . )
= Mo2
{fI!_N~n . N ~1
(Vi.  YN.)2
+ (h. 
Y ..
)2}
1=1
= (299)2 {~
. 1 (6499209)
89x20 88
+ (387'35328'02)2}
+ 3511'75)
89401 (28629
5699 X ] 0 5 acres 2
These areas are known as Patwari circles in the local terminology.
CHOICE OF SAMPLING UNIT
TABLE
279
6.12
Number of Villages and the Area under Wheat in the
Administrative Circles of Hapur
Circle
No.
Number of
Villages
(i)
(M,)
2
3
5
4
Area under
Wheat
(Acres)
(Miyd
Circle
No.
(i)
Number of
Villages
(M i )
Area under
Wheat
(Acres)
(MS i .)
                  _.. _1562
29
2
583
1003
30
4
1150
1691
31
3
670
271
32
499
5
6
458
33
736
714
1081
1224
996
34
35
36
9
10
475
37
7
3
34
11
12
13
14
15
389
2675
868
1412
1027
1393
692
38
39
2
2
40
41
642
524
42
2050
2530
247
421
445
706
602
43
16
17
1522
2087
44
45
18
19
8
2
2474
46
687
461
20
21
846
1036
47
48
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
948
1412
438
941
710
387
3516
2002
3622
_
3
5
2
3
49
50
51
10
5
977
52
53
54
9
2
2
814
319
55
56
3
8
2111
1400
1584
830
167
..~"..,
280
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
TABLE

Circle
No.
6.12Contd.
 ._
"~""
Number of
Villages
(i)
(M i )
Area under
Wheat
(Acres)
57
58
59
60
273
2
2
781
622
591
2
2
63
64
65
79
928
1141
1633
902
1286
1299
69
70
71
72
73
2
7
74
.
1604
1621
2
6
1764
2668
1076
4
4
1224
1490
299
98078
87
88
348
89
574
852
51
82
. 1947
741
669
1187
1265
1423
794
83
84
85
86
(Mjy!')
.~
80
81
1208
67
68
_,_,,_",_.
77
78
601
66
(M I )
....
75
4
76
1101
799
Area under
Wheat
(Acre;)
Number of
Villages
(i)
(M;y,. )
 ,_,
61
62
Circle
No.
Total
2554
 
~..
TABLE
_
.__.. __ .. __._
6.13
Analysis of Variance of Areas under Wheat in Villages
in Hapur Subdivision (Acres)2
Source of Variation
Degrees of Freedom
,.
Sum of Squares
Mean Square
_. "' '_'..  
88
10924581
124143
Within circles between
villages
210
9588011
45657
Total population
298
20512592
68834
Between circles
CHOICE OF SAMPLING UNfT
281
It will be noticed that the bias exceeds the standard error proper
owing to the large variation in Mi. The method must, therefore,
be rejected from further consideration.
(b) Equal Probability, Mean 0/ the Cluster Totals Estimate
89
I~~O
. 513613
1577 x 10 5 acres 2
(c) Equal Probability, Ratio Evtimate
69x89
... _.... 342043
20
1050 x 105 acres!
10
+ 203. (34'074)
'360)2 x 5
1050 ( I
11 07 x lOS acresl
282
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
(d) Probability Proportional to the Size of the Circle, Mean of the
Cluster Means Estimate
N
V (M  )
oY...
= M 02
\"!!II
( _ '"
ji )2
L.J
Mo Yi.
1=1
_ (299)2. 1 . (36537)
20
= 1633 x 106 acres!
(e) Village as Unit of Sampling, Equal Probability, Mean per
Village Estimate
Mo
NMnM
liXY'
nM
Mo 1 [
(YuY .. )2
;=1
~99_x 6~ (68834)
20
710x 105 acres!
The relative efficiencies of the different methods are then as
follows:
_._ .. _..._..__._ ._Sampling Unit
Sampling Method
Method of Estimation
Relative
Efficiency
 _(0) Circle
Equal probability
(b) Circle
Equal probability
(c) Circle
Equal probability
Probability proportional to size
Equal probability
(d) Circle
(e) Village
Mean of cluster
means
Mean of cluster
totals
Ratio
Mean of cluster
means
Mean per village
12
45
64
43
100
The very low efficiency of method (a) is partly due to the
presence of serious bias in the estimate. Of the other methods
with the circle as the unit of sampling, the ratio method is seen
to be the most efficient. The explanation is provided by Table
6.14 showing the twoway classification of circles by the area
under wheat and by size in terms of the number of villages.
CHOICE OF SAMPLING UNIT
TABLE
283
6.14
Frequency Distribution of Circles by Area under Wheal
and Number of Villages
. ~.

360()<3800
<3600
<3400
<3200
<3000
<2800
~
<2600
~
c::
<2400
<2200
~
~
....
<2000
<1800
<::s
<1600
"'=
<1400
<1200
"....
<1000
< 800
2
3
2
<600
200< 400
0< 200
JO
Number of Vii/ages in a Circle
The relationship between the two, i.e., Mih and Mi, is seen to be
approximately linear, the value of the coefficient of correlation
being 064. The variability among areas under wheat in circles
of the same size is seen to be rather independent of the size, and
explains the relative superiority of the ratio method (with equal
probability) over the simple arithmetic mean estimate when the
clusters are selected with probability proportional to size. The
284
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
village as a unit of sampling is seen to be far superior to the
circle, and since the village is also known to be administratively
convenient, it is preferred to the use of the circle as the unit of
sampling in most agricultural surveys in India.
REFERENCES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
.. Relative Efficiencies of Various Sampling Units
in Population Inquiries," Jour. Amer. Statist.
Assoc., 37, 8994 .
Smith, H. Fairfield (1938) .. An Empirical Law Describing Heterogeneity in the
Yields of Agricultural Crops," Jour. Agr. Sci.,
28, 123.
"Statistical lnvestigation of a Sample Survey for
Jessen, R. J. (1942)
Obtaining Farm Facts," Iowa Agricultural
Rxperiment Station, Research Bulletin 304.
Mahalanobis, P. C. (1940) "A Sample Survey of the Acreage under Jute in
Bengal," Sankhya, 4,51130.
Hendricks, W. A. (1944) .. "The Relative Efficiencies of Groups of Farms as
Sampling Units," Jour. Amer. Statist. Assoc.,
39, 36676.
"The Size of SubSampling Unit in Area ESlimaAsthana, R. S. (1950)
tion," Unpublished Thesis for Diploma, I.C.A.R.,
New Delhi.
Sukhatme, P. V. (1950) .. "Sample Surveys in Agriculture," Presidential
Address to the Section of Statistics, 37th Session,
Indian Science Congress, Poona.
"'Crop Surveys in IndiaII," Jour. Ind. Soc. Agr.
  and Panse, V. G.
Statist., 3, 97168.
(1951)
Notes on 'Sample Survey Techniques' (MimeoCochran, W. G. (1948)
graphed), Institute of Statistics, Raleigh,
North Carolina.
Hansen, M. H. and
Hurwitz, W. N. (1942)
CHAPTER VII
SUBSAMPLING
7.1
Introduction
So far we have considered only sampling procedures in which
all the elements of the selected clusters are enumerated. We
also saw that the larger the cluster the less efficient it will usually
be relative to the element as the unit of sampling. It is therefore
logical to expect that, for a given number of elements, greater
precision will be attained by distributing them over a large
number of clusters than by taking a small number of clusters
and sampling a large number of elements from each of them or
completely enumerating them. The procedure of first selecting
clusters and then choosing a specified number of elements from
each selected cluster is known as subsampling. It is also known
as fIl'ostage sampling. The clusters which form the units of
sampling at the first stage are called the firststage units and
the elements or groups of elements within clusters which form the
units of sampling at the second stage are called subunits or
secondstage units. The procedure is easily generalized to threeAs an example of threestage
stage or multistage sampling.
sampling, we may refer to crop surveys in which villages are the
firststage units, fields within villages are the secondstage units
and plots within fields the thirdstage units of saml,ling, the
correlation between yield of adjoining portions of the same field
rendering it unnece~sary and also uneconomical to harvest the
whole field.
7.2 TwoStage Sampling, Equal FirstStage Units: Estimate of
the Population Mean
We shall first consider the case of equal clusters and assume
that the population is composed of NM elements grouped into
N firststage units of M secondstage units each. Let n denote
the number of firststage units in the sample and m the number
of secondstage units to be drawn from each selected firststage
unit. Further, we shall suppose that the units at each stage are
selected with equal probability.
286
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Now let, as previously,
YiJ
= the value of the jth secondstage unit in the ith firststage unit (j = 1,2, ... , M; i = 1,2, ... , N)
j\
the mean per secondstage unit in the ith firststage unit
in the population (i = 1,2, ... , N)
and
N
iM 1: 1:
Y..
Yij
the mean per secondstage unit in the population
Further, let
Ylm
f' Yli
W
I
= the mean per secondstage unit of the ith firststage unit
in the sample
and
1 \' _
nw
Yim
= the mean per secondstage unit in the sample
Then it can be shown that of all the linear estimates of the type
"
..
E E dijYij, where the di; are constants independent of the
selected sample, the sample mean Ynm provides the best unbiased
estimate of the population mean Y... In the next section we
shall derive the expected value and the sampling variance of
this estimate but the proof that it is the best linear estimate is
left to the reader.
SUB~SAMPLING
287
7.3 TwoStage Sampling, Equal FirstStage Units:
Value and Variance of the Sample Mean
Expected
Since the sample is selected in two stages, the expected value
is also appropriately worked out in two stages, first over all
possible samples of m from each of n fixed firststage units and
then over all possible samples of n. Thus, we have
ElY...)
~ E {!
~E
 E
I>.J
{! t Ii)}
{! ty<}
E
(v,.
= YR.
Since the firststage units are equal,
YR. =Y..
Hence
(1)
thus showing that the simple mean of all elements in the sample
gives an unbiased estimate of the population mean.
By definition, the variance of the sample mean is given by
V (5'"..)
E {ji"  E (y ...)}Z
= E(y".. YN.)S
(2)
This can be written as
V(v".)
.v... +y". YR.)'/,
= E (jill.  Y... )1 + E (ji...  YN. ).
+ 2E {(Y_  y".) (ji". =
E(Y...
YB.)}
(3)
288
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
where Yn. denotes the simple mean of n firststage unit means,
given by
_
Y ...
1 \' _
Yi.
nw
Now
Y" ..  Y., =
! L"
so that
E (Yom  Y.Y
(YII. ,Y,,)
=!2 [
E
(Yim  Yi,)
n\ E [.E(y ... ,Y;_)2 + .E(YimYi,) (Yi, .. h.)]
i~I'
=!2
[E.i; E{(Yim ,Y;_)2Ii}
+E.i; E{(YimYi.) U\'mYi'.) Ii,
1#i'
i'}J' (4)
The value of the second term under the summation sign is clearly
zero since subsamples are drawn independently from the ith
and i' th firststage units and the value of the first term under
the summation sign is given by the wellknown result
E{(YimYi.)21 i} =
(~  ~)
Si2
(5)
where
whence we obtain
E
'u
y)2 = 1 E f' (J__ l)S2
Vnm",
n2
W m
M
j
(6)
289
SUBSAMPLING
where
(7)
Also, from (5) and (6) of Chapter VI,
E(Y... YN.)2 =
(1n _ N1) S/,
(8)
where
The value of the last term in (3) is clearly zero.
For,
E {(Ynm  Yn. )(,V".  h.)}
~ E [(y,  'N) x ~
=
t.
S',. 1..)
Iii]
E [(jill.  h.) x 0]
(9)
=0
Substituting from (6), (8) and (9) in (3), we get on interchanging
the order of the first two terms
V(y )
nm
(In _ NI) S + (Im _ M
l~) n
$...
2
(10)
The variance is seen to be made up of two components. If
the selected firststage units had been completely enumerated, in
other words, if m = M, the variance of the sample mean would
be obviously given by the first component only. Actually, each
selected firststage unit is only partially enumerated by means of
a sample of secondstage units drawn from it. The second term
in (10) thus represents the contribution to the sampling variance
arising from subsampling the selected firststage units. In fact,
setting m = M in (10) we have equation (5) of Chapter VI.
19
290
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
When n = N, or in other words, every firststage unit in the
population is sampled, we are left with the second component
to represent the variance of the sample mean. This case corresponds to stratified sampling with firststage units as strata and
a simple random sample of m drawn from each of several strata.
We can thus look upon a subsampling design as a case of
incomplete stratification as it were, the first component representing the additional contribution to the variance of a stratified
sample arising from incomplete stratification.
When N is large relative to n, so that (N  n)jN can be taken
as unity, we have
(11)
When M is large relative to
taken as unity, we have
V Iv
Vnm
so that (M  m)IM can be
111,
(!n _ !_)
s + nm
S..
N
2
(12)
And when finite multipliers at both stages can be taken as
unity, we are left with the simple expression
VI;;
Vn..
= ~b2
+ nm
~",2
n
(13)
7.4 TwoStage Sampling, Equal FirstStage Units: Estimation of
the Variance of the Sample Mean
The calculation of the variance of the sample mean in twostage
sampling involves the estimation of Sb 2 and Sw 2 The simplest
way of estimating these is to define the corresponding quantities
for the sample and obtain their expected values.
Let Sb" denote the mean square between firststage unit means
in the Sample defined by
(14)
291
SUBSAMPLING
and Si2 denote the mean square between secondstage units drawn
from the ith firststage unit defined by
S2
,
(15)
Equation (14) can be rewritten as
(n 
I)
Sb
= E" .Vim2  nYn,n2
whence
(n  I) E (Sb 2) = E
(t Y; ..
2) 
nE (y"",2)
(16)
Now, to evaluate the first term in (16), we write
E
(i Yi",2)
= E
{i' E (Yim
~ E[ t
=
[t
Ii)}
{y" + (~ Y.2 + N
~) S,'1]
(~ it)
SW
(17)
'''1
The value of the second term in (16) can be directly obtained from
(10). For, by definition,
V(Y,.",)
= ECY ....2)
YN. 2
whence
nEcy"",2)
(1  J) Sb
+ (~
1) S..
+ nYN,1
(18)
Substituting from (17) and (18) in (16), and recalling that
N
(N  1) Sb 2
= .E Yi,2  NVN. 2
1"1
we obtain
(19)
292
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
From (36) of Chapter II, we know that for fixed i,
Also, for varying i,
whence
(20)
We thus have
i
=
(m~ 1) s?
n (m  1)
(21)
mean square within firststage units in the analysis
of v~riance of the sample
and
(22)
When m = M, the second term in (22) vanishes and we are
left with the known result appropriate for onestage sampling
without subsampling. We note also that in twostage sampling
the estimate of Sb 2 is less than the corresponding mean square
between the firststage unit means in the sample, as one would
expect, since S1/ is based on estimates of firststage unit means
and not the true values and therefore subject to an additional
component of variation.
Substituting from (21) and (22) in (10), we have
Est . V ("
v"" ) 
(!n  N}!) s
+ N_!
(1m  M}) S..
(23)
293
SUBSAMPLING
When (N _ n)/N can be taken as unity, (21) and (22) will still
hold, giving on substitution in (II)
Est. V 0\,,) =
(24)
So
Mean square between firststage units in the
. _analysis of v~i:~n<;~ ~~t~~ ~ll_l11rl~_ ..
11m
When (M  m)/ M can be taken as unity, we have
Est. 8,,2
= S/,2
 2
Sir
(25)
and
Est. V U'"",)
=
C ~)
S/,2
+ ~m
:V",2
(26)
When (N  n)/N and (M  m)/M can each be taken as unity,
(25) holds good, giving on substitution in (13), for an estimate
of V (.Vnm), an expression identical with (24), namely,
Est. V (5'n",)
(27)
n
Mean square between firststage units in the
analysis of variance of the sample
nm
7.5 Distribution of Sample between Two Stages: Equal FirstStage Units
The expression (10) for the variance of the sample mean in
a twostage sampling design shows that the precision of a twostage sample, apart from the values of Sb2 and Sw 2 , depends upon
the distribution of the sample between the two stages, or in other
words, on nand m individually. The cost of surveying a twostage sample will likewise depend upon the values of nand m.
In this section we shall consider the problem of choosing nand
m so that the variance of the sample mean is minimized for given
294
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
cost. Alternatively, we can choose nand m so as to provide
an estimate of the desired precision for minimum cost.
We shall first consider the simplest case in which the cost of
the survey is proportional to the size of the sample, so that
(28)
C=cnm
where C = the total cost of the survey and c is a constant. Let
the total cost of the survey be fixed at, say, C = Co. Then
from (28), we have
(29)
Substituting from (29) in the expression for the variance of the
sample mean given by (10), we obtain
V(y )
nm
(1n _ N!) 82 + (CCo _ Mn1) S
II
= (8 2 _ Sw2)
"
/0
1 _ 8,,2
n
N
~~"':
Co
(30)
which is a monotonic decreasing function of n if Sb 2  Sw 2 1M
is positive, reaching its minimum when n assumes the maximum
value, namely,
n
Co
c
~
(31)
Equation (29) then gives
(32)
If Sb2  Sw 21M < 0, which for large N is equivalent to stating
that the intraclass correlation is negative, the righthand side of
equation (30) becomes a monotonic increasing function of n,
reaching its minimum when n is minimum, given by
Co
= eM
In other words, there is no subsampling.
SUBSAMPLING
295
The alternative approach of estimating the population mean
with the desired precision for minimum cost leads to the same
solution for m. For, let Vo be the value of the variance with
which it is desired to estimate the population mean, so that
(33)
Solving for n, we get
n =
+(1_1)8
m
M
IC
(34)
On substituting in (28), we obtain
(35)
Clearly, for Sb 2  Sw 2 jM > 0, C attains its mlnlmUm when
m assumes the smallest integral value, namely 1; and for
Sb2  Sw2/M < 0, the minimum is attained when lit = M.
It should be noted that the optimum distribution is independent
of the variability of the character under study. This suggests
the advisability of enlarging the scope of the questionnaire to
carry several items whenever the field cost is proportional to the
number of secondstage units or interviews, the subsampling
design with one subunit from each selected firststage unit being
the most efficient in this case, provided, of course, Sb2  Sw 2/ M
is positive for each item, and Co/c < N.
We shall next consider a more general case when the cost of
the survey is represented by
C
= c1n + c2nm
where CJ. and Cs are positive constants.
obtain
(36)
From (36) and (10), we
296
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Clearly, the mInimum value of (37) will provide the optimum
allocation for both the cases, when either C or V is fixed in
advance and V or C minimized.
For Sb 2
SW2/M >
0, (37) can be put in the form
and is minimum when the square term in m is equated to zero,
or in other words. wheR m is given by the nearest integer to
(38)
or, approximately by
(39)
where
is the intraclass correlation within firststage units.
For Sb2  Sw2/M ~ 0, the expression on the righthand side
of (37) is minimum when m is the maximum attainable integral
value. If the total cost fixed for the survey, namely Co, exceeds
C1
c2M, we have
m=M
SUBSAMPLING
and
297
it is the greatest integer in
(40)
If Co is less than
and
C1
c~M,
111 is the greatest integer in
iz is 1.
It will be noticed that m is now dependent upon the magnitude
of the two cost constants, as also on the intraclass correlation
of the character under study. In general, if Sb 2  Sw 2 ( M > 0,
the optimum value for 111 will be smaller if: (i) the travel between
fmtstage units and other costs which go to make up C1 are
cheaper, (ii) the cost of collecting: subsamples from the selected
firststage units is larger. and (iii) the intraclass correlation is
large. It follows that the optimum subsampling rate will change
from character to character. For a related group of items,
however. for which the value of p does not materially vary it may
be possible to hit upon a satisfactory optimum for m without
appreciable loss of efficiency. Sample surveys for the estimation
of acreage under major crops provide evidence on this point.
Table 7.1 gives the values of Sb2 , Sw 2 and p for the acreage under
wheat, gram, maize and sugarcane calculated from the records of
complete enumeration during 1936 of all the villages in Hapur
Subdivision of Meerut District (India). The village constituted
the firststage unit and a grid of 8 fields formed by grouping
consecutive fields within a village was taken as the secondstage
unit. It is seen that p is of the same order for three out of
the four crops and it seems feasible to hit upon a satisfactory
value of m without very much departing from the optimum
for individual crops. When, however, minor crops are also
included in the survey, the value of p is found to vary considerably and it is not possible to design an efficient twostage
sample with a common subsampling rate for all items. This is
true of all general purpose surveys and one solution at least of
minimizing the loss of efficiency lies in grouping together related
298
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
items of the questionnaire and using different sampling designs
for the several groups.
TABLE
7.1
Values of the True Variance between and within Villages
for Area under Different Crops in Hapur Subdivision
(Biswas'l./Grid)
Area under
Crops in 1000
Biswas
~

...~~.

__
Wheat
1962
4838
49914
0884
Gram
552
1212
7002
1476
Maize
556
603
6982
0795
Sugarcane ..
526
1106
11277
0893
...
~~~_
. ..
 ..
.~~
Biswas is a local unit of area.
Example 7.1
A yield survey on paddy was carried out in West Godavari
District (India) in 194647. Five villages were selected in each
of the seven strata into 4which the district is divided, three fields
were harvested in each village and one plot of 1/100 acre was
harvested in each field. The data are reproduced in Table 7.2.
Obtain pooled values of Sb 2 and sw 2 for the district and the
estimates of Sb 2 and Sw 2 Finite multipliers at the subsampling
stage may be ignored.
Calculate the sampling variance of the estimate of the district
mean yield and the percentage standard error.
Assuming that the sample of villages is to be allocated in
proportion to the numbers of villages in the several strata
and that the cost in rupees of the survey is represented by
C
7n
+ 2nm
calculate the values of nand m that may be recommended for
a subsequent survey in order that the district mean yield may be
estimated with standard error of 12 ozs. per plot for the minimum
cost.
SUBSAMPLING
299
From the last row of Table 7.2, we obtain
k
Pooled
S 2
(n,  1)
1=1_
S'I,2
n k
4 X (46655,2)
28
66650
k
.E n, (m  1) s,,,,'
n(m  1)
66979'5
= 95685
On substituting in (25), we obtain
Est. Sb 2
66650 
95685
 3
= 34755
and
Est.
8102 =
95685
The variance of the district mean when finite multipliers at the
subsampling stage are ignored is given by
where Pt = Nt! N.
300
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
7.2
Yield Survey on Paddy, West Godavari District (India), 194647
TABLE
Values of Means, Mean Squares between Village Means (Sib') and
Mean Squares within Villages (SI1D2) per Plot Basis
No. of Villages
Stratum
in the
Sample
Number Population Sample
Mean
t
       (Oz./Plot)
N,
N,
N
n,
..
~
88
~~
....." ..
~..~~~
109863
0012070
3475
14521
27915
2978
19370
274225
177278
0031427
148564
0022071
142
119
2011
71072
1864 0
90
4389
9603'9
118240
112360
0012625
114
2829
207020
13628 2
142322
0020256
102
3019
25108
20075
127341
0016216
146
1867
33422
7441'8
182272
0033223
Total
801
35
466552
669795
0147888
Hence
Est. V(Ynm)
= 34755
{O'147888
5
0001248
J + 95685
3
x 0029578
= 19280
whence
S.E. (Ynm)
= 1389 oz./plot
But
k
.E p,Y.,m
'=1
Y nm
282'90 oz./pJot
whence
% S.E.
of the estimate of district mean yield
== 49
SUBSAMPLING
301
When the number of villages to be sampled is distributed
between the various strata in proportion to Nt, the variance is
given by
V ( ) Ynlll 
S (1n _ N1) + Swnm
whence
For V(Ynm) = 144 and Sb2/N = 43, this reduces to
S2
n
+ 8",2
m
1483
Putting m = 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 successively, we obtain the corresponding values of n. Substituting these in the equation for cost,
we get the corresponding values of cost. The relevant calculations
are given in Table 7.3.
TABLE
7.3
Calculations of the Optimum SubSampling Rate
(3)
(I)
n =
148.3
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
9568'5
130440
88
792
47842
82597
56
616
3189'5
6665'0
45
585
23921
58676
40
600
19137
53892
36
612
It is seen that the cost is minimum when m = 3 and n = 45.
302
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Alternatively, we can substitute directly in the equation for m,
namely,
which to the nearest integer gives
m =3
The corresponding value for n is obtained by substitution in the
equation for the variance and is found to be 45.
7.6 Comparison of TwoStage with OneStage Sampling
Onestage sampling procedures comparable with twostage
sampling will involve either
(i) sampling nm elements in one single stage, or
(ii) sampling of nmJM firststage units as clusters, without
further subsampling.
The variance of the mean of a simple random sample of nm
elements selected by procedure (i) is given by
(41)
To examine how this compares with the variance of a twostage sample, it is convenient to express the latter in terms of the
intraclass correlation between elements of the firststage units.
Substituting for Sb2 and Sw2 from (20) and (21) of the previous
chapter in (10), we obtain
V(Y"m)rlOo . tao. =
li~kf! .!~
+
= NMl
NM
~~
sa
nm
[(1  Z) (l p)
Z=~1 _ij.
{I
+ (M 
1) p}
[1 _M(NI)
!!!..(n __!1_
+p
{N :_n T1J (M  1)
_ M
;m}]
Nl
(42)
303
SUBSAMPLING
When the subsampling rate mJM is small, (42) may be approximated by
V (y nm)r",.stav6
8
nm
'"
n
+ P (NN =1
m  1)]
(43)
Comparing this with (41), we notice that the relative change
in variance using subsampling in place of unrestricted sampling
of elements is approximately given by
p
(z ~7
(44)
m  1)
This means that the relative efficiency of subsampling compared
to unrestricted sampling of elements is approximately equal to
that of sampling clusters of size m (N  n)J(N  1). For n small
compared with N, the relative change in variance is approximated
by p (m  1).
Next, the variance of the mean of an equivalent sample of
nmJM clusters is given by
1) 8
M _
( nm
N
(45)
This exceeds (10) by
1(Mm _ 1) (8 2_ 1M S 2)
Sw 2JM > 0, the excess is approximated by
pSI
(47)
For N large and Sb 2
! (Z 1)
(46)
II}
showing that the smaller the subsampling rate mjM, the larger
will be the reduction in variance of a twostage sample over a
cluster sample. When Sb2  Sw 2 jM < 0, subsampling will lead
to loss of precision.
7.7 Effect of Change in Size of FirstStage Units on the Variance
We have seen in Section 7.6 that the variance of the mean of
a twostage sample consisting of n firststage units with m secondstage units from each can be expressed as
304
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
V(Y"m)
!V~MJ ~;
[1  ~~~~R
+ Pl {Z~=l ~ (M 
1) 
~M_m}
where Pl represents the intra~cIass correlation within first~stage
units of size M. We shall suppose now that the first~stage units
are combined to give NjC new first~stage units with CM second~
stage units each. The variance of the mean of a two~stage
sample of size nm will then be given by
 nC
+ pz { Nii=
C
MC (MC  1) 
MC MC
m} J
where P2 will now represent the intraclass correlation within
firststage units of size MC. The difference between the two
variances can be expressed as
V (5'nm)  V' (Y",")
NM  1 S2
NM
nm
[m (n  I) (C 
Q~
M (N  1) (N  C)
+ OVll  ~Pz ]
where
al
Z=~ Z
az
NnC m
N=C MC (MC  1) 
(M  1) 
itm
MCm
Me
Since
_
al
= Tn
M
{(c:_(N1)(n 1) (N
1) SNM  C)
and
m (n  1) (C  1)
M(N=l) (N  C) ~ 0
we conclude that
I)} ~ 0

SUBSAMPLING
305
whenever PI > P2 provided both Pl and PI are positive. In other
words, a gain in precision is brought about by enlarging firststage units whenever the intraclass correlation is positive and
decreases as the size of the firststage unit increases. It also
follows that the smaller the value of P2 the larger is the gain,
so that by choosing for consolidation those firststage units which
are as different as possible the gain can be increased. Practical
cons:derations, however, put a limit on the size to which the
firststage units can be increased since cost of subsampling
increases with larger and larger areas. This increase in precision
is to be weighed against the increase in cost. As an example,
we shall mention that in crop surveys, the variance is decreased
when an administrative circle comprising a group of villages is
used in place of a village as the firststage unit of sampling, but
practical considerations of cost and administrative cOllvenience
favour the lise of the village (Sukhatme. 1950). If cost were no
consideration, the enlargement of firststage units could proceed
to a point of eliminating the use of firststage units altogether
and the secondstage units would be selected independently from
the whole population. This elegant analysis is due to Hansen
and Hurwitz (1943).
7.8
ThreeStage Sampling, Equal FirstStage Units: Sample Mean
and its Variance
Let
N
= the number of firststage units in the population
= the number of secondstage units in each of N
firststageJ
units
P
= the number of thirdstage units
in each of NM secondstage
units in the population
and n, m and p the corresponding values in the sample
Further, let
Yill;
the value of the kth element in the jth secondstage
unit of the ith firststage unit
P
YII.
20
==; L
Yilk
306
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
y... =
LL I:
I
NMP
'''1
/1
Yljk
k1
and
Yli(~),
ji (nmp)
}'I(mp),
or, simply
YiJ,,' Ylmp. Ynmp
denote the corresponding values for the sample, the use of parentheses to distinguish numbers on which the mean is based from
the serial numbers of the selected units being made only where
necessary.
We shall assume that the units at each stage are selected with
equal probability.
It is easily shown that, as in twostage sampling, the sample
mean Ynmp provides an unbiased estimate of the population
mean y.... For, we have
(48)
Since mp is a simple twogtage sample from the ith firststage
unit, we have on substituting from (1) in (48),
I\,_
= N
LJ )" ..
;=1
y_.
(49)
SUBSAMPLING
307
To obtain the variance of 5'nmp, we write
v (.v.n",)
E (v""",  .I', .. )2
E ()'""",  J....
+ .I'" .. 
1
[{ n 2:" C)'
2
I II
imp
_
2:
C
"
{
_ ....
I'
)
I' i,n" 
+ (Y" .. 
Vf .. )
J2 t C "..
. ~.
.V... )2
(. VfI..
 J' .. , )
2:" (.)'"",, J
+ 11 fL
_,2
Y )"
F .. )2
Yi .. )
If  
(y" ..  y ... )
J
[ f' l1(Yil/,,'  Ye,)" I .1]
n 2 EWE
(50)
Since mp is a simple twostage sample from the ith firststage
unit, we bave on substituting from (1) in the second and fourth
terms and from (10) in the first term in (50), and noting that
308
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
sampling from the ith and if th firststage units is carried out
independently,
V
(Y.~) ~ !, E
t {( ~ k)
s; +
G ~)
+ E (Y ..  .v..J2
+(1n __N1)S2
b
where
M
M 1
(j'ij 
y,.. )2
j=1
and
N
N~
8 b2 =
(y...  }.... )2
1=1
On interchanging terms and writing
N
Sw 2 =
1L 8,2
and
'''' 1
we have finally
(1  1) 8,,2 + (k  it) Sti
V(Ynmp)
(_!_p _ J)
Spa
P nm
(51)
SUBSAMPLING
309
It will be seen that the variance of the sample mean is made
up of three components corresponding to the three stagt!s of
sampling. If each of the nm selected secondstage units were completely enumerated, in other words if p = P, the variance would
be given by the first two terms appropriate to the twostage
sampling design. If each of the 11 firststage units in the sample
were completely enumerated, in other words if m = M and p = P,
we will be left with the first term only representing the varia~ce
appropriate for onestage sampling.
When n = N, and from each of N units a twostage sample
is drawn, we shall be left with the second and third terms to
represent the variance of the mean. The case will correspond
to a stratified twostage sampling design with the firststage units
in the popUlation constituting the strata.
Lastly, when finite multipliers are ignored, we get a simple
expression for the variance, namely,
V(
) _ Sb
Ynmp
2 +Sw 2
nm
+ nmp
Sp2
(52)
7.9 ThreeStage Sampling, Equal FirstStage Units: Estimation
from the Sample of the Variance of the Mean
As a first step we shall derive the expected values of the
various mean squares in the sample.
Since E (sil) =
E (sl) =
Sij2,
we have from (20),
S,2
giving us
E~=~
Again, from (19), we have for a twostage sample drawn from
a specified firststage unit,
G t) S,2
= soot +
G ~) 8,,2
E (S,2) =
8,2
whence
E ($..2)
(54)
310
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH
APPLICATIO~S
Finally
E {(n  I) S,,2} = E { i; (.vim"  jinmp)2 }
Now, from (10), we obtain
E(Yimp 21')
I
_. { .I.;..
, 2
1) S 2 + (IP  p1) 8;2}
In
+ (m
I 
whence, taking further expectations and using (51), we get
__ n S(1
_ N1) S/, + ( m1_ MI) 8n
l n
+ (1p _ P1) nm
8,,2
+ .I,... Jl
2
= (n
1) { Sb 2
+ (~  ~) 8.,2
+ (1 __~) 8,,2l
pPm j
or
Substituting from (53) and (54) in (55), and from (53) in (54),
we have
zo; 11  S 2
Est."
..  .
(!p _ P1) ,p
p
(56)
311
SUBSAMPLING
and
Est. Sb 2
=Sb
(~
whence
Est. V (_V"IIII,) =
~)
G ~)
S,,2
G t) '~~
(57)
+ (~  ~) :\~ +
G t) ~~
S,.2 
(58)
When N is large, the estimates of Sw 2 and Sb 2 are still given by
(56) and (57) but the estimate of the variance of the sample mean
is given by the simple expression
(59)
Mean square between firststage units in the
analysis of variance table for the sample
nmp
When the other finite multipliers are also ignored, equations (54)
to (57) reduce to
 2)
E (SM}
E (s
=S
2)
c; 2
~IQ
+ 1 S= 2
2
2
I,
(60)
+ Swm + mp
S.
(61)
(62)
(63)
while the estimate of the variance of the sample mean is given
by (59) as before.
7.10 Distribution of the Sample among the Three Stages
Lastly, we shall consider the problem of optimum allocation
of the sample among the three stages when the cost of the
survey is represented by
C
where
= Cln + c"nm + C,fImp
Ch
c. and
Ca
are positive constants.
(64)
312
SAMPLING tHEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
From (64) and (51), deleting the bars over 8 W 2 and 8 p2 for
convenience, we consider the product
(v + ~2)
_
1 S 2) 1 +
 lf( s 2_ M1 S'" 2) + ( S2 _ p
Pm
I,
10
1
mp
SI'2}
which can also be written as
+ {C2
(s 2
I,
1 SIn
M
+ {Ca ( s 2
+ {Ca (S 2
M1
IV
I,
~ S
2)
(s.,.2_ p1 S 2) mC1}
l'
2) P + .pS,,2}
.
C2
I'
S2) mp
IV
+ C1niiiS"z}
(65)
The values of m and p which minimize (65) give the optimum
allocation for both cases, when C is minimized for a given Vo.
or when V is minimizedJor a given Co.
When (8b 2 _ Sw 2/ M) and (Sw 2  Sp2/ P) are both positive,
(65) can be rewritten as the sum of four square terms:
(v + S~2)
= {~Cl
(SI,2 _'1t' ~",2) + ~C2 (S",2  ~SI,2)
+ v'C~s~,2r
{v'c, (s:;  Ls.0m  Jc. (S.' ) S/)}'
{J
+ {J
+
Ca
Ca
T~~;:_~Sl';);
(Sb
1 S~2)
_ ~~~~~2r
mp 
~c:n~2r
(66)
SUBSAMPLING
313
Clearly, (66) is minimum when the last three square terms are
all zero; then m is the nearest integer to
(67)
and P is the nearest integer to
(68)
It is interesting to note that the solution for p is independent of
C[ and Sb 2
Indeed, p bears the same relationship to C2 C 3 ,
Sw 2 and Sp2 as 111 in (38) bears with C[, C l , Sb 2 and Sw 2 , as one
would, in fact, expect.
above solutions presuppose that Sb 2 _ Sw 2JM
Sp2/P are both positive, which may not be so.
The
Sw 2 
and
Case I
Suppose Sb 2
Sw2/M~ 0,
but Sw 2  Sp2/P :> 0.
In this case, to minimize (65), m must assume the maximum
attainable value, say 111, which can also be equal to M, and
p is to be such that
pCa (S10 2 
S/,2) + ~ CSI + mpca
2
,2
2
(Sb 
.1 S. /~)
+ pm
J.
ClS,'
(69)
is minimum.
If
{Ca (S..2 ]> SI,2) + Cam (S/,2 
it SIOZ)} ~ 0
the expression (69) is minimum when p has the maximum attainable value.
314
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
In case this expression is positive, (69) is minimum when p is
the nearest integer to
(70)
Case II
Suppose next that both Sb 2
negative or zero.
SW2/M and Sw 2
Sp2/P are
In this case (65) is minimum when p has the maximum attainable
value, say p, which could also be equal to P, and m is to be
chosen so that
C2
(8 "2
1 S 2)
M
II)
1 S 2) C
+ (s 2 pPm
t
lQ
is minimum. Now (71) can be rewritten as
which is minimum when m has the maximum attainable value.
Case III
Suppose now that Sb2  Sw 2 jM
>
0, but Sw 2
Sp2jP~
O.
The solution in this case for pm is given by the nearest
integer to
(73)
with p attaining the maximum and m the minimum possible
values.
SUBSAMPLING
315
7.11 TwoStage Sampling, Unequal FirstStage Units: Estimate
of the Population Mean
We ~hall now give the theory appropriate for unequal firststage
units. We shall assume selection with equal probability at each
stage of selection.
Let
M.
the number of secondstage units in the ith firststage unit
(i=1,2, ""N)
m,
the number of secondstage units to be selected from the
ith firststage unit, if in the sample
\ .\to =, the total number of secondstage units in the population
N
i.e., .E M,
'=1
. rno = the number of secondstage units in the sample
N
i.e., .E m, or .E a,m,
'=1
where ai = 1, if the ith firststage unit is in the sample, and
otherwise zero.
Yn(ml)
f'
= It W Y'(m,)
f' m(I W
f' YjJ
Ii W
and
Further, let
Mj
y"
= YI(MI)
A~i
Yi!
jl
YN.
YN(MI)
= ~.
M,
L J, L
'I
j.l
y"
316
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
and
Now s~y_eral estimates of the population mean Y.. can be
formed. : The simplest is the simple mean of the first~stage unit
means which we shall denote as y s, given by
f'Yi
n1 w
(lII j )
where the summation extends over the units in the sample. This
can also be written as
N
y,. =
aLVilm;)
(74)
i;:l
where ai is a random variable such that ai = I if the ith firststage unit is in the sample, and otherwise zero.
A second estimate which we shall denote as
the firststage unit totals, given by
y,'
ys' is based on
= y' ,,(mlo>
n
n~
L Mi
Yilm;)
and can be written as
N
ya' = Il~
a j (M j Yi(m;)
(75)
where
M; YI(mj) is the estimate of the population total for the ith first
stage unit
and
a, = 1
if the ith cluster is in the sample, and zero otherwise.
SUBSAMPLING
317
Yet another estimate which we shall denote as ys" is the ratio
estimate, defined by
and can be written as simply
(76)
where
and
More generally, we shall form a ratio estimate of the population
mean.
Let
x be a supplementary variate
x" be the popUlation mean, assumed known
R be the population ratio ~
x"
x,'
= n~
R,
,
= ~',
x,
M;xl(m;J
and
Then the ratio estimate of the population mean Yoo is defined by
(77)
We shall study the properties of the different estimates in the
next section.
318
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
7.12 TwoStage Sampling, Unequal FirstStage Units: Expected
Values and Variances of the Dift'erent Estimates
(a) Estimate
Ys
We write, from (74),
E (Y,)
{~ t
a, E (Yi(m;> I i)}
1=1
= ~
E (ai )
. li.
(78)
t."
Now, by definition, ai = 1 if the ith unit is in the sample, and
is otherwise zero. Clearly, E (at) is the probability of including
the ith firststage unit in the sample. We have seen in Chaptt"r
II that, when units are selected with equal probability, E (ai) is
nlN. We therefore have from (78),
N
E(Y,)
1L h
'=1
(79)
thus showing that Y8 is a biased estimate of the population mean.
We note that the probability of including a specified unit in the
sample is independent of the unit when the selection probabilities
are equal. In evaluating the expected values it is not, therefore,
necessary to introduce the random variable a, the use of the
theorem of Section 2a. 9 on expectations in Chapter II being
sufficient for the purpose. Thus,
319
SUBSAMPLING
1 \' _
/...J
y,.
'~1
To evaluate the mean square error of Ys, we write
y,  Y.. = Y,  Y. + Y.  YN. + YN.  Y..
whence, squaring both sides and taking expectations term by term,
we get
M.S.E. (ji,) = E (ji,  Y. )2
+ E (jin. 
.PN.)2
+ E U'N.
+ 2E (ji,  Y. ) (ji.  YN.)
+ 2E (ji,  Y. ) (jiN.  Y.. )
+ 2E (ji".  YN.) (jiN.  Y.. )
 .V .. )I
(80)
Taking the first term in (80), we have
~ n~ E [
t
+
E {(y" , 
t
'Ft'
y,,)' Il)
E{(ji;(m,)Y,') (ji,'(ml')Yl') Ii,
n]
(81)
320
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
where
S.ll
, =
The value of the second term in (80) is obviously given by
..
E (5'no
)2
YN.
n1 
1 ) Sh 2
N
(82)
where
N
Sb 2 =
N~l ~ Vi. 
YN.)2
1=1
The third term in (80) is unaffected by the sampling procedure
and therefore a constant, being the square of the bias term in
the estimate. The fourth term is clearly zero since the procedure
of selecting a subsample from a given firststage unit is independent
of the procedure of drawing a sample of firststage units. We
have
E (y, Y. HY. ;;'J ~ E {~
i::e
{(j".c'y,.)
Ii} (j .YN.)}
~~
=0
The fifth and the sixth terms are obviously zero.
fore left with
M.S.E. (.ii,)
G1)
Sb
+ n~
L: (~,  ~)
'''1
 V(Y,)
where
+ (YN~ 
Yu)2
We are there
S,2
+ (YN.  Y..)!
(84)
321
SUBSAMPLING
The bias component arises because of the failure to give equal
chance to each secondstage unit being included in the sample.
Unless the Mi vary considerably and the character is correlated
with Mi. this component may not be serious; but it is important
to collect evidence on this point before adopting Ys as the estimate
of Y.. , The procedure of estimation in the yield surveys in India
provides an instance in point (Sukhatme and Panse, 1951). The
number of fields under the crop is often found to vary considerably
from one village to another. thereby pointing to the need for
testing the nature and magnitude of the bias arising from the use of
the simple arithmetic mean of plot yields to estimate the average
yield per plot. Table 7.4 gives a comparison of the yield
estimates in large samples based on Ys with those calculated from
an alternative estimate 5's' which, as will be presently shown,
provides an unbiased estimate of the yield per unit. The standard
error of the difference between the two estimates is known to be
TABLE
7.4
Mean Yield in the Wheat Survey in Punjab, 194344
Yield in Lb. per Acre
District
1. Amritsar
_.      
Simple Arithmetic
Mean J',
1029
Weighted Mean
,i','
1041
2,
Gurdaspur
829
862
3.
Jullundur
839
881
804
796
4. Hoshiarpur
5.
Ludhiana
1247
1246
6.
FerozepuT
1052
1079
7. Amba1a
854
820
8. Karnal
839
868
Hissar
1090
1142
9.
1004
997
Gurgaon
766
752
Province
920
927
10. Rohtak
11.
21
~
322
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
of the order of 6 to 8%. It will be seen that not only do the
differences change sign from district to district but also their
magnitude is negligible compared to their standard errors.
(b) Estimate
ys'
The estimate corresponds to Yn. of the previous chapter and
like Yn.' provides an unbiased estimate of the population mean.
I
For,
E(ji:)
~ E {n~
t.
E (M'p" .. ,
o}
~ e{nVt M.P,}
N
N~
AlIYi.
i=l
(86)
= Y..
To obtain the sampling variance of YS', we write
V (ji,/) = E <y,'  Y~.)2
= E<y,' 
Y.. .' + Y/  Y.. )2
= E <Y:  Y.')2 + E <y".'  Y.. )2
+ 2E <Y,' 
Yn.')
<Y.:  y.. )
Taking the first term in (87), we have
E <Yo'
 y.')'
~ E {n~
~ n'~ E [
+
'7'0"
t
t.
(87)
M, (ji"."  j;,.j
M;E {(ji '''' 
y,.)' I i)
M,Mj,E {U'H ...'Yi,) (Yi'(m/,Yi'.)
Ii,
n]
323
SUBSAMPLING
L: M,~ (~I  ~J
(HH)
8,2
i1
Also. we know that
Y.Y
E(j".' 
='
(!  NJ) 8 /,
fI
(89)
'2
where
N
8 /, '2
N I
L (M .
M
j.
_
j.
i'
. .)
NI
L (UJ. 
(90)
.i'.)2
,::::1
The last term in (87) is clearly zero and we are left with
V (j' ') =
8
(!n  N_!) S
'2
b
+ fiN
) W
\' M2
~/ ()  ))
mi
Mi
(9) )
illll:j
It will be noticed that the first component depends upon the
variation between the cluster totals. It can be shown, in general,
to be larger than the corresponding component in (85), provided
the correlation between the cluster size and the cluster mean is
positive and the bias component (YN.  Y.. ) is negligible. The
second component of (91) is also likely to be larger than the
corresponding component of (85) as there is likely to be positive
correlation between Mi and Si2 Unless the bias in y, is therefore
likely to be serious, the estimate ys' may not be preferred to )is'
(c) Ratio Evtimate )is"
We shall assume that the number of firststage units in the
sampl(" is large enough to neglect the bias term in the expected
value of a ratio estimate. To a first approximation, then
324
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WlTH APPLICATlONS
E (j") _ E (j_.')
8
E(un)
(92)
= Y~
since
E(un ) = 1
To derive the sampling variance of Ys If, we make use of the
result (28) of Chapter IV and write, since {iN = 1, to a first
approximation
+ Y..2 V (un) 
V (YB") = V (y,')
2.Y .. COy
(ii.'.
(93)
an)
Now, V (jis') is known from (91); V (un) is given by
V (un)
= (~n
I) S
(94)
where
N
'\'
Su2 N 1
_ I W (u,  1)2
and
COy (ji,', un)
= E {(u"
 1)
('va' 
Y.,)}
= E [(u"  1) E {(y.'
 _vu,') , nJ
+ E {(Pn.'  Y.. ) (Un =
G1)
I_'f
{t
(ujy.. 
I)}
Y.. ) (U, I)} (95)
, .. l
Collecting together the terms, we get
V(Y.")
(1~) NS {t (uJ',. 5'.. )2 + Y.. t
2
0=1
 2Y ..
.=1
(uj l)2
'''1
(Ujii. y.. ) (U, 
1)1
325
SUBSAMPLING
which, on simplification, gives
N
(!n  N1) 8/"2' + _..!_
\'
(.!. _ M1.) 8.
nN W mj
U.2
(96)
j."
where
N
8/ =
N~ 1
L: ul(Yj.  Y..
)2
i::;::;t
It will be noticed that the second term of (96) is identical with
the second term of (91); the first term, on the other hand, is
expected to be less than the corresponding term of (91), if Mih
and M i are positively correlated and the correlation is greater
than onehalf. It wiIl, however, in general, be larger than the
corresponding term in (85), provided Mi and 0\. Y.. ) are positively correlated and the bias (YN  Y.. ) is negligible. Data on
the estimation of yield of crops provide an example of the relative
efficiency of the three estimates Ys, ys' and y/. Table 7.5 gives
the percentage standard errors of the three estimates, made on
four different yield surveys: wheat survey in U .P. during 194748;
wheat survey in Delhi during 194849; and cotton surveys in
Madhya Pradesh during 194445 and 194546. It is seen that
the unweighted mean of plot yields (Ys) has the least standard
error, considerably less than those of the other two estimates.
This estimate is, of course, biased; but the bias, as we saw in
Table 7.4, which is typical of these surveys, is found to be
negligible for all practical purposes. In crop surveys in India,
TABLE
7.5
Percenrage Standard Errors of D(tferent Estimates
of Mean Yield
y,
y,'
r/

Wheat (U,P.), 194748
37
14'0
47
Wheat (Delhi), 194849
25
100
S'7
Cotton (Madhya Pradesh), 194445
..
55
15'0
1l3
194546
..
69
14'0
132
326
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
the Mj's are found to vary considerably from village to village,
with the result that the estimate jis' turns out to be markedly
inefficient, as shown in Table 7.5.
(d) Ratio Estimate ji R
We shall assume that n is large enough to ignore the bias terms
of the first and higher orders in the expected value of the estimate
h. To obtain the variance, we write using (28) of Chapter IV,
Now, by analogy with (91),
N
+ nN
I\
( m,
I
W' 2
U
V (')
x, ._ ( n  NI) S I.. '2
 MI ) S I~2 (98)
j
1=1
V (Ys') is known from (91) and may be written as
V(Y,')
(!n  N_!) S
'2
bv
+ nN
_!_ W
\'
u2
j
(_!_
 MI) S j~
m;
(99)
''''1
and
Cov (y/, x,') = E {(y:  y.. ) (x,'  x..)}
= E{(Y.' Y.' +y.. .' y .. )
x (x:  xn.' + x".'  x.. )}
= E {(y,'
Y.') (x,'  x/)
+ CY .. .' 
y .. ) (x".'  x.. )} (100)
since expectations of the other two product terms are zero.
Taking the first term in (100), we have
E {(.Y,'  Y.. .') (x,'
 x...')}
327
SUBSAMPLING
~ ~E[
U(y"."  y,.) (i"."  i,)
UjU j '
(YHmil .Yi.) (X,'C.'I', Xi',
>]
j#I'
~ ~ E[ utE f'.,.,,y,) (x.,.,,',)
Il)]
n~
1:
u.
(~I
 ~)
(101)
Slyr
i==!
where
(102)
The second term in (100) gives
(103)
where
(104)
so that from (100), (101) and (103),
')
C ov (ji, ' , x,
= (IIi  N1)
8'
b
+ n~
L:
,",1
UI
(~I 
k)
8 , (105)
328
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Substituting in (97) from (98), (99) and (105), we get
7
(,
J 1 YR 
(!n _ N_! )
+
j S'2
t /..
If'
_!_
u. 2
nN
+ L=
X..2
2ji " S
'2 _
X..
bx
(J __ __!_)
M
'mj
'1
bU')
2
'.
i=l
+ Y..
:X:,,2
L
N
Ut X ;: 
 2
Nx ..
1=1
(!n _ .!)
__l_ '\'
N Nl W
U. 2
(~'.
,V"
Ri j
'
)2
i=l
1 \'
nN W u.
i1
2(1m, _ Mi
_!_)D;2
(106)
SUBSAMPLING
329
where
(107)
When
Xij
= 1, (107) becomes
and the variance (106) reduces to the expression (96) as expected.
In general, when Mi'S vary rather considerably the estimate jiR
is likely to be the most efficient of the four estimates, provided
11 is large and x is highly correlated with y .
... 7.13 TwoStage Sampling, Unequal FirstStage Units: Estimation
of the Variances from the Sample
(a) Mean of Cluster Means Estimate jis
Consider the mean square between cluster means in the sample,
Sb as defined by
2
L" _ii2,fmil nJ',2
=.
n 1
(108)
Multiplying both sides of (l08) by (n  1) and takin~ expectations, we obtain
1",
 n {)iN. s + V (ji,)}
330
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
whence, substituting from (85) and remembering that
N
Sbl!
= N~1
(Y;.YN.)2
we obtain
(109)
Also
where
S,2 ,'"
m,
.L:
mi~
(111)
(Yii_}';(lIIi,)2
Hence
1
n
S2 I,
(112)
Substituting from (110) and (112) in (85), we obtain
_
Est. V(y)
(1n _ N!)
S2
I,
1 '\'
nN W
(1m,__ MI1_)
S2
(113)
It should be pointed out that Sb 2 as defined in (108) cannot be
derived from the mean square between clusters in the table
showing the analysis of variance on )'i; unless mi's are all equal.
In most surveys, however, as will be shown in the next section,
rni will have a constant value within a stratum, although varying
from stratum to stratum. Consequently, if analysis of variance
is carried out separately for each stratum, we can estimate the
variance of the mean for that stratum by substituting from the
analysis of variance table. Thus, if B is the mean square between
clusters and W the mean square within clusters in the sample
2
from any stratum, and further, the withinvariance Si is assumed
to be constant for all i, we obtain
Est. V (ji)
(.1n  N2) m~ + N_! (_!m  M.~)
33]
SUBSAMPLING
where MIL is the harmonic mean of the Mi'S in the sample.
When Mi = M (i = 1, 2, ... N). and '"i =m (i = I, 2. "" N),
the formulre become identical with those in Section 7.4.
For N large, the variance can he computed from the simple
expression
Est. V (.5i.)
(114)
(b) Meall of Cluster Totals Estimate 5's'
Consider the mean square per element basis of the cluster
totals in the sample defined by
Sf.
'2 __

"
1
\'
n __ I LJ
(M.if ; __J.,,)2
(115)
.liC",,)
On expanding and taking expectations, we get
 n (Y ..2
+ V (.V,')}
Substituting from (91), we obtain
E (S,/2)
Sh'2
+ ~
L 1/ (l.  J)
Sj2
(116)
i=l
Also
(117)
Hence
(lIB)
332
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
On substituting in (91) from (117) and (118), we get
(119)
When mi's are equal, the variance may be calculated directly
from the analysis of variance on MiYij/M, as explained in the
previous section, provided Si2 is assumed to be constant for all i.
For N large, we have the simple expression
Est. V (5',')
(c) Ratio Estimate
'2
S"
(120)
ys"
Let
(I21)
On substituting for
ys" and expanding, we have
333
SUBSAMPLING
Taking expectations for a fixed sample of firststage units term
by term, we obtain
M2(nl) E(SI:21 i) =
I:
Mi 2
+ (Im
~) SIZ}
[~M
( 2 + ( m!.
W 3 e"
2
n
J:M
{.1\2 + (~i
_ M
I ) S
'
t
_ M.
'.. ) S 2}
2} +. L'.MM.
' ,}, . Y.]
1'1 1'
+ ('.i;n Ml")2 (.); M/Yi_)a
.
.EM{
+
(
"
.E Ml' ""' M 2
.EM, )1 W
ft
(!m,  M,1,) Sl
334
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Combining the terms in
y's
and those in Srs separately and
putting
)1 ft.
we have
Taking further expectation over firststage samples of nand
using the result (43) from Chapter IV, namely, that in large
samples,
)_1_ L..l
f' M'l.
h!J (".
In
_ ), ")2}
n.
\,ft.
S"2
b
xli  ;~, + (~Z:y)]
whence
Est.
S:'
so" 
(123)
.~l t~:U; ~) s,'}
x
)1 _ _~!'ii._ + 1; M,2 1
1: M. (1; M.)2 J
(124)
335
SUBSAMPLING
On substituting from (117) and (124) in (96), we get
Est. V (YIN) =
(I _ N
~) S. N2 + W
f' l( 'M2
1,2 (1m, _ M,1) S,2 }
IJ
{~ n~d! ~)
l~, + (i~j)}
or, to a first approximation,
(125)
(d) Ratio Estimate
YR
The steps leading to the estimation from the sample of the
variance of YR are similar to those given in (c) above. We
shall quote here only the final result. We write, to a first
approximation,
Est. VI (YR)
e
~) n ~1
U,2 (YHmi)  R.XHm,)2
+ nN
1W
'f' U 2 (_Im,
j
_ M,1) d
(126)
where
(127)
7.14 The Use of the Analysis of Variance Method to Compute
the Variance of the Sample Mean
It has been pointed out already that unless mi's are equal it is
not valid to evaluate the variance of the estimate using the
analysis of variance table. Nevertheless, for moderate inequality
336
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
in mi's, the method with certain adjustments has been recommended for use (Yates, 1949). The method consists in calculating
a number ~ given by
n
Em,
(128)
n  1
and using it to estimate Sb2 by means of
(129)
where Band W denote the mean squares in the analysis of
variance table for the sample. On account of its simplicity
the method makes an appeal to the practical worker. It is
therefore important to examine the conditions when it can be
used.
Let us suppose that
(a) N, the number of firststage units in the population, is
large;
(b) Mi, the number of secondstage units in each firststage unit,
is equal to M;
(c) mi is the number of secondstage units to be drawn from
the firstsUige unit selected at the ith draw (i= 1,2, ... , n);
and
(d) Si2 is constant for all i and equal to, say, Sw 2
Consider the estimate
(130)
where mo has the usual meaning i; mi. It is easy to see that
this is an unbiased estimate of the population mean Y.. , For,
337
SUBSAMPLING
==
"
1 \'mE(I')
mo W
l
I.
(131 )
The variance of Ym, is given by
V (5',,,,) = E (p",o  .1' ..
I
mo2
mo
,,2
, J ~~
_. __.
E l"' m i (.1 ,('''i) J . ) I
E
{ "
.,
I: m:., (1'0(",,).1' .. )
I
I"
., E (4..1
I ~ m  ()'
mo
i{md 2
I'
I
I' 
r )
"j . . . I .....
I 1: mim,'
ir
(5'i("'il 
(y ,'(mi') 
L. I j ....  Y..)
t'
+ I: m,m.'
 + Y.'.
 
{U'd",,) . J'j.)
U'i'(m() 
+ U,("',)  5'..) (5'."
+. (Vi.  5'..) (J'i'(mi,
I22
<Y;, 
)1f
Y..
y;,.
.v... )
 ji .. )
ji .. ) (j.,, .I'..
h.)
)}]
338
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
=~
[1; m,2 {E
(YHmj) 
)'1.)2
+ 1; m,m
i#i'
i,
+ E ()'I. 
)' .. )2}
E {(h y .. ) (yj'. Y.. )}]
since the expectations of all the other terms are clearly zero.
Hence
VU~) ~ .,;.[
t me {(~;  It)
S.' + S,' }
t
m,m,'
j~i'
s;;]
(132)
neglecting terms containing liN. To evaluate Sb 2 , we start with
B, the mean square in the analysis of variance for the sample
and take expectations. We obtain
= n=1
[E t"' {y"
+s.'
(~  ~)}
 ... (Y..'
.... __
I _ [862
n 1
vu_)}]
("'0 _ tmomil) + n_ 1 8",2
8.,11 (
Em:I.)]
"'0M
mo
(I33)
SUBSAMPLING
339
whence
(134)
For M large, we have
(135)
We may infer that if the sampling fraction at each stage is
small and the variation in the size of firststage units is negligible,
the method may give reliable results. Its use under conditions
other than those specified above will need to be justified. It should
also be mentioned that the system of drawing l11i secondstage units
at the ith draw irrespective of which firststage unit is included
in the sample at the ith draw is not a rational system which is
likely to be used in practice. In an efficient survey design, mi's
will be usually equal within a stratum, although it is likely that
through extraneous causes the numbers of secondstage units
actually collected in the sample may be unequal. If these
extraneous causes are random causes, in other words, if m l , 111 2 ,
... , mn can be considered a random sample from the respective
firststage units and further the variation among Mi'S is not large,
this method as in (134), may give a sufficiently good estimate
of the variance when N is large.
7.15 Allocation of Sample
In our discussion so far, we have assumed that the number of
secondstage units to be drawn from the ith firststage unit,
namely mh is any arbitrary number less than Mi. It may be
related in some way to the size of the ith unit, as for example,
when it is proportional to Mi, or it may be independent of it.
The guiding principle in choosing it is clearly to maximize the
precision of the estimate for given cost or minimize the cost for
desired precision.
We shall suppose that the total cost consists of two components,
one depending upon the number of firststage units in the sample
Cln, and the other on the total number of secondstage units in the
340
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
,.
sample, namely ell;[; mi. This second component will, however,
vary from sample to sample of n firststage units. We shall
therefore consider the average cost instead of the actual cost of
surveying a sample, given by
(136)
and proceed to determine the optimum allocation. We shall
suppose that the estimate to be llsed is the unbiased
estimate ys'.
Now, from (91) and (136), we obtain
(v (Y:) + S;;') C ~ { So"  N1,
t (~ M,S,')
(137)
+ N~~ ~ (~:,
MlS,.2
i>i'=l
+ '!!i:
m
where
M.2S
"
2)
(138)
(139)
SUBSAMPLING
341
Assuming .d to be positive, the righthand side of (138) can be
put in the form
i>i/~l
+~
L: (
,lc2 ::1m,
i=l
(140)
and this is minimum when each of the two square terms is zero,
giving us
(i ,.." 1, 2, ... , N)
(141)
We notice that mi is proportional to the product of three factors:
the first depending upon the cost factors, the second upon the
size of the selected unit and the third on the variation of the
character under study within the selected unit. Advance knowledge of Si2 is, however, difficult to obtain. Practical considerations require that mi should be independent of Si2 , even if this
means departing somewhat from the optimum. One method of
choosing mi is to make it proportional to Mi. This would
imply the assumption that Si2 is constant for all i. Usually ~2
will be found to increase with Mio although perhaps not as fast
as Mi. One method of reducing the dependence of mt on Si 2
is to group together into strata firststage units of about the same
size, provided stratification by size does not prevent stratification
by other and more important characters, and choose mi proportional to M i within the several strata.
342
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Suppose then mi is so determined as to be proportional to
Mi> say,
mj
kM,
(142)
where k is some positive constant.
(137) for mi, we get
(v(i':) + S;'') c
Substituting from (142) in
i" + N~' .~ t M,S,]
(cdc,kR)
=ACl+ c2_ "MS2
NMW
"
i=1
(143)
which is minimum for
(144)
By analogy with (39) this may be approximated by
(145)
where P may be termed the average intraclass correlation over
all units in the stratum. It follows that k is determined by the
same considerations as those discussed earlier for the case of
equal clusters. Knowing k, the value of h is obtained from (91)
or (136) according as V or C is fixed in advance and C or V
is minimized.
The reader may verify that the optimum allocation is governed
by the same formulre as those presented here even when any of
the other consistent estimates is used. Thus, for the estimate
SUBSAMPLING
343
y/, he will notice that the sampling variance has the same form
as that for the estimate Ys' except that Sb'2 is replaced by Sb H2
It follows that the optimum value of
is so determined that
/C;. ~i s.
m i
mi
c2.J'
where
For Si constant, we obtain
where k' is a positive constant.
Example 7.2
A corn borer survey is carried out every fall in Iowa (U.S.A.)
for estimating the number of borers per plant. Fifty sampling
units of 25 stalks are selected at random from each district, and
for each sampling unit the number of corn borers per stalk is
estimated. Since it is costly to dissect all of the infested plants
in each sampling unit, a subsample of two is dissected to obtain
the estimate of the number of corn borers per infested plant.
When the number of infested plants in a sampling unit is one,
that is dissected.
Two methods of estimation are followed:
(a) The first method consists in computing the simple mean of
the number of borers per plant from each sampling unit.
Thus, if Mi is the number of infested plants in the ith
sampling unit and Yi(ml) the estimated number of borers
per infested plant in the ith sampling unit and n the
number of units in the sample, then an estimate of fl., the
number of borers per 25 plants, is given by
ZI
nI "1:
_
MJ'I(fIIll
344
SAMPLfNG THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
(b) The other method of estimation is to compute Zz, where
i.e., the product of the average infestation per sampling
unit and the average number of borers per infested plant
per sampling unit.
Columns 2, 3 and 4 of Table 7.6 contain the relevant data for
one district. Obtain the two estimates. Examine whether
they are unbiased estimates of the population value J1 for the
district. Also calculate the mean square errors of the two estimates.
corresponds to the estimate ys' in the text.
In
cols. 2, 5 and 6 of Table 7.6 are given the values of Mh Yi(mi) and
of the products MiYi(mi)' called 9i, and the means of all the three
for the 50 units in the sample. We find that
The estimate
Zl
It is therefore an unbiased estimate of the population value.
Zl
= n~ 1: g.' = 124
_
The variance of Zl can be directly calculated from (120) after
putting M = I in that expression. We obtain
n(11  I)
S~g2_l/g2l
l ..,
19463  7750
50x49
478
Turning to the second estimate, on substituting from Table 7.6
the values of Mn and Yn(m.) in the expression for Z2, we obtain
z. = 1334xO'80 = 107
SUBSAMPLING
To obtain the expected value of
= ~2 E {( i; Mi)
E (zz)
Z2'
(t E
we have
U'j(",;) ,
= ~2
E{(i' M;) ( .";)}
= ~2
1
n
1
II
i))}
{i MS;. +,f,MJ,,.l
{IL + (n _
{v
345
1) (
N
NI
J\f.l'N _
It)}
NI
+ (11 I) MYN
}
'
for large N.
Define
E (M 
M) ('" )' )
_ _ _ _ _ .. :_ .. ______ _.::___!_:_ __ N.
VE(M. _.. M)2E(i' 1' N. )2
I
'I
Then we can put
where
and
L ( )'
N
l'  ,
,;,
)N, 
1=1
or
since N is large. We note that Z2 is a biased estimate of fL.
To evaluate the bias we need the estimates of p, SM and Sb.
These can be taken directly from Table 7.6. We have
346
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
....,
~
Ii

~ ~~~~
~~a:~ ~
6000aoooooobobbbbbooooobb~bb~06
::
 Ii
_I
.(o~~:;l8
:~o
~:~"?'~"':'
00000
~~ooo
'i
.....,
N
600000~0000bobb~~~00boob6~~~~ob
;;
.......
;::
.......
!:i'
.:::
Ii
II
~~~oo~
\0
l"
e
~ ~...
...
Il.I
~o~~oooo
1('\0
1('\01('\1('\0000 1('\
"'''''''00000
4)
5
c=:J
0;
~c::
~~
'J!
c
0""'
"'I('\I('\OO~O~
6NOOOOOO~oo~~6~~~~~o6oo66~~~~~~
,;;:.:
I~
~
:;..
00
~~OOOOOO~OO~~~~N~~~o~oo~b~~~~~~
~
NN M
~MvM
ON
347
SUBSAMPLING
"..,
 Ii
,
..
~
.....
V"I
. .r
.....,
~~~
~~~
II
Noo~060666060666006
0V">00
V">V">00V">
OV">V">
OV">
~o~~6~O~~N~NO~~NO~~
~~

O~O~
~~~o~
~~~
~oN~~60666~6066NO0
.... '
....,
~I",
x~E,
o~
!!....I
IG
00
D
'". ...,_,
'l
",0",,,,_00 ___ 00_0..., :0
M
_~~~o~~~~~v~~~~o~
_
_ N _ _ _ _ _ _ N_NN
N
N
000
"'
348
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
p = r = 0261
8M 2 = 8 M 2 = 65'58
SM =SM =810
while Sb 2 is obtained from (112), being given by
= 07347 
50 (14,42)
=04463
S.
= 0668
Hence
= ~~ (0,261) (8,10) (0'668)
138
The derivation of the variance of Z2 is rather complex, but for
large Nand n, and nlN negligible, it presents no difficulty. We
write to a first approximation.
V (M.jin(mil)
= h.2 V (M,,) + M2V (ji.(mo)
+ 2YN.M COy (M",
Y,,(ml)
whence to terms in lin, we get
On substituting from Table 7.6, we get
Est. V(Z2)
= (OJ>~)5~~~8) + (178)~g'7347)
+ 2 (2~)S_~~~~)_(0_:_261) (8 ,10) (0'8S?)
50
= 0839
423
+ 2616 + 0773
SUBSAMPLING
349
and
M.S.E. (za)
= V (za)
+ bias
= 423
+ 1'90
= 613
7.16
Stratified SubSampling
By far the most common design in surveys is stratified multistage sampling. In this design the population of firststage units
is first divided into strata, within each stratum a sample of
firststage units is selected and each of the selected firststage units
is further subsampled. Crop surveys with the subdivision as
the stratum, described in Example 7.1 and the corn borer survey
with the district as the stratum described in Example 7.2, are
examples of this design. In this section we shall give the formul:e
for the estimate of the population mean in stratified twostage
sampling, and its variance. We shall consider the unbiased
estimate only.
Let the population be divided into k strata with Nt firststage
units in the tth stratum, so that
Further, we shall denote by Mti the number of secondstage units
in the ith firststage unit of the tth stratum, with M to denoting
the total number of secondstage units in the Ith stratum, i.e.,
Nt
M t
= 1:
_
Mil
NIM,
(=1
Let nt denote the number of firststage units to be included in the
sample from the tth stratum, so that
k
= 1:
n,
1=1
and mti denote the number of secondstage units to be sampled
from the ith selected firststage unit.
350
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Following the previous notation, we shall denote by
.h. = the population mean per secondstage unit in the tth
stratum
Yt,' = the corresponding sample mean for the Ith stratum
y"
the population mean per secondstage unit
where
and
YII = the corresponding sample estimate
k
 E .\,Y,,'
(146)
'''1
Clearly, Yw is an unbiased estimate of the population mean,
while its variance is given by
SUBSAMPLING
351
Substituting from (91), we have
S Ib '2
(147)
where
and
(148)
(M~~::":'T)
SIl!
MU
I:
(Y"j  ,"" )2
j;;:"1
and estimates of Stb'2 and Sti2 are provided by
l:
(149)
2
(Ylli
l'
II(,"ti) )
Formula: for the mean and its variance in stratified sampling
appropriate for the case of equal clusters follow as special cases.
Thus, for Mti = Mt and mti = mt. we have
k
,V,.
=..0
1.: .\, 'v'"ml
1=1
where
"' M,
_1_ \ ' \ ' Ylli = Yh
n,m,
and
.\, =
l..J
l..J
,
J
352
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
and for its variance
V(ji,c)s=
l: 'lf(~ _
A2
11,
Nt
)S".2
'v
_l
1
1
11,
(!m,  M!__), 8".21
~ S
1=1
where
Nt
Slb
Nt
~1
2:
(jill, 
11 ..)2
1:=1
and
and estimates of Stb2 and Stw 2 are provided by the same formula!
as in (110) and (112), namely,
= StIJ 2  (~,
Est.
Sjb2
Est.
S,..' = 8,.,2
..JJ ~tf<2
(150)
7.17 Efficiency of Stratification in SubSampling
We shall consider the simple case for which Mti = M. Further,
we shall suppose that mti = m, so that the total number of secondstage units to be included in the sample is a fixed number nm
whether drawn as a stratified or unstratified sample. In this section
we shall estimate from a given stratified sample, the difference
between the variances of a stratified and an unstratified sample.
If the sample were selected as an unstratified twostage sample,
the estimate of the population mean would be
(152)
SUBSAMPLING
353
with the sampling variance given by
V (ji)
nm US
"""
(ln _ N
I) "S
+ (Jm _ M.!_) S.,n
(153)
where the letters "US" stand for "unstratified".
Sb 2
the mean square between the firststage unit means in the
population
N
\ ' (j
f.r=:I W
'i. 
)9
Y. 
(154)
i=1
and
Sw 2 =
the mean square between secondstage units within firststage units in the whole population
(155)
If the sample is a stratified sample, the estimate will be
Y., =
1}
t=l
PtYt.
where Pt is the weight for the tth stratum, and its sampling variance
(156)
The relative excess of (153) over (156) represents the gain in
precision due to stratification. For estimating this gain from the
selected stratified sample, we require an estimate of 8b 2 We have
(N  I) 8 h2
= 1.:
(ji,._ Y.. )2
jml
Nt
1} 1} (ji". ,el iI
23
Y..)2
354
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
k
N,
+ Y, ..  Y.. )2
.E .E (y",  y..,
'~l h"l
= .E (N, 
1) Su 2
'=1
+ .E N,Y, ..2 
NY ..2
(157)
'=1
2
The estimate of Stb is known from (150), so that our problem
reduces to estimating the second and third terms in (157). Now,
from (10), we have
= V{y,.) = E{Y,.2)  y, ..2
V(Y,n,m)
18
1
1
Cn,1  N,)
S'b + (m  M) ;,~
2
=
whence
 2
Est , Y,..
=
Y"
2 _
(__!_
_ N
_!__),Sb 2
n
,
(158)
(1.m _ M_!_) S,wn
(159)
or
L
'1
k
Est.
L'=1
k
N,y, ..2 =
L
k
N,y,.2 
N,
(~,
k) S'b~
t=1
(160)
Also
V{Y ..)s=
E(J; P,Y,. )1
'1
_y...
so that
Est. (NY._2)
= N(J; p, y,.)'
'&1
 N' Est. V{Y.. )s
whence substituting from (156), we have
1) S,2
~ }
+n,1 (1m
_M
'"
(161)
SUBSAMlLiNG
355
Subtracting (161) from (160), we get
Est.
{~~
N~'
1.1.
NI'
2 
. ..
}~
2.
"
,!
, 2
Nlt'I'
.ltD)
N 2
NP, )
I
S11,"
(162)
whence on substituting in (157), we obtain
"N
k
S.2
= N:_1 1!...J
(ji,2,  J'"
 2)
t=l
(163)
If the variation between secondstage units within firststage units
can be assumed to be of the same order from stratum to stratum, we
can substitute for Stw 2 its pooled estimate over all the strata,
given by

SID
(164)
The difference between (153) and (156) when Sb2 is estimated
from (163) and Stb2 from (150) represents the reduction in variance
due to stratification (Sukhatme, ]950).
356
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
The difference assumes a simple form when Pt = Nt/N.
substituting from (163) in (153), we get
Est. V(Y .lu,
[t.
+ N~ {t
~ G ~)
On
p,;;,,'
p, (V,.  Yw)2
t~l
+ (I__ _
1 )}_
n
[1 _!!_~
NI
(165)
Also, from (156), we have
.
k
Est V V(:;,)
.. S 
\'p2
W
I
{(~
n
I.) S 2+ n_!_ (Im  .I)
M s 2}
tb
Nt
(166)
Hence
I;
Est. {Vus  Vs}
N  n
= n (N
_ 1)
\'
( )~
P, Y,.  Yw
1=1
\'
+ LA
_ PI!
n,
{N Nn
n
+ 1!1}
N
P,
_ _!!_ Pt (1  PI)
N  1
n,
S ,'I.
tu
1 1) \' {PI
+ (m  M W n k
P, (1  P,) _ PI?} S 2
X
n,
n,"
N n
n (N  I)
(167)
357
SUBSAMPLING
Substituting for Stb 2 from (150) the value
S b2 t
(_!_m  _!_)
M
S2
II!
we reach the simple expression
k
Est. {Vus 
Nn
\'
Vs} = n (N _ I) W P, eVil  )'",)2
t=l
_ p,2
n,
Nn
lvI
PI (I ..._.p).)
. I \
n,
j
Ib
(168)
which
IS
seen to be identical with equation (73) of Chapter III.
REFERENCES
1.
Sukhatme, P. V.C 1950) ..
Hansen, M. H. and
Hurwitz, W. N. (1943)
3. Sukhatme, P. V. and
Panse, V. G. (1951)
4. Yates, F. (1949)
2.
"Efficiency of SubSampling Designs in Yield
Surveys," Jour. Ind. Soc. Agr. Statist., 2, 21228.
"On the Theory of Sampling from Finite Populations," Ann. Malh. Slali.rl., 14, 33362.
"Crop Surveys in IndiaII," Jour. Ind. Soc. Agr.
Stalist., 3, 97168.
Sampling Methods for Censuses and Surveys, Charles
Griffin & Co., Ltd., London.
CHAPTER VllI
SUBSAMPLING (Continued)
8.1 Introduction
In the preceding chapter we have developed the sampling
theory appropriate for subsampling systems involving the use of
equal probabilities of selection at each stage of sampling. When
the firststage units are large and vary considerably in their sizes,
this system of subsampling is not usually efficient. This is even
more so in cases where practical considerations demand that the
survey should be confined to only a small number of firststage
units within each stratum with equal number of secondstage
units from each firststage unit, although the amount of subsampling from the selected firststage units would be necessarily
unequal under optimum allocation. A system of subsampling
involving the use of varying probabilities has been used with
considerable gains in efficiency in such cases. In particular, a
subsampling design in which only one firststage unit is selected
from each stratum, with probability proportional to the measure
of the size of the unit, and a fixed number of secondstage units
is selected with equal probabilities from each of the selected
firststage units, has been found to bring about marked improvements in precision, compared with subsampling systems involving
the use of equal probabilities. The developments are due to
Hansen and Hurwitz (1943, 1949). In this chapter we shall give
the theory of subsampling systems involving the use of varying
probabilities.
8.1 Estimate of the Population Mean and its Variance
We shall assume that the firststage units are selected with
replacement. Further, we shall suppose that whenever a specified
firststage unit of the population, say the ith, is included in the
sample, a subsample of mi secondstage units will be drawn
therefrom without replacement, but only after the replacement of
any subsample which may have been drawn previously. In
other words, if the ith unit happens to be selected, say 'Y times,
in a sample of n firststage units, y subsamples of mi units each
SUBSAMPLING
(continued)
359
will be drawn therefrom independently of each other, each subsample of mi being drawn without replacement.
Let Pi denote the selection probability assigned to the ;th
firststage unit of the population (i
Further, let
Z'I
M,
Mo
. ...
Pi
Yij
1, 2, ... N) and E Pi
I.,
1.
(I)
Consider the estimate
Z, = Z,,(mi)
(2)
where the summation is taken over all the /I units in the sample.
Then it is easily shown that Zs is an unbiased estimate of Y...
For, we have
E(:,)
~E
{! t , ,. .}
~ E {~
=z ..
E ('".,,\
i)}
(3)
where
(4)
N
\ ' M, _
l...J Mo YI.
'I
= y_
(5)
360
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
To evaluate the sampJing variance of is, we write
V (i.) = E {i,  E (Z.)}2
= E(z,  Z.. )2
= E (i"lmO  i". + z".  Z.. )2
= E (Zn(",;)  Zn.)2 + E (Zn. 
+ 2E (Z,,(mi)
Z.. )2
 Z". ) (Z". 
z.. )
(6)
Taking the first term in (6), we have
E (i".n  i,.)'
~ E {~
~, n~ E
.t
{.t
(i"." 
z,.)},
(i",,,,  z,.)'
f' (+W
zi(ttq) 
 )(.
Zi.
Zi'(mi') 
 )1J
Zi'.
1f t '
Since the firststage units are subsampled independently of each
other, we may write.
E (t.,."
 i.J'
~ 2.
{.t
E (i"."  i,.)'
E (Zi(m,)  Zj.) E (Z"(m{) 
.ii")}
i==i'
(7)
where
M.
Sjz' = M,l_ I
(Zjj 
Zj.)2
1=1
= M~P:2
Mi
. M,I_]
(Yij  .vi.}B
(8)
(continued)
SUBSAMPLING
361
The value of the second term in (6) is given by (77) of Chapter
VI. We have
2
E (z .  Z.. )2 =~~
n
(9)
where
N
(Tho
=); Pi (Zt.  Z" )2
1=1
N
\' P (MIS'..!.. __
LJ
MoP i
Y..
)2
(to)
The expected value of the third term in (6) is obviously zero.
We therefore obtain
v (Z,)
a~/ + :1
==
(~i
Pi
~J
Si. 2
(11)
{=l
which can also be alternatively written as
v (Z,)
{f M/p
LJ
1=,
M2
Y.,2}
nI
L
(12)
When the selection probahilities are such that
Pi
Z~
the expression for
(i
Obz2
1,2, ... , N)
is simplified, being given by
(13)
362
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
whence
N
\ ' M, (_!_
LJ Mo m,
ld'I" _ Y..
 )2 + n~
M v "
v (z,)
I) S.2'
M,
(14)
Whenever the mean square and the variance relate to the
variate Z, we have so indicated by adding z as a subscript to
S and CT. In all other cases, Sand CT should be taken to relate
to the variate y only.
8.3 Estimation of the Variance from the Sample
Consider the mean square of Zi(m,) obtained from the sample
(15)
Expanding and taking expectations, we get
n 1 1 E
If'
LJ
~ n ~ 1 {t
2
((mi'
nz2 n(m;)
jt
E ("".,,)  nE (Z'",.,,) }
(16)
Since the firststage units are selected with replacement, we may
consider our sample of n to be the result of n independent
samples of one each, and write the righthand side in (16) as
= n ~ 1 [n {V (z'(m;
+ z. !}
 n {V (%"( ... ,)
+ z. t} ]
(17)
where V (Zi(m) is the variance of the mean based on a sample
of one firststage unit.
Substituting from (11) in (17), we get
L
N
E (Sht)
= 17b/ +
;1
P,
(~,
it)
SuI
(18)
SUB~SAMPLING
(Continued)
363
It follows that
Est. V (z,)
S 2
(19)
_!J.!'._._
8.4 Allocation of Sample
So far we have placed no restriction on the size of the sub~
sample to be drawn from a selected first~stage unit. It may be
related to the selected unit or independent of it. The guiding
principle in determining the optimum values of II and lIIi is clearly
to maximize the precision for a given cost, or to minimize the
cost for a desired precision.
In a large number of surveys, the cost will be determined by
the number of different firststage units and the total number of
secondstage units in the sample. We shall suppose here that
the cost of the survey is made up of two components, as follows:
n
= cln' + C2 Em,
(20)
where
denotes the different firststage units included in the
sample,
n'
1:
the total numher of secondstage units in the
sample,
mi
the cost per firststage unit on travel and setting
up of an office,
C1
and
the cost per secondstage unit of collecting the
required information.
C2
Clearly, C will vary from sample to sample of n. In actual practice,
one must be ahle to predi~t the cost in advance of designing the
sample in order to be able to compute the optima.
We shall,
therefore, consider the average instead of the actual cost of
surveying a sample. Now to ohtain the average value of the
first term in (20), we have
C1E
(n')
= Cl .E
]'{Probability that the loth unit is included at
least once in a sample of n}
364
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Cl
E l'{l  Probability that the ith unit is not
j1
included in any of the n draws}
Cl
1: {I  (1  PS'}
(21)
4=1
The average value of the second component in (20) is given by
(22)
Hence the average total cost of the survey will be represented
by
C
Cx
1: {I  (I  Pi)"}
+c n E
2
i=1
(23)
Pim,
i=l
This cost function, however, offers a slight disadvantage in that
it is not simple to deal with. We shall, therefore, suppose that
N is reasonably large and none of the Pi'S too large, so that the
average cost may be approximated by the simple function
N
= c1n + czn E
(24)
P,m,
1=1
To determine the optima, the simplest method would be to
consider the product of (11) with (24), and write
V(z.) . C
{ ,
p.
(~.  ~.) s,,'}
x
{Cl + c2 p,m,}
(25)
Clearly, the minimum value of (25) will produce optima when
either C or V is fixed in advance and V or C is minimized.
Let
(26)
SUBSAMPLING
(continued)
365
Equation (25) can then be rewritten and expanded as
Assuming LI to be positive, (27) can be put in the form
V
(z,) . C = clLl
~:::l
+ c2 .E P/S I.2 + 2 ,=E
PI \rc~C;,ifS~~2
2C2
P,P.,SizSi'z
i>i';=1
(2~)
This is minimum when each of the two square terms in (28) is
zero, giving us for the optimum of mi the value
(/ = 1,2, ... , N)
(29)
366
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
In other words, mi should be so determined that
Pm_' =
_'
M,S,
constant
(i=I,2, ... ,N)
(30)
However, Si will ordinarily not be known. It will also vary
from character to character. Practical considerations require that
mi should be independent of Si even if it means somewhat
departing from the optimum. In practice, Si will be generally
found to increase with Mi. though seldom as fast as Mi We
shall assume here that Si is a constant equal to Sw, say, in
which case mi would be so determined that
a constant
(i
1,2, ... , N)
(31)
Knowing k, the value of n is obtained from (11) or (24), depending upon whether the cost of the survey is minimized for fixed
Vo, or the variance is minimized for fixed Co. In the former case,
(32)
and in the latter,
iz
Co
Cl
+ cBkMo
(33)
We remark that when Pi is proportional to Mi> the optimum
value of mi is a constant, irrespective of the firststage unit
included in the sample.
8.S* Determination of Optimum Probabilities
In determining the optimum allocation of the sample in the
previous section we assumed that the selection probabilities Pi
were given. These probabilities can be any arbitrary positive
proper fractions, subject to the condition that their sum is 1;
SUBSAMPLING
(continued)
367
alternatively, they can be related in a known way to the characteristics of the units to be selected.
The optimum values of selection probabilities are given by
minimizing the variance of .is for given cost. In this section we
shall determine them assuming that: (a) the subsampling rate
mdMi for a specified firststage unit i will be such that equation
(31) is satisfied, and (b) the cost function is independent of Pi'S.
Following the Lagrange procedure, we consider the function rP
given by
<p
V (z,)
+ >. (.&, P
1)
(34)
where >. is a constant multiplier. Now the value of V (zs) in
terms of Pi'S is obtained from (12) after substituting for mi
from (31), and is given by
N
\ ' MS2
jj
nkMo2 W
Substituting from (35) in (34), we write
Differentiating rP with respect to Pi and equating to zero gives
(JrP
~P;
SMly,,2 _ MjS,zl
I'T J
  nMoi t Pl'
+ >. =
Hence
(i
1, 2, ... , N)
368
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
N
But 1: Pi = 1. We, therefore, have
P, =
(i
= ], 2,
"" N)
(36)
S/
M;Y~2
It will be noticed that the optimum value of Pi depends on
two factors: (i) the total of the character for the ith firststage
unit, and (ii) the coefficient of variation of the firststage unit
mean. The latter will usually be a very small fraction so that
Pi will be primarily determined by the firststage unit total MiS'i ..
In practice, however, Mij\. will not be known although quantities
correlated with them, as for example those determined from the
previous census, may be available. Failing to have these, it would
appear that the choice of Pi proportional to Mi would give about
the optimum probabilities.
It should be pointed out that the above solution for optimum
probabilities will hold even when the cost function is represented
by (24); for, under the assumption that Pin1ilMi = k, (24) is
seen to be independent of Pi'S. However, in a number of
situations the survey cost may not be independent of Pi'S.
Consider, for example, "a situation where a list of firststage units
is available but that for the secondstage units within firststage
units is not. Listing of the secondstage units within the selected
firststage units is, therefore, an essential part of the survey
work. The situation is of common occurrence in agricultural
surveys in underdeveloped countries. Thus, lists of villages are
readily available in most countries and the identification of
boundaries of selected villages also does not present any difficulty. However, lists of secondstage units like fields or families
are not available and have to be prepared for selecting a subsample. To the cost of survey represented by (20), we, therefore,
have to add a component for expenditure for listing. This will
generally vary with the size of the firststage units. We, therefore,
have a cost function given by
C = cln
+ Ca 1:" mj + Ca
I:" M j
(37)
SUBSAMPLING
369
(continued>
where c;{ represents the cost of listing a secondstage unit in
a selected firststage unit. The average value of C in repeated
samples will be gi\en by
N
c1n
+ can 4=1
1:
P,m,
+ Can 4=1
1: P,M,
(38)
and is seen to reduce to
N
C11l
+ cz11kMo + Call 1: P,M,
(39)
i=1
for Pimi = kMi. The cost function (39) will now be seen to
depend upon Pi'S. However, if Mi's are unknown, Mo will also
not be known and the estimate Zs can no longer be used. Several
alternative estimates can be formed. We shall consider one
such estimate in this chapter, namely, the ratio estimate, and
thereafter resume discussion of the problem considered in this
section.
8.6 * Ratio Estimate
Let
, l'
v"
~
(40)
denote the ratio estimate of the population mean, where
n
MI
MoP, Y'j
Zij
VI!
MoP i x,!
;;
,
v,
11
L:
L
"
II
M;
MoP,
M,
M~p.
YI{>II,)
(41)
",(m"f
x standing for a supplementary variate observed for all units
in the sample.
Then from the results of Chapter IV we may, for n sufficiently
large, ignore the bias terms in the expected value of YR and
regard it as an unbiased estimate of the popUlation mean for
all practical purposes.
24
370
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
To obtain the variance of the estimate
YR'
we shall start with
Since E (is) = Y" and
the expression (28) in Chapter IV.
E (v s) = X.. , we write to a first approximation
=  2 {V(Z.~
V(j)
Y.,2
Y..
+ _rev,) _ 2c.()y_~i"
X.. 2
Y.. X..
v~}l
J
(42)
Now, from (12), we have
n
V(i,)
(t Z;~;2  Y_2)
'~l
(43)
and by analogy
V(v) = 1
L ;~i (~,  ~)
N
+ n~2
S,/
(44)
i;;;l
Further,
COy
(.f., v,)
= E {(;.  i .. ) (v,  V.. )}
= E {(z"Cm,)
 in.
+ zn. X
= E {(z.Cmi)
Z.. )
(v nCm ,)  v". + v.  v..)}
 z".) (v"Cm,)  v".)
+ (z . 
Z.. ) (v".  V.. )}
(45)
since the expectations of the other two product terms are zero.
Now taking the first term in (45). we have
E {(i. Cmi )
= E
z.) (ii'Cmi)  v. )}
[{1 t $.. (Y"~I y. )}
x{! t %j.
.l)]
(i.(.,,
SUBSAMPLING
(continued)
371
(46)
The second term in (45) is clearly given by
E (zn.  z.. ) (v".
 v. )
n Shz"
(47)
Substituting from (46) and (47) in (45), we have
COy
(z" ii,)
(48)
372
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Hence, from (42), we obtain
where
(50)
and
R = )',.
x..
When Xij = 1, the expression for the estimate YR is simplified,
being given by
(51)
where
Uj
= ._Mi 
MoP,
and
"
ii.
LUi
(52)
Also,
and the variance of YR takes the simple form given by
+W
~
1=1
M/
Pi
(1mi _ M1) Si.2}
(53)
An estimate of V (YR) is easily obtained. The reader may verify
that, following the steps shown in Section 7.13, the estimate is
given by
"
Est. V (j'R)
,~
!.
~1
L ~~il
(ji'I"'i) 
R,X 1lnli )2
(54)
SUBSAMPLING
(continued)
373
where
R, = Est. R
8.7*
!.
VB
Allocation of Sample and Determination of Optimum Probabilities: General Case
We shall now return to the problems discussed in Sections
8.4 and 8.5, namely, to determine the optimum values of mi's
and Pi'S when the cost function is represented by (39) and the
estimate used is the ratio estimate YR' The solution is straightforward since we note that: (a) V (YR) has the same form as
V (is) except that instead of ubz 2 , we now have
N
(55)
}; Pi (Zi.  RV i .)2
i=l
where
(56)
and instead of Sii we have Mi2Di2fMo2Pi2, and (b) the cost
function (38) regarded as a function of mi has the same relationship to mi as the one represented by (24) has with mj, except
that Cl is now replaced by cl ', where
cl '
Cl
+ Ca
};
P,M,
(57)
i=l
It follows from (29) that the optimum value of mt is now determined by
(i ==. 1,2, ... , N)
(58)
where
LJ'
If Di is constant we reach the same result as (31), namely,
(59)
314
SA.MPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
To determine the optimum probabilities we form the function
tP given by
<p =c VUR)
+'" (C 
Co)
+" (1
,I PI

I)
(60)
where p. and ,\ are Lagrangian constants. Substituting for V (YR)
and C in terms of Pi. k and n, we obtain
N
</>=
M;2
_,
P, (Ji,  RxiJ
,i
+ J.L {n (Cl + c2kMo + c3
+ ~
1
k
P,M i )
M,D,
Co}
+;1. C~PjI)
(61)
Differentiating
c/>
with respect to Pi> k and n and equating to
zero gives
(i
1.2, ... , N) (62)
(63)
SUBSAMPLING
(continued)
375
The solutions of N + 2 equations (62), (63) and (64) subject to the
two conditions imposed by the fixed cost and the sum of Pi'S
being unity, give the optimum values of Pi> nand k. To solve
these, we multiply (62) by Pi and sum over all the N units,
giving us
= P.nC3 })
P;M,
+ ,\
(65)
i=l
From (63), we h:we
N
nk~o2
(66)
MjD,2 = p.nkc 2 M O
i=1
while (64) gives
"~p.
(cln
+ c2nkMo + c n }) P.M;)
3
(67)
;"1
Subtracting (65) and (66) from (67), we get
whence substituting for A in (62), we get
(68)
(69)
376
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
It will be noticed that the optimum value of Pi now depends
upon (i) the size of the firststage unit, and (ii) a quantity
~
Di
~=
(Y .  R X,.
)2 
D.2
M
(70)
Hansen and Hurwitz (1943) have presented evidence which shows
that Di tends to decrease as M i increases although not as fast as
Mi Assuming Di to be constant, it will be seen that for C3 = 0,
Pi varies as M i, thus confirming the result reached in Section
8.5. When C1 ,= and C 3 > 0, probability proportional to the
square root of Mi will appear to be the optimum.
Solving the other equations the reader may verify that the
values 01' k and n are given by
~
(71)
and
n=
('1
I c2 k Mil
(72)
+ C:; }; PiM,
The optima will naturally vary with the cost function and the
sampling system, and care is necessary to determine from pilot
studies the nature of the cost functions before deciding on the
optima to be adopted for the surveys.
8.8 Relative Efficiency of the Two SubSampling Designs
We remarked in the introduction to this chapter that a subsampling design in which the selection probabilities are proportional to the size of the firststage units, and a constant number
of secondstage units is drawn from each selected firststage unit,
may bring about a marked improvement in precision compared
to the subsampling design involving the use of equal selection
probabilities. In this section we shall compare the two systems,
using Zs as the estimate for the former system and the simple
SUBSAMPLING
377
(continued)
arithmetic mean of the firststage unit means as the estimate for
the latter system.
For the system of sampling with probability proportional to
size and a fixed number of secondstage units selected from each
firststage unit, we have seen that Zs provides an unbiased estimate
of the population mean, and its mean square error is given by
(14). This may be rewritten as
N
U.S.E. (zJ 
liN
L
'=1
'\'
nmN
~4
M
S,2
(73)
For convenience, we shall suppose that firststage units of the
same size are grouped together. Defining then Pi as the intraclass correlation within firststage units of the same size, we may
write
p,a 2
E {CI',;  .1',. ) (Yik  .1' .. ) I i}
j\ + 5"..  ,I' .. ) (J'ik
E {(Yi! 
E {(y,;  j\.) (Yik 
Mi
(~i 
 5'..
+ 5\  ,I'.. ) I i}
Y. ) Ii} + E {(Vi.
 J' .. )2 Ii}
Mi
I)
(Yi) 
5\,) (Y,k  }'. )
+ (5'i.  .V.. )2
!f'k c 1
Ai.(~, ~I)
[It hI}' ~~ t
(Yo,
(y"
~J'd'J
+ u.. = 
S.2
U.
+ (_Yi. . Y)2
..
.1".. )2
(74)
Substituting the result in (73). we obtain
M,S.E. (z,) =
a2
nN
Li'
"!.' Pi + __1___
M
nmN
M'S2
if
~i
(75)
)78
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
For a subsampling design involving the use of equaJ selection
probabilities at both stages, the simple arithmetic mean estimate
is known to be biased and the mean square error is derived directly
from (84) and (85) of Chapter VII. Ignoring the finite multiplier
at the first stage of sampling, this is given by
N
M.S.E. (Y,) = nIN '\' ft (y ,....
 V )2
+ n2N
L 5.
N
1
5MJ
l
(1 
~)
(J'N.  S' .. )2
,=1
(1 _ 1)
n (I'
.
N.
(76)
_ .Tt .. )2
The difference between the two mean square errors is, therefore,
given by
M.S.E. (Y,)  M.S.E. (f,)
=
N
'\' 5.2
(A!I
nmNW'M
1=1
(1  D(J'N. 
J.Y
Putting Si2 = u2 (1  Si) where Si has a meaning similar to Pi
but is not necessarily equal to Pi. we may express the difference as
SUBSAMPLING
(continued)
379
Now both Pi and 0i will usually decrease as Mi increases, so
that the covariance between Pi and MilA! and between iii and
MilM will be negative. The first term with its negative sign will.
therefore, be positive but the second term will be negative but of
a smaller order owing to the presence of the factor 11m, while
the third term will always remain positive. We, therefore, conclude
that Ys will ordinarily have a higher mean square error than
zs. showing the superiority of Zs over the estimate Ys'
8.9*
SubSampling without Replacement
In the subsampling procedure considered in the previous
sections we have assumed that subsamples from the same firststage unit are drawn independently of each other. We shall now
consider a procedure in which subsampling is carried out wholly
without replacement, that is to say, that if any firststage unit
occurs y times in the sample, a subsample of my units will be
drawn therefrom without replacement.
Following the previous notation, let
and
Zi,
m1'.
the mean per secondstage unit of the subsample
drawn from the ith firststage unit
Consider the estimate
zs', given by
(78)
where y.\ is a random variable with possible values 0, 1, 2, ... , n,
N
such that E
y.
1"'1
= n, and the probability that
is given by the (r
{PI
+ (I
 P,W
namely,
P {y.
+ I )th
r}
y.
\
term of the binomial
is equal to r
380
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
It is easily shown that zs' is an unbiased estimate of the popula
tion mean y .. , For, we have
E (z:)
~ E {t Y;Z;, ""ti}
i=l
= nE
{; Yi
z}
,.
=""
! I;
E(y) Zi.
(79)
We already know that for a binomial distribution
(80)
On substituting from (80) in (79), we get
N
E (:,')
1)'
L.., nPiz ..
i=1
= z.
(81)
=L
= Y..
(82)
SUBSAMPLING
(continued)
381
To obtain the sampling variance of the estimate, we have
) 2
V(z,') =E
1
n
1', "
~"J
_,,\,
'""j
i=t
~ E {t L
N
_
1',zi, '"I', 
)
n
1=1
( Zi'.
2: Y,*i,
N
1
1
=i'.
I
"1
Zi'.
l'
2:
N
__
z 1'",
z..
12
,el
1=1
III)' 
11
=..
)}
(83)
Taking the first term in (83), we write
+ 2 (Zl, '"'" 
E [f,//{E
z,,) (z.. 
(Z","l'jZj,) 2j
z,)} ]
i,Yl)+Eii,i,YIi,y.)
382
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Likewise, the second term in (83) gives
E {
1:
;#;'=1
Y;Y/ (.i"
m')',
I
+ (.i;.,",)" + (.i
=
E {
.f
l.
.i;,
+ .i,, .i,,) (.i".
ii.) (ii',  iO' )
.i,,) (i l ,.
i .. )}
In')' , j
i,'.
+ .i;',.i,,)}
+ (i,.i .. ) (i;,. "'')'i'  it',)
YjY,' (Zl.Z,,) (Z;,.z.J}
(85)
i==l=t'=t
since the expectation of the other three terms is clearly zero.
Substituting from (84) and (85) in (83), we may write
(86)
From (80), we know that E (Yi ) = nPi. To evaluate E (Yi2 ), we
write
E (y ')
,
= ;;" ,2 P (y = r)
,1
'
l: r e)
P/(l P,)'
SUBSAMPLING
(continued)
383
which is clearly the second moment of the binomial distribution,
and is, therefore,
(87)
To evaluate the third term in (86), we require the values of
E (1'.2)
and E (1"1'.).
We write
t
t 3
= E{E
E(y,y)
(Y;Y,1 Y,n
= E {I', E (1'1 Iy,)}
(88)
where E (1" , 11")
denotes the expected value of 1'.,
given rio Now
t
,
the probability of drawing 1', given Yi' from a sample of
(n  I'i) is Pj/(l  Pi). Hence, by analogy with (80),
E(y 11'.) = (n 1').
1
(89)
IPi
Substituting from (89) in (88), we obtain
E (I', 1')
,
= E
{I' , . (n 
.__n_!:.J..
t  Pi
y.)
Pi . }
, I Pi
0
(1'.)
..
PI
1 P,
E (I' 2)
I
I PI Pi {P
n, (1  P)
,
+ n1P,2}
(90)
Using (87) and (90), the third term in (86) may now be written as
E
{f:,1 Y,(z,, i,,)}2
f: (1',2) (i,. 
i .. )1
'=1
{n (n  1) p,p/}
'.,k /1
X (f,. Z.,) (i/. 
z.. )
384
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
N
n 1.: Pi (Zi'  Z,,)2
i=l
+ n (n
=
N
since 1.: Pi (Zi. _1
z.. ) is
{f, Pi (2;, Z")f
N
 1)
) 2
nu bz2
(91)
clearly zero .
Hence, substituting from (80), (87) and (91) in (86), we obtain
on rearranging terms,
12 
(92)
Il
which can also be written as
V (z ') =
Il
{t
N
n 1
(93)
When Pi = Mi/Mu, (93) reduces to
N
1 \ ' M, ()2
V (z,') _ n W
M~ h  Y ..
'1
+ n1
\'
A!,
LJ Mo
(1m _ M1_) 8
i=l
,r:
N
n  1
nMo
'=1
M,
M o 8,2
(94)
SUBSAMPLING
(continued)
385
If further Si2 = Sw 2 , we have
V(z')
"
u,,2
+ S",2
n
(1m _ M~)
nl
(95)
/I
It is interesting to compare (93) with (12) after putting nli '"'' m
in the latter. The comparison shows that the variance is
reduced by
N
n 1
n
showing that the procedure of subsampling considered in this
section is more efficient than the previous procedure. This is in
accordance with expectation. The gain is however small, since
the contribution to the variance from any modification at the
subsampling stage must necessarily be of a second order
(Sukhatme and Narain, 1952).
8.10*
Estimation of the Variance from the Sample when SubSampling is carried out without Replacement
Consider the mean square between the firststage unit means
in the sample defined by
= E
I'
i==l
z2,_"'1'  nz,'2
1.
(96)
Taking expectations, we obtain
(n  1) E (5&:2) "" E
{;E,
'Y,E
(Z\
'"1', Ii, 'Y)}  nE (Z,'2)
 nE (2,'2)
20
nE(.!.'II)
386
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
where n' denotes the number of different firststage units included
in the sample. Substituting from (92) for E (zs'2), we may write
nl
n
or, on dividing by (n  1), we have
(97)
1=1
Hence
~
S b. 'I
n.: .:. 1
\'
LJ
~~I
M,
_1 _.
n I
..
\'~:
LJ
".r.
(98)
SUBSAMPLING
(continued)
.\' ( I
or
,,(n 1_ I)
my 
387
1) S,.
M;
'2
.
L (~  ~) S,,'2
\ ' p, S,.'2
n W 'M,
(99)
where
m"Y,
1.:
(Zij 
Zj. nY,)2
my,  1
If Sii = Swi, (97) is simplified, being given by
N
all. 
2
W.C'
E (n')  I
n  I
\'
whence, we get
E (n')  I
[;
111
(100)
where
n'
"~i
1.: 2,;
.,.'2
(Zjj 
)2
Zj. mY,
nm n'
and Mil. denotes the harmonic mean of Mi'S
Further, when Pi = Md NM, we have
Est. f1
S '2 _
b
S '2
.,
{Em(n'~
=J _
(n  1)
In
the sample.
,~ + _I... }'
(101)
NM
388
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Substituting from (99) in the expression (92) for the variance
of zs', we get
Est. V (z,')
+ ____
Sb.'2
_!
__ _
mn (n  I)
(102)
When Pi = Mi/Mo, and Siz'2 is identical with
replaced by a pooled estimate SW'2, we get
Est. V (z') =
S'2
" '2
"b
fE (')
It
_.~.
nm
t n
1
1
Si'2
and can be
nm }
+ NM:;o"
(103)
The sampling procedure described in this section and the
preceding one is widely used in India for estimating the acreage
under crops. The design is particularly suitable for the introduction of the improved methods of estimating crop acreages in
tracts which are cadastrally surveyed. Thus, in Orissa, in India,
where this design was first used, a village is used as the firststage
unit of sampling and selected with probability proportional to the
number of survey numbers (fields) in the village. Each selected
village is further div1ded into subunits of 8 consecutive survey
numbers, 18, 916, 1724, etc., the last subunit consisting of
the remainder. From the subunits so formed, 4 subunits are
selected, giving an equal chance to all subunits in the village.
If a village occurs more than once in the sample, say y times,
a subsample of 4y subunits is selected from it.
The design derives its efficiency from two factors:
(i) the high correlation between the number of survey numbers
in a village and the crop acreage, and
(ii) the convenience and economy in field work arising from
the choice of natural units as the sampling units at
each stage.
Uncultivated land, such as that occupied by dwellings, lying
barren, or used as grassland, is usually given a single survey
SUBSAMPLING
(continued)
389
number in India, while the cultivated land, which is divided into
a large number of fields, is given at least as many survey numbers
as the number of holders in the village. Compared to the design
which makes use of artificial units like square grids marked with
the help of latitude and longitude on the map, such as for example
the one used in the Bihar and the Bengal surveys (Mahalanobis,
1945 and 1948), and in which apart from administrative inconvenience in locating the unit on the ground, a large proportion
of units falls into uncultivated tracts, this design is found to be
not only convenient for field work, but also statistically efficient.
For further reference the reader is referred to the report on the
estimation of acreage under crops in Orissa (LC.A.R., 1950).
8.11 * Stratification and the Gain Due to it
In this section we shall give the formulre for the estimate of
the population mean in stratified sampling and its variance, and
then proceed to estimate from a stratified sample the ch~nge in
variance due to stratification.
Let PH denote the selection probability assigned to the ith
firststage unit within the tth stratum, so that
(1 = 1,2, ... , k)
Let nt denote the number of firststage units to be included in the
sample from the tth stratum, so that
k
En, =n
'~1
and nt'ti the number of secondstage units to be selected from
the ith firststage unit of the tth stratum. Defining then
Z"I
M"
= M
1
. p
'0
Ie
y",
(i=I.2 ... n,)
U=
1,2. , '. mu)
(104)
it is easy to see that
ft'
I" =
k~
%"("111
(lOS)
390
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATfONS
provides an unbiased estimate of the population mean of the
tth stratum, and
k
Z",
= ,.,
1)
A,
(106)
ita
that of the mean for the whole population, where
M,o
Mo
(107)
A, = 
The variance of Zw is given by
where
N,
= 1: Ph
'''I
(W9)
(Zli.  i l.. )2
and
M"
S2 , l("l
= M;;=r
(ZUj 
(110)
%11.)2
jet
If the sample were. chosen as an unstratified sample, then the
population mean would be estimated by
(Ill)
i,
where
(112)
with its variance given by
N
.,
V ( ,,)
+ ! \'
nnw
(1'b(.)
P ( ]
I
] ) S'
til,  M,
1(.)
(113)
where
(114)
SUBSAMPLING
(continued)
391
and
(lIS)
/=1
The difference hetween (113) and (108) gives the change in
variance due to stratification. To estimate it from a stratified
sample we shall suppose that the lth unit in the population
corresponds to the ith unit in the loth stratum, so that
P"
P,
p,.
(116)
where
N,
Pt. = 1: P,
and rewrite equation (113) in a form more suitable for estimating
the gain due to stratification. Substituting for PI from (116) in
(114), and noting that Zlj = Ztij (At! Pt.), we write
A,
P I.
I:
_ A,
z, .. P
t.
_
+Zl..
A,
P
2..)"
2, .. 
z..
I.
N,
L: L
p,.
tal
PI<
{~,~2 (2h. 
Z, .. )2
+ (~,.
y}
"=1
(117)
'I
''''I
Also
).,t P SI
p.
I.
II
"til)
(118)
392
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Hence substituting for
from (l17) and for P I S2 1(z) from
a2b(z)
(118) in (113), we get
1;
I: p: I:
NI
At 2
Pt;
~~) S2 ,Hzt )
(_!_
m
ti
1=1
1"1
(119)
The change in variance due to stratification is thus given by the
difference of (119) and (108), namely,
k
{Vus Vs }
At
n~t,
Z
(
n~) a2
tbt ./)
t:::;l
_~n
{f'
z2
W At:_
P t , t..
p}
..
t= I
+W
'\'AZ( 1
nP,. 
1)
n"
NI
.L
Pt;
(~ti
~J S2,H
t)
(120)
i=1
and it is this which we are required to estimate from a given
stratified sample. We write
k
Est. {Vus  Vs} ==
L
1='
A,2 (
n~,.
SUBSAMPLING
(continued)
393
Now, from (18), we have
2
11.(.,)
(122)
S"II,(.t)
11, 
Also
S'2 II(,/)
S2
(123)
li('/)
IL only remains to evaluate the middle terms in (121).
We have
Nt
1: !"  ~,~)
+ :,
P li
S2'i/)
i=l
so that
Est. (Z, ..2) =
nl
a2 Ib (ot)
 2
Zto
;'7
111
1: (~'j
~J
S2'H:t)
(124)
Similarly
Z..2
E (Z., 2)  V (Z.,)
whence
k
Z..2
1:
'=1
+ n,1
At 2
{~:'~;~
.,
L (m!,
 1') SI,,(.,)}
(125)
394
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Hence, from (124) and (125), we obtain
Est
}
Z 2
'\' ",
_ %, 2 W P,."
k
",2
= "\'
.. Z, 2 W P,.'
'1
 2
Z
'"
1=1
.,
(1mil  .Ml
x )'
II
) S2 ti (zt)
(126)
Substituting from (122), (123) and (126) in (121), and collecting
terms, we get
L P,.
A,2 _
_ 1
Est. {Vus  Vs }  n
ZI8
Z,n
1=1
A.
L A~~
(nn;". 
1 
nP,.
+ ~) a2"'hll
1=1
(127)
On using (122), equation (127) is further simplified, being given by
+ "\'
W
1 + IiI)
A, (~ _ 1  nP
n,
nP ,.
I.
S tbI.,1
(J28)
SUBSAMPLING
(continued)
395
It follows immediately that
Z,j
= Y,j = Ylij =
Z,ij
Also
Then (128) reduces to
Est. {Vus  V s }
(PI.=AtI
{t
A,
Z,,2  Z.,2}
1=[
k
+ L n~,
{(n,  I)  A, (n  I)} s2'br.t)
(129)
Example 8.1
A sample survey for estimating the acreage under paddy was
carried out in Orissa State during 195051. Each district of the
State was divided into a suitable number of strata by grouping
together adjoining administrative divisions in the district. From
each stratum a sample of villages was selected with probability
proportional to the number of survey numbers in the village.
Each selected village was divided into clusters of 8 consecutive
survey numbers, 18, 916, 1724, etc., the last cluster consisting
of the remainder. From the clusters so formed a simple random
sample of 4 clusters was drawn (without replacement). If, however, a village occurred more than once in the sample, say "
times, a sample of 4" clusters was selected from it.
Table 8. 1 shows the number of villages and the number of
clusters in the population, the number of villages in the sample
and the number nt' of distinct villages in the sample, the
estimated area under paddy per cluster and the values for Stb 2,
Stw, Stb'2 and Stw'l for each stratum. Calculate the sampling
396
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
TABLE
8.1
Area Survey on Paddy, Orissa, 195()5i
Values of Means, Mean Squares between Village Means (Slb Z, Slb'f) and Mean Squares
Within Villages (SI .. 2, Slw'2) in Acres per Cluster Basis
,.
N,
N,tti,
n,
n,'
YI", ..
Stb
434
71670
19
19
1291
05058
10726
05058
10726
405
44114
13
12
2597
37764
81920
3 7724
79921
565
33107
23
23
2078
41255
90720
41255
90720
2'098
18717
44411
18105
4'4334
47173
121021
Stratum
SI ..2
S,b
'2
'I
851
93734
34
32
271
24631
14
12
2'552
49885
123426
471
51776
18
18
1675
06760
36231
06760
3'6231
347
44028
15
14
2'100
16487
33946
16482
33214
Sums
3344
363060
136
130
 _._.__
variance of the estimate of the area under paddy per cluster in
the district, assuming
(a) Subsamples of 4 within each selected village were selected
independently;
(b) A single sample of size 4y was selected from each selected
village (the method actually adopted).
Assume MdMoPi to be 1.
If the sampling variance of the estimated acreage can be
supposed to be calculated under assumption (a), estimate the loss
of efficiency which would have resulted from an unstratified
sample.
The variance of the estimate of the area under paddy per
cluster in the tth stratum appropriate for assumption (a) is given
by equation (19) as
Est. V (ji,,)
II
S'b.
n,
SUBSAMPLING
(continuedi
397
The variance of the district estimate is, therefore, given by
7
E81. V (ji IC)
'\' \
2 SII,!
= f....J ", nt
where
N,M,
M to
NM = Mo
The weights At are computed in the first column of Table 8.2.
Substituting from the table, we have
Est. V(Yw) = (019741)2
~i~?~ +
(012151)2
+ (0'091189)24.1255 +
23
~'i~64
(0.25818)2 18717
34
+ (0'067843)24.9885
+ (0'14261)2
14
+ (0 '12127)2
= 0001037
06760
18
!__?~87
15
+ 0004289 + 0'001492 + 0003669
+ 0001640 + 0000764 + 0001616
= 001451
8.2
Computations for Estimating Gain in Precision due to Stratification
... _....__._._.__ .. _...__._ .. "_ .. _NtM,
Stratum A, = ~
...n,I (n I)~,
(4) >.(5) S'b 2
A,Ytn, .. ~,y2'n,.
nn,
NM
TABLE
.~..
(I)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Sums
019741
012151
0091189
025818
0067843
014261
012127
(2)
(3)
02549
03156
01895
05417
01731
0'2389
02547
03290
08195
03938
11364
04418
04001
05348
1'9684
40554
(4)
000076397
000068727
000029152
000055835
000035632
'000058256
'000059446
(6)
(5)
_.__._ ..__ .._
8,6504
4'4038
+9'6895
1'8543
13,8412
22524
23714
 '0003343
'0011430
+ '0011653
 '0001938
+ '0006828
 0000887
'0002324
_..___
 '0001441
398
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Under assumption (b), an estimate of the variance in a single
stratum is given by equation (103). We may write
Est. P' (ii,.)
For example,
Est. V' (y,,)
(1
2 1)
(34) (4) . 33  93734 (4,4334)
1'8105
34 +
= 0053250
= 0055178
+ (00044563  '00001067) (44334)
The variance for the district estimate is then estimated by
Est. V' (jioo)
= E A,2 v' (ji,,)
'=1
= (0'19741)2
(0026606)
+ (0'091189)2 (0,17910)
+ (0'12151)2 (0,30281)
+ (025818)2 (0055178)
+ (0 '067843)2 (036971) +
(0 ,14261)2 (0037486)
+(0'12127)2 (0'11376)
= 001481
We note that contrary to expectation this value is larger than the
first estimate, a fact which may be attributed to sampling errors
in the estimates of O'tb2, O'tb'2, Stw 2 and Stw'2; but the difference
is negligible.
The difference between the variance of the mean of a stratified
sample on assumption (0), and that of the mean of an unstratified
sample is estimated by equation (129). The necessary computations are made in Table 8.2. We have
Est. {Vus  Vs}
=! {t
A, Z,,2  ZIlJ 2}
'1
A;
+~
\' nn,
~
{en,  I)  A, (n  I)}
r'b""
SUBSAMPLING
= f36
(continued)
{4'0554  (1'968)'}
0001341  0'000144
0001197
399
+ ( 00001441)
Thus the relative increase in variance if the sample were not
stratified would be

0001197
0:01451
0082
or
82%
8.12* CoUapsed Strata
Hansen and Hurwitz (1943) advocate stratification to a degrtlc
where only one firststage unit is selected from each stratum.
Stratification to this degree may secure an optimum distribution
of the sample when the strata are about equal, but offers one
disadvantage in that an unbiased estimate of the error variance
cannot be made. To overcome this difficulty Hansen and Hurwitz
pool the strata in pairs which resemble each other as closely as
possible and calculate an upper bound to the error variance of
the estimate. One such procedure of calculating an upper bound
will be described in this section.
We shall suppose that the population consists of only two
strata and that from each stratum one firststage unit is selected
with probability proportional to the number of secondstage units
in the firststage unit. Let
denote the total numbers of firststage units in
the first and second strata, respectively;
the numbers of secondstage units in the
ith and the jth firststage units of the
two strata, respectively (i = I, 2, ... ,
N.J, U = 1, 2, ... , NJ;
400
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
the total numbers of secondstage units
in the first and the second strata,
respectively, so that
Mo
= M Io + M lo
the average sizes of the firststage units
in the first and the second strata,
respectively;
the selection probabilities at the first
draw for the ith firststage unit in the
first stratum and the jth firststage
unit in the second stratum, respectively;
and
the numbers of secondstage units to be
included in the sample from the
selected firststage units in the first
and the second strata. respectively.
For convenience, however, we shall suppose that the firststage
unit selected from the first stratum is the cth and that from the
second the doth unit.
Since P1i = M1i1MlO' clearly Ym,. will represent an unbiased
estimate of YI .. , the population mean per secondstage unit of
the first stratum; and similarly, since P2j = M zj lM2o , Ym,~ wiII
represent an unbiased estimate of Y2 for the second stratum.
An unbiased estimate of the population mean Y.. for the two
strata together will be given by the weighted mean of Ym,. and
Y m.d and may be denoted by Yw. given by
ji.. = Aji .....
+ (1
 A) jim."
(130)
where
(131)
SUBSAMPLING
(continued)
401
The variance of jiw will be
(132)
where
N,
alb
1: PI, ()\i'  5\ )2
1==1
N,
a 21J 2 _
1: P 2i
.i 2 . )2
Ll'2). 
j=l
(133)
and
Mti
8Ii 2
MIl
1
(YH, _. .i'H. )2
,:1
(134)
Now, if the sample of two firststage units were selected as an
unstratified sample with probability proportional to the measure of
size of the units, then an appropriate estimate of the population
mean would be given by the simple arithmetic mean of cluster
means in the sample, namely jis', and its variance by
N
V (Y.) =2
{a
+ LP,(~,
k)
8,
2
}
(135)
11
where
a.
1:
1=1
P, (Yz. 
Y.. )2
(136)
and
M,
8l
26
M,l
L
,.1
(y"  YI.)2
(137)
402
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
It follows from the relation PIt = M1dMlo and (131) that
(i = I, 2, ... Nt)
P, =>J'u
(138)
for units in the first stratum, and
U= 1,2, ... , NI )
(139)
for units in the second stratum.
Now equation (120) of the preceding section shows that when
Pt. = >'t and NI = Na and the allocation of firststage units to
the two strata is in proportion to >.: (1  >.), (135) provides an
upper bound to the actual variance of the estimate of a stratified
sample. For evaluating it from the selected sample, we require
the estimate of ub2 We write
NI
= API! {(fll.  YI .. )2 + (h.  Y.. )2}
"'1
Au lb 2 + (1  )..) U 2b 2
)..u lb
+ (l
+ ).. <YI ..  Y.. + (I )..) (jiz .. )..) U2b 2 + )..h.2 + (1  )..) h.2  y}
)2
Y.. )I
(140)
We know that
(141)
SUBSAMPLING
(continued)
403
and
(142)
giving us
Est. Yl . 2
Y.. ,,2 
Ulb
(~lC
 ~~) SI,2
(143)
and
(144)
Also, from (132), we get
Substituting for Yt .. 2, Y2 .. 2 and Ji .. 2 from (143), (144) and (145)
in (140), we get on simplification
(146)
Estimates of u 1b 2 and Utb2 cannot be calcul.. ted from a sample
of one each. Tn a reasonably efficient scheme of stratification,
however, u 1 b2 and u 2b2 can each be expected to be smaller than
ub2 Replacing them by their upper bound, namely ub 2, we then
obtain for the estimate of ub 2 an upper bound given by
   tII
Es
(J"b
1
= 2(1=',,)
(
\2
Y....  YIIl}
+ 2,\1
(;,
VOl," 
 )2
YIIl
~ {(~1'  ~1) Ste2+ (~24  ~~) S2i}
(147)
404
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Now, an estimate of the variance of the sample mean, if the
sample were selected as an unstratified sample, is obtained from
(135), being given by
Est. V (Y,) = ;
[a + >. (2~, 2
b
~1) 81,2
Substituting for Ub 2 from (147) and replacing S1C2 and S2d2 by
2
2
SlC and S2d respectively, we get
For>. =
t, we have the inequality
Consequently (147) wiil always provide an upper bound to the
estimate of ub 2 and hence (149) will provide an upper bound to
the actual error variance of the mean of a stratified sample.
Substituting >. = t in (149), we get the simple expression
Est. v (ji,) = !
(Y "'S'  ji ",.6)2
(ISO)
It should be emphasized that the expression (150) is only an
upper bound and does not necessarily provide a satisfactory
approximation to the error variance. In fact, in most surveys
where stratification is effective, it will be found to result in
a considerable overestimate of the actual error.
8.13 SubSampling with Varying Probabilities of Selection at
Each Stage
Lastly, we shall consider a subsampling system in which units
at each stage of sampling are selected with replacement, with
SUBSAMPLING
405
(continued)
probabilities proportional to measures of their sizes. It is easily
shown that under this system each unit measure of size gets an
equal chance of being included in the sample and in consequence,
a simple arithmetic mean of the ratios of the observed value y
to the measure of size x for the units in the sample provides
an unbiased estimate of the population ratio of the total of y
to the total of x.
Let
Xij
denote
the measure of size of the jth secondstage unit
within the ith firststage unit;
the measure of size of the ith firststage unit,
so that
M,
= E
X,
Xii
and
11
EXi
i:1
the total of y for the ith firststage unit, so that
N
and
= E Yi
i=1
the ratio of y to X for the jth secondstage unit
within the ith firststage unit given by
the ratio of the total of y to the total of x for
the ith firststage unit given by
R 
Yj
iXi
and
the ratio of the population total of y to the
population total of x given by
R
y
X
It is easily seen that
(r'l 1i) = R,
(151)
406
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
and
(152)
For,
M,
(r ll )
L~
'Ii
and
'''''
y
X
=R
Consider now the simple arithmetic mean of the ratios
_
rn ..
rij
given by
",
l , , \ , ) ' Yo
nm W W Xi}
(153)
Clearly then, using (151) and (152), we get
E(' )
~ n~ E {t> (t;
'" Ii)}
~ n~ E {m t>.}
=
1L"
=R
(R,)
(154)
SUBSAMPLING
401
(continued)
To obtain the sampling variance of rnm , we write
V (rnm) = E {r ....  R)2
E(rnm
where Rn = (lin)
R. + R. 
R)2
1: Ri,
E (f nm
R.)2
+ E (R.
(155)
 R)2
since for a fixed sample of n firststage units E (rnm) = Rn and in
consequence the last term is zero.
Taking the first term in (I55), we have
{! t (',.  R,)},
~2 {t
t
E('  R.)' ~ E
=
(r tm  R;)2
.,o.i'
(f'mRJ (f"m R,,)
(156)
the second term vanishing since sampling within the ith and
i' th units is carried out independently.
From (87) of Chapter VI, we may write
(157)
where
M.
fT,
L ~:
II
(r'l  R,)I
(IS8)
408
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WiTH APPLICATlONS
Substituting from (157) in (156), we get

R,,)2
E (f,,,,, 
= n2
~~
{1:"j
G 2
(159)
Also from (77) of Chapter VI, we have
E(k _ R)2
n
= un
b
(160)
where
(161)
Substituting from (159) and (160) in (155), we thus get
V(r )
"m
Gb
+ nm
u
w
(162)
where
N
_ _ '\' Xi
ali) W X
(163)
Ui
i=l
To calculate the variance from the sample we consider the mean
square of rim obtained from the sample, namely,
(164)
Expanding and taking expectations we have, using the arguments
in Section 8.3,
nI
{.t
E (',.')  nE ('.")}
n {V (r,,,,)
nl [
+ R2} 
n {V U... ) + R2}J
SUBSAMPLING
(continued)
409
where V (rim) represents the variance of the mean based on
a sample of one firststage unit. Substituting from (162), we
have, on simplification,
(165)
whence
Est. V( i'om)
Sb
(166)
The results of this section are easily extended to threestage
sampling. Thus the estimate of the population ratio for this case
can be expressed as
(167)
with its sampling variance given by
ab
+ a",.. 2
 2
+!!_,,__
nm
nmp
(168)
The results are of particular importance in crop surveys for
determining the yield rate. The design of the Indian surveys has
been described in a previous chapter. In these surveys, villages
are selected with equal probability and so are fields within villages
and plots within fields. A simple arithmetic mean of the plot
yields does not give an unbiased estimate of the population value,
since in the process of giving an equal chance to all sampling
units at each stage of selection, smaller villages and smaller fields
get a relatively larger chance of selection per unit area under
the crop. Alternative estimates which are unbiased can be formed
but these are relatively inefficient. The difficulty can be overcome
by selecting villages and fields with probability proportional to
the area under the crop. This modification in the design is
sometimes used in yield surveys. On the other hand, it is of
interest to note that experience indicates that the yield per acre
is not correlated with the size of the village or field, and in
consequence there is no risk of any serious bias in selecting the
410
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
sampling units with equal probability and using the simple
arithmetic mean to estimate the yield rate.
8.14 Sampling without Replacement at Each Stage
So far we have assumed that the firststage units are selected
with replacement. Clearly, the efficiency of a sampling procedure
is reduced by including the same unit twice or oftener in the
sample. One method of improving the efficiency is to group
together into strata firststage units of about the same size.
However, as pointed out in Section 7.15, stratification by size of
unit may not be always feasible and even where such stratification
is attempted the units within strata may still show considerable
variation in size. In this situation sampling without replacement
within strata with probability proportional to the measure of the
size of the units can be 'Used with considerable gains in efficiency.
In this section we shall extend the theory to the case when
the firststage units are selected without replacement with varying probabilities of selection and from each selected unit a
simple random sample of predetermined size is drawn without
replacement.
Let
_
nM,Yli
(169)
MoE(;;:j
Zji 
where E (ui), as defined in Section 2a.4, denotes the probability
of including the ith firststage unit in a sample of n. Consider
the estimate
!.
= ~
(170)
z,(mj)
Clearly, is gives an unbiased estimate of ji...
E (t.)
~E
t t '". J
= E
E(f"."
lil}
For,
SUBSAMPLING
(continued)
411
(171)
Substituting for h from (169), we have
E(l,)
=Y..
(172)
To obtain the variance, we write
Y ..
412
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
(173)
where E (aia,), as defined in Section 2a. 5, denotes the probability
of including the ith and the jth units in the sample.
Y..2,
Expanding
V (i,)
we may rewrite (173) as
=L
I  E (a,) M,2h 2
~ M~2 E (;;i)
1=1
This expression was first given by Horvitz and Thompson
(1952).
For the case of simple random sampling, we know from (19)
and (31) of Chapter II that
E(a,)
and
= N
Substituting in (170), we notice that the estimate Zs reduces to
of Section 7.11, namely,
ys'
,
:, = y,
\'MnM l.J
;Yj(tftil
1
(175)
and the expression for the variance becomes identical with that
given by (91) of Section 7.12, as expected. Thus,
SUBSAMPLING
(continued)
413
V (i,) =
G I) L
+ nN
I
1=1
where
I
NI
f (Ml Yi._ Y_.. )2
W Ai
(177)
In developing these formulre, we assumed that mi, the number
to be sampled from the ith firststage unit, is known in advance.
In order to determine it we use the principle of minimizing the
cost of the survey for a given precision, or alternatively, of
maximizing the precision for a given cost. The application of
this principle when the cost is represented by (20) is straightforward
and follows step by step the analysis shown in Section 8.4. It
will be found that the optimum value of mi is approximately
given by
(178)
When E (ai) is proportional to Mi, as will usually be our attempt
to make it, mi will be constant irrespective of the firststage unit
included in the sample. One important simplification arising from
this design is that the estimate Zs reduces to the simple arithmetic
mean of the nm yvalues in the sample.
414
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
An unbiased estimate of V (is) is easily computed. We write,
from (174),
)
Est . V (Z,
f'
= W
I  E (al ) M,2 E
{E (a,)}2
"
+ \'
W
'''''J
Mo2
/" 21 .)
I
St. Vi.
E (alaJ)  E (a,) E (aJ) MIMi
E (a,a,) E (a,) E (ai )
Mo?
X
"
+2:
I
Ml
{E(a,)}2 Mo2
( I
m; 
Est. (Vi, h
1 ) E (S 2
M,
St.
j
1i, j)
I I')
"
,,'oJ
+ f'
{E (ai)I E (a l) 
w E_1(al)_
E (!,al)}
'!1 (_!_ _
M.;a
m,
_!_) sl'
M,
(179)
An altemative estimate of the variance based on a linear
combination of the squared differences in the sample, which
appears to be better than the one given above, can be formed
SUBSAMPLING
(continued)
415
following the device mentioned in the footnote on page 71 of
Chapter II. Thus, we rewrite (174) as
N
V(Z,)
in';.
{E (at) E(a j )
E (ain)} (i,.  i,.)2
1#1=1
E (a.)
I
1).
S
(m,__1.  M,
.,
Hence
Est. V (i,)
X,
{(it (.. ;)  I("i)
\':
)2 
n12
L" (~,  ~)
(m_!_, 
S,,2
..!..)
M, s"
(180)
The theory of sampling without replacement developed in this
section is difficult to use in practice on account of the hea\ y
computations involved in evaluating E (ui) and E (UiUj). For the
important case of samples of two within each stratum, explicit
expressions for E (Ui) and (E UiUj) in terms of the selection
probabilities PI> PI' ... , PN have been given in Section 2b.4 and
are relatively easy to compute. For larger samples the use of the
estimate appropriate for sampling with replacement, introducing
the usual finite multiplier for calculating the error variance. is
probably sufficiently satisfactory (Yates, 1949).
416
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
REFERENCES
"On the Theory of Sampling from Finite Populations," Ann. Math. Statist., 14, 33362.
"On the Determination of Optimum Probabilities
in Sampling," Ann. Math. Statist., 20, 42632.
Sukhatme, P. V. and
"Sampling with Replacement," Jour. Ind. Soc. Agr.
Narain, R. D. (1952)
Statist., 4, 4249.
Mahalanobis, P. C. (1945) .. Report on the Bihar Crop Survey, 194344,"
Sankhya, 7, 29106.
(1948)
"Report on Bengal Crop Survey, 194445," Department of Agriculture, Forests and Fisheries, West
Bengal.
I.C.A.R., New Delhi (1950) "Report on the Sample Survey for Estimation of
Acreage under Principal Crops in Orissa"
( Unpublished).
"A Generalisation of Sampling without ReplaceHorvitz, D. G. and
ment from a Finite Universe," Jour. Amer.
Thompson, D. J. (1952)
Statist. Assoc., 47, 66385.
Sampling Methods for Censuses and Surveys, Charles
Yates, F. (1949)
Griffin & Co., Ltd., London.
Hansen, M. H. and
Hurwitz, W. N. (1943)
2. (1949)
1.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
CHAPTER IX
SYSTEMATIC SAMPLING
9.1 Introduction
So far we have considered methods of sampling in which the
successive units (whether elements or clusters) were selected with
the help of random numbers. We shall now consider a method
of sampling in which only the first unit is selected with the help
of random numbers, the rest being selected automatically according
to a predetermined pattern. The method is known as systematic
sampling.
The pattern usually followed in selecting a systematic sample
is a simple pattern involving regular spacing of units. Thus,
suppose a population consists of N units, serially numbered from
1 to N. Suppose further that N is expressible as a product of
two integers k and II, so that N = kn. Draw a random number
less than k, say i, and select the unit with the corresponding
serial number and every kth unit in the population thereafter.
Clearly, the sample will contain the n units i, i 1 k, i + 2k, ... ,
i + n _:lk, and is known as a systematic sample. The selection
of every kth strip in forest sampling for the estimation of
timber, the selection of a corn field, every kth mile apart, for
observation on incidence of borers, the selection of every kth
timeinterval for observing the number of fishing craft landing on
the coast, the selection of every kth punched card for advance
tabulation or of every kth village from a list of villages, after
the first unit is chosen with the help of random numbers less
than k, are all examples of systematic sampling. In the first
three examples, the sequence of numbering is determined by
Nature, the first two providing examples of distribution
in space while the third that of distribution in time. In the
fourth and the fifth, the ordering may be either alphabetical or
arbitrary approximating to a random distribution. In the latter
case, a systematic sample will obviously be equivalent to a random
sample. The method is extensively used in practice on account
of its low cost and simplicity in the selection of the sample.
The latter consideration is particularly important in situations
where the selection of a sample is carried out by the field staff
27
418
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
themselves. A systematic sample also offers great advantages in
organizing control over field work.
In a systematic sample, as noted already, the relative position
in the population of the different units included in the sample
is fixed. There is consequently no risk in the method that any
large contiguous part of the population will fail to be represented.
Indeed, the method will give an evenly spaced sample and is,
therefore, likely to give a more precise estimate of the population
mean than a random sample unless the kth units constituting
the sample happen to be alike or correlated. The method
resembles stratified sampling in that one sampling unit is selected
from each stratum of k consecutive units. In reality, however,
the resemblance is only casual. In stratified sampling the unit
to be selected from each stratum is randomly drawn, in
systematic sampling its position relative to the unit in the first
stratum is predetermined. Unless, therefore, the units in each
stratum are randomly listed, a systematic sample will not be
equivalent to a stratified random sample.
Systematic sampling strictly resembles cluster sampling, a
systematic sample being equivalent to a sample of one cluster
selected out of the k clusters of n units each, shown in the
schematic diagram below in the form of k columns of n each:
Schematic Diagram Showing the Serial Number of the Unit
in the Population in Terms of the Cluster Number
and its Serial Position in the Cluster
SYSTEMATIC SAMPLING
419
Since the first number less than or equal to k is to be chosen
at random, every one of the k columns gets an equal chance of
being chosen as the systematic sample. It follows that the theory
of systematic sampling can be deduced from the theory of cluster
sampling dealt with in Chapter VI.
In presenting the theory in this chapter, we shall assume that
N = nk, where n is the size of the sample and k is an integer.
In practice N may not be so expressible, and the results presented
in this chapter may not be strictly applicable. However, the
disturbance is not likely to be large unless n is small.
9.2 The Samp)e Mean and its Variance
Let
Yij
denote the observation on the unit bearing the serial
number i + U 1) k in the population (i = 1.
2, ... ,k; j= 1,2, ... ,n);
the sample mean
j\.
(2)
and
Y..
the population mean
(3)
Since the probability of selecting the ith column as the
systematic sample is llk, it follows that
t
E(P")
iL
YI.
'.1
= Y..
(4)
showing that a systematic sample provides an unbiased estimate
of the population mean.
420
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
The variance is given by
_ 1 \ ' (.,
 k W
)2
(5)
VI.Y ..
''''1
which can also be written as
(6)
where Sc 2 denotes the mean square between column means, the
letter c standing for a column.
9.3 Comparison of Systematic with Random Sampling
The variance of the mean of a random sample of n
units chosen from a population of size N is known to be
given by
V{;')
V,. R
= (~n  N}) 8 2
(7)
where S2 is the mean square between units in the population.
This is not directly comparable with (6), and it is therefore
important to express the variance of a systematic sample in an
alternative form suitable for this comparison. We write
k
V(jij.)s.=
i .l:
(ji4. 
Y.. )2
'I
1 lf1t
41
k~
Y'J 
y.}'
(yu 
Y>}'
J1
t {t
421
SYSTEMATIC SAMPLING
kn'
t. {t
y)'
(y" 
+ L...J
~ (V.
j,
 ..
I' ) (v
..1 ')'" )}
j~I'~l
kn' {(nk 
I) S'
+ L...J
~ W
~"' (" _. Ii
r'l)
,}
r/
) (I','
f}
,, )}
r"
(8)
)'=1
Now, by definition, the intraclass correlation between units of
a column is given by
kn
(kll _. i) S~
(9)
or
k
"
};
};
1""
(Vi) _.
5'..) (Yi;'  )'.. ) = (n  J) (kn  J) pS2
(10)
iI'=1
Substituting from (10) in (8), we get
kn  1 S2
V(l', . )SV =  k
n  ' n {1
+ p (n 
J)}
(II)
which is a convenient form for purposes of comparison with the
of the mean of a random sample. The variance of
a systematic sample relative to that of a random sample is seen
to be
v~riance
p.
VS
VR
(nk  I) {I
p (n  I)}
n(kI)
(12)
We notice that the relative precision depends on the value of
For p =  1/(kn  I). the two methods give estimates of
422
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
equal precision; for p greater than  I/(kn  I), systematic
sampling is less accurate than random sampling; while for pless
than  l/(kn  I), systematic sampling is superior to random
sampling. The minimum value which p can take is  I/(n  I),
when the variance of a systematic sample will be zero, and the
reduction in variance over random sampling will therefore be
100%. The maximum value which p can assume is 1, when
the efficiency of systematic relative to random sampling will be
given by (k  l)/(nk  1).
In general, however, it is difficult to know what values p will
take in populations distributed in space or time, and no general
conclusions can therefore be drawn about the relative efficiency
of systematic and random sampling. On the other hand, for
populations for which the lists of units are prepared in alphabetical or arbitrary order and where there is little likelihood of
the lists corresponding to any physical distribution, we may
assume the intraclass correlation to provide a good estimate of its
average value in randomly formed columns, namely l/CnkI),
and hence expect systematic and random sampling to give results
of about equal precision on an average.
It is instructive to express the variance of the systematic sample
in terms of a further breakup of the intraclass correlation
coefficient. It will be noticed from (10) that p is expressed as
the sum of kn (n  1) products of y deviations: 2k (n  1) of
these products relate to y deviations separated by one row,
2k (n  2) of these products relate to y deviations separated by
two rows, etc. We may, therefore, write (10) as
k
(n  I) (kn  1) pS2 = 2
"1 nCI
1: }; .E
,_1 ,,=1 ;=1
(Y'J 
Y..) (Y'J+"
Y..)
"1
kn  1
2 1: k (n  a) p"S2   "=1"
kn
where p" is defined as
P..
= E (YjJ  Y.. ) (Y'I+..  Y.. )
E O"J  Y.. )2
(13)
SYSTEMATIC SAMPUNG
423
and is called the noncircular serial correlation coefficient for
lag ka. Hence. we have
n1
= _... 2
. _ \ ' (n _ a) p
n (n  1)
(14)
a=l
Substituting for p from (14) in (11), we get
(IS)
The expression is due to the Madows (1944).
9.4 Comparison of Systematic with Stratified Random Sampling
We shall consider the population as divided into n strata
corresponding to the n rows of the schematic diagram (I), and
suppose that one unit is randomly drawn from each one of these
strata, thus giving us a stratified sample of n. Clearly, the variance
of the mean of this sample will be
V(Yw)s
(1 
S.,,2
(16)
where Swr2 is the mean square between units within rows,
defined by
n
S",,2
= n("l:'::_:I)
1: L
/=1
(Yil  ji)2
(17)
~.:1
To examine how this compares with the variance of a systematic
sample we shall first express the latter in a form suitable for
direct comparison with (16).
Equation (5) can be written as
r
LY"S
le1
424
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
o?;
k
"
(YIJ 
Y.Y
n
+ f...J
"_ w
" (v.
1=1
'J
V ) ()!.,  v,)
.1
t)
(18)
rrr=l
The second term contains kn (n  I) product terms, of which
2k (n  1) are products of y deviations from the respective strata
means separated by one row, 2k (n  2) are products of y
deviations separated by two rows, ... , 2k (n  a) are products
of y deviations separated by a rows, ... , and 2k separated by
(n  I) rows. We can, therefore, write (18) as
t~~
{t t
~
kn'
(y" 
+2
x
(y"  5'.,)(y"," 
5'.,..)}
y,)'
(~ k (n  aJ P,.,. )
(f'W Wf'
J=l
(Y;1  YJ
n(k 1)
)}
(19)
\=1
where
(20)
(Y.J  y.;)2
n (k  If
SYSTEMATIC SAMPLING
425
and is termed the within stratum serial correlation between
observations separated by distance ka. Hence, substituting from
(17) in terms of Swr2, we obtain
k  1
V(jids~ =
k
8 .. ,2
r+
n (1
k
~
I 2n f;:
(n 
a)
P(a)"'5
(21)
The expression in this form was first derived by the Madows
(1944). Comparing it with (16), we note that the relative efficiency
of the systematic and stratified random samples depends on the
values of P(a)W in the population, and no general conclusions can,
therefore, be drawn. If the p(a.)W are all positive, the stratified
sample will be superior to the systematic sample; if the P(a)W
are zero, the two samples will provide estimates of equal
precision.
9.5 Comparison of Systematic with Simple and Stratified Random
Samples for Certain Specified Populations
(i) Linear Trend
Let us suppose that the values of the successive units of
the population increase in accordance with a linear law, so
that
Yh = I'
+h
(22)
where I' is a constant and h goes from 1 to N.
Clearly,
N
Y..
(I'
+ h)
h=l
I'
N+ 1
+ 2=
NI'2
(N + 1) (2N + 1)
+ N'"6+ I'N (N + 1)
(23)
(24)
426
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
and hence
S2
= N
{t y.2  NYoo2}
~1
."1
_ nk (nk + 1)
12
(25)
Similarly, since the observations within each row increase by unity,
we have
Sto,2
(k +
1)
= k.......
12
(26)
and for the same reason, since the column means corresponding
to k different systematic samples also increase by unity, we have
the mean square between column means given by
S
k (k
+ 1)
(27)
12
Substituting from (27) in (6), from (25) in (7), and from (26) in
(16), we get
VSr
VR =
k2  1
(28)
12
(k  I)(nk
12
+ 1)
(29)
and
(30)
Hence
Vs: Vs.: VR
k +1
=  : k + 1: nk + 1
n
or, approximately
1
'" %n
=n
0
(31)
We notice that the variance of a stratified sample is only
l/nth the variance of a systematic sample, and the latter in its
SYSTEMATIC SAMPLING
427
turn is also approximately l/nth the variance of a random sample.
Stratified sampling is thus seen to be the most efficient of the
three methods for removing the effects of a linear trend, with
systematic sampling following it as the next best method. The
reader may like to verify that p(U)W is (kl)lk for all values of
a, thus explaining the loss of efficiency of systematic sampling
compared to stratified random sampling. He will also find
that P = (k 2n+ 1)/(k2n2 1), or approximately _ lin, which
accounts for the superiority of systematic sampling over random
sampling.
(ii) Periodic Variation
We shall now consider populations in which sampling units
with high and low values follow one another according to a regular
pattern. Suppose such a population is represented by
y~
sin
{a +(h 1)
1~}
where h varies from I to an integral multiple of 20. Clearly, the
successive sampling units will repeat themselves after every 20th
value. A systematic five per cent. sample from such a population
will consist of sampling units drawn from the same position of
each cycle, giving an estimate which is no more accurate than
a single value. A five per cent. random sample, on the other
hand, will contain units from different parts of the cycles with
the result that the means of such samples will vary within a
narrower range than the means of different systematic samples, thus
making random samples more efficient than systematic samples for
removing the effect of a periodic trend. At the other extreme, jf
we select a ten per cent. systematic sample with two regularly
spaced observations from each cycle, the first selected randomly
out of the first 10 and the second chosen at a distance of 10 units
from the first, then the mean based thereon will be identical
with the population mean, thus making systematic sampling the
most efficient of all sampling methods. It will be noticed therefore that the relative efficiency of systematic sampling for populations showing periodic variation depends upon the choice of the
interval between the successive units sought to be included in the
428
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
sample. In particular, if the interval coincides with the period of
the cycle, the sample will contain units which are all alike, giving
p = 1, and, consequently, the relative increase in variance of
systematic over random sampling is maximum. Of course, in
nature, regular periodicity is most unlikely to occur but the
example serves to illustrate how the effectiveness of a systematic
sample is influenced by the interval in sampling a population
exhibiting a periodic trend.
(iii) Natural Populations
Systematic sampling is found to be both efficient and convenient in sampling certain natural populations like forest areas
for estimating the volume of timber (Hasel, 1942; Griffith,194546) and areas under different types of cover (Osborne, 1942).
We shall illustrate here its efficiency for sampling a certain natural
population distributed in time.
Example 9.1
A pilot survey for investigating the possibility of estimating the
catch of marine fish was conducted in a sample of landing
centres on the Malabar coast of India (LC.A.R., 1950). At
each landing centre"' in the sample, a count was made of the
number of boats landing every hour from 6 A.M. to 6 P.M.
Out of the boats landing during each hour, the first one was
selected for observation on weight of fish, the product with the
number of landing boats giving an estimate of the catch brought
during the hour. Table 9. 1 shows the number of boats landing
per hour at Quilandy Centre for seven consecutive Mondays.
Calculate for each day the values of p between observations
separated by k = 2, 3, 4 and 6 hours and hence investigate the
effectiveness of systematic sampling relative to random sampling
for making observations during the day.
The first step in the calculation consists in making the analysis
of variance tables on the number of boatS landing per hour for
each of the several cases (k = 2, n = 6; k = 3, n = 4; k = 4,
n = 3; and k = 6, n = 2) on the data for each day. The next
step is to substitute from these tables the values of the mean
SYSTEMATIC SAMPUNG
429
squares between (nS c2 ) and within systematic samples (Swc 2 ) in
the expression for p, namely,
(32)
And finally we calculate the values of the variance of systematic
relative to random sampling from (12). The calculations are
illustrated in Table 9.2 with reference to data collected on the
third Monday.
Table 9.3 presents the values of p and those of the variance
of systematic relative to random sampling for all cases. It will
be seen that p is negative for all except three cases, and smaller
than 1/11, thus showing the superiority of systematic over
random sampling for making observations. Further, it will he
seen that the superiority generally improves with the size of the
systematic sample.
TABLE 9.1
Number of Boats Landing during Each of 12 Hours
(6 a.m. to 6 p.m.) on Seven Consecutive Mondays
Hour
of Day
67
78
89
42
52
19
23
56
23
39
33
27
52
31
25
13
41
14
15
16
16
Week
910 1011
1112 121
12
23
34
45
56
36
59
14
14
32
39
45
33
15
19
31
16
27
24
19
24
21
27
21
32
45
57
14
47
39
20
26
33
34
61
45
20
28
28
17
40
41
41
37
21
31
15
14
12
15
10
17
10
18
16
'",
430
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
9_2
Analysis of Variance Table together with the Values of p and of
the Variance of Systematic Relative to Random Sampling for the
Data Collected on the Third Monday
TABLE
=2
k = 4, n = 3
k = 3, n = 4
D.F.
Mean
Square
D.F.
Mean
Square
Mean
Square
Between (nS.')
4708
5297
7008
Within (S,..')
13658
11200
10164
10
10542
9590
II
9590
11
9590
11
9590
Source of Variation
.
Total
6,n
Il
0,55
% Vsr
~
55
Mean
Square
D.F.
075
0,16
0'27
49
VR
D.F.
k = 2, n
0'199
73
~''.".
...~
9_3
TABLE
Values of the IntraClass Coefficient of Correlation and of the Variance
of Systematic Relative to Random Sampling
Values of p
Size of
Sample
n
3
Week
+34
,25
,26
,13
147
61
30
63
,33
36
18
16
74
33
63
37
'55
27
,16
,199
49
55
73
29
29
31
19
78
51
+51
,48
+,04
,193
166
154
,79
27
32
197
23
5S
,58
23
16
131
46
67
73
12
63
431
SYSTEMATIC SAMPLING
9.6 Estimation of the Variance
Since a systematic sample is a random sample of one cluster
only, no estimate of the variance can be formed from the sample.
This is a great handicap of the method which otherwise offers
great advantages.
Certain approximations are used in practice to calculate the
variance. One of these consists in treating the systematic sample
as if it were a random sample of n units and calculating the
variance, using the formula
1
1)
( n  nk
(33)
S",.
where swc 2 is the mean square between units within the selected
systematic sample, i.e., a column of diagram (1). Clearly, (33)
does not provide an unbiased estimate of (6), fOf,
_1 E
n 1
(r;n )'
'
I)
2 _
nv
I,
2)
J=l
'=1 [ E
=n
~ 1 [~
{t y,;}  "ElY,')]
tt
icl
y./n {y ..2+ V
<5'ds.}]
J&l
or, substituting from (11) in the rightband side,
= n
~ I [~
t. t
y,/ ny_'
 nn\;; I ~ {I + (n p
= nkn"k 1 SI (l  p)
I)}]
(34)
432
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Thus the expected value of (33) is given by
_!_)
( !n _ nk
nk  1 82 (1 _ p)
nk
which clearly is different from the variance of the systematic
sample given by (11), unless p = 1/(nk1), that is, unless the
systematic sample behaves as a random sample of the population.
It is only when the units in the population are randomly ordered
that we may expect (33) to provide a satisfactory estimate of the
variance of a systematic sample. If they are not randomly
ordered, as will be the case in natural populations distributed in
time and space, the effect of using (33) to estimate the variance
will obviously be to underestimate the variance on an average,
if the intraclass correlation among units of the systematic sample
is larger than l/(nkl), and vice versa.
Another approximation sometimes used for calculating the
variance from the sample is
(35)
This again will be a biased estimate, for we may write
+ 2 (Y.! 
Y.!+l) (y"  y)
 2 (Y,jYJ+1) (Y<i+1 Y,j+J} ] (36)
SYSTEMATIC SAMPLING
433
Clearly, the value of the first and the second term is equal to
(nI) Swr2 each, that of the fourth is equal to 2 (nI) S wr 2p (l)W'
and that of the fifth and sixth is zero each. Hence we may write
1 _ _!__) E
(n
nk
{~~l (Yij 
k k I
J'ii+l)21
2 (n  I)
n { S.,,2 ( 1  PU)"')
(37)
or, substituting from (21),
=1
(38)
It is difficult to put an easy interpretation on (38). We may say
that if the differences betwecn neighbo uring rows are counterbalanced by the within stratum serial correlation, (35) may serve
to give a fair idea of the variance of a systematic sample.
9.7 TwoStage Sample: Equal Units: Systematic Sampling of
SecondStage Units
The method of systematic sampling can be used for the selection of a twostage sample at either of the two stagcs or both.
Of these schemes, of more interest is the one with systematic
selection at the second stage, partly because this permits the
estimation of the sampling error, and also because it enables the
selection of the secondstage units to be entrusted to the field
staff without great risk of errors and facilitates control of field
work. The other two schemes do not possess the first advantage
and for this reason will not be considered in the book, although
their theory is straightforward.
2Il
434
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
We shall suppose that the population contains NM units,
grouped into N firststage units of M secondstage units each, and
consider a scheme of sampling in which a sample of n firststage
units is selected with equal probabilities, and m secondstage units
are selected from each one of the n firststage units by the method
of systematic sampling.
Following the previous notation for twostage sampling, let jinm
denote the sample mean and ji .. the population mean, defined by
jin ...
n~
. ...
L: L:
Yll
Clearly, Ynm provides an unbiased estimate of the population mean
ji... For,
1 E {
11
i: y,}
'
= y..
(39)
To obtain the variance of jinm, we write
VOn ..)
EOn",  Y.. )2
= EOn", 
E (jin ... 
+ Yn,  5',,)2
Yn,)2 + E (ji.. ,  Y.. )2
ji..,
+2EO..", Yn.)(Y.
Consider the first term in (40). We have
y.. )
(40)
435
SYSTEMATIC SAMPLING
n2
[ E { ~;, (5'''"  ..Vt. )2
n2
[E l' EW\m +
ii,
JI, )2/ i}
E (Ci\m 
h ) (5"'.,
 'vI',)
I i, j'} ]
(41)
The value of the second tenn of (41) is clearly zero, since samples
are independently drawn from the ith and i'th firststage units.
The value of the first tenn of (41) is derived from (II). We
have
where Si2 denotes the mean square between the secondstage units
of the ith selected firststage unit, and Pi denotes the intraclass
correlation between secondstage units within M 1m columns of
m units each which can be formed out of the M units of the
ith selected firststage unit.
Substituting from (42) in (41), we then obtain
E(Y y.>, ~ !, [E
t (I  t) ~ {I
+p.{m
I)}]
nlN (I 1t) L
S,2
.=1
{I+p, (mI)}
(43)
The value of the second tenn in (40) is known to be given by
(44)
where
N
8.
= N~ 1
L
'1
(Y ..
y_)2
436
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
while the last term is obviously zero. Interchanging the first and
the second terms in (40), and substituting from (43) and (44), we
thus obtain
V(Ynm)
G ~)
+
So2
n~N
(1
~)
Z=S,2{1 +Pi(m1)} (45)
If Si2 is of the same order for all i, say equal to Sw 2 , as is likely
to be the case when the firststage units are equal in size, we get
V(ji"m)
(1n  N1) Sb
1
+ nm
(1  M1) S.,2 {J + P(m 
1)}
(46)
where
I
1=1
Ii =  1: PI
Had the firststage units been selected with replacement, equation
(46) would be further simplified, giving
(47)
If Pi = l/(MI), the method of systematic sampling for the
selection of secondstage units will be equivalent to a method of
random sampling, and we shall be left with the familiar expression
for the variance of the mean of a twostage random sample,
namely,
V (,., )
VflIn
= (~n _ N
1) S 2 + ~
n
(1m _ M1) S.,
(48)
To obtain the estimate of the variance, we consider the mean
square between firststage unit means in the sample, Sb 2, defined by
So
n _
"
\'
l..J
{"
Vim 
)2
(49)
y"".
Taking expectations of both sides in (49), we may write
(n  1) . E (S02)
= E ( 1: Ylm2)
 nE (ji,.",2)
(50)
SYSTEMATIC SAMPLING
437
Now to evaluate the first term in (50), we write
\J
. {) + V (y,.,
II')S.J
[ ....,'p,2
 E
i.
~ E[
{S" + (I
 ~) ::
;qI+p,(m~ I)}]
x {I I
p,
(ml)}}
(51)
The value of the second term in (50) is directly obtained from
(45), for,
nE (Ynm 2 ) =
11
~n
{Y .. 2 +
?'
v (y,,,,,)}
G.~ ~) So' + n~ (I  ~) ~
x
~I p,(m I
(I
S.'}
(52)
Substituting from (51) and (52) in (50) and dividing by (n  1),
we get
N
2
E(Sb )
= Sb
+~
(I
~) ~
I:
{I +Pi(mI)}Sh53)
We may, therefore, write from (45)
Est. V (ji.",)
= Sbn
(54)
neglecting Sb 2 / N . In other words, Sbl/n supplies us with an upper
bound for the estimate of the variance of the sample mean, which
438
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
should be satisfactory for aU practical purposes, particularly when
N is large. When the firststage units are selected with replacement,
sb 2 jn gives an unbiased estimate of the sampling variance.
9.8
Two~Stage
Sample: Unequal Units: Systematic Sampling of
Second~Stage Units
In this section we shall extend the previous results to the case
of unequal units. We shall suppose that the population consists
of N firststage units with the ith unit containing Mi secondstage units (i = 1. 2, ... , N) and further consider a scheme of
sampling in which the firststage units are selected with replacement
with varying probabilities PI' P 2 PN and the secondstage
units within the selected firststage units are selected by the
method of systematic sampling. Let n denote the number of
firststage units to be selected in the sample and mi the number
of secondstage units to be selected from the ith firststage unit
if included in the sample. Further, for simplicity. let mi be so
determined that Mi/mi is an integer.
Following the treatment in Section 8.2, let
(55)
and consider the estimate
(56)
Clearly, is provides an unbiased estimate of the population mean
Y.. ' For,
E(',)
t '".,J
{~ t
~ {~
E
~E
~ {~ t
E
E('"."
"1
i)}
439
SYSTEMATIC SAMPLING
in virtue of (4),
N
= L.J
\' Pi.
110.
= Y..
(57)
To obtain the sampling variance of
V(z,)
we write
(i, Z.,)2
=
=
zs.
+ zn.  i,,)2
zn.)2 + E (zn.  Z.. )2
+ 2 {(.in(m;)  Z". ) (z".
(in(m;)  in.
(in(ml) 
 z" )}
(58)
Taking the first term in (58), we have
(z,,(m;)  zn,)2
!2 E {i (z'("') 

(""'I(m;) _,,)2
n] B E {;'
LJ
"I.
z;. )}
+ 1:, (=I(mll
",of.,
= n~
1: E {(Zjf..., 
 Zj.) (Zj'(m{) ZI',
>}
.i, .)2 I i}
+ 1",,1'
1: {(Z'(tn;l .i,.) I i}
X E {(Zj'( .. /l.ii',)
Ii'}]
The expression under the summation sign in the first term represents the variance of the mean of a systematic sample of mi
selected out of Mi and can be written from (42). The value of
the second term is clearly zero. We, therefore, write
E
('.,~, 
'.J'
~ .; E [
v ('"." I
iJ,,]
~ ~E[t (I ~.)!:: (I +e,(m.l)}]
L
'.1
N
= Ii
P, ( 1 
~) ~~'
{I
+ P. (m, 
I)}
440
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
The value of the second term in (58) is known to be Ubz2/n,
where
N
= 1:
u b/
Pi (Zl.  Z.Y
j=1
The last term in (58) is obviously zero.
L
N
V(z,)
= U~.2 + 11
Pi (1 
Hence we have
k) !i;2
{I
+ Pi(m
In
(59)
To obtain an estimate of V (is), we consider the mean square
between the firststage unit means in the sample, namely,
Sb.
= 11 ~ 1
L:
(Zi(mj) 
z,(",,)2
(60)
Expanding and taking expectations, we write from (17) of
Section 8.3,
E(Sb. 2) =
n~l [n {V (Zi(mO)sN+ Z..2}11 {V(Zn(m) + Z..2} J (61)
where V (Zi(mj)sy is.the variance of the estimate based on a sample
of one firststage unit selected with probability Pi and mi secondstage units selected by the method of systematic sampling therefrom. Substituting from (59) in (61), we therefore get
E (Sb. 2) =
11 V (z,)
whence
Est. V (z,) = Sb~
(62)
showing that sbl/n supplies us with an unbiased estimate of the
variance of Zs for the scheme of twostage sampling considered
in this section.
Example 9.2
Reference has been made in Example 9. 1 to a pilot survey for
estimating the total catch of marine fish conducted along a
SYSTEMATIC SAMPLING
441
loomile strip of Malabar coast during 1950. The landing centres
along the coast were first divided into two groups: (a) those
known for their high fishing activity, and (b) all the rest. From
the latter stratum, comprising 59 centres, a sample of to centres
was selected with replacement with probability proportional to the
number of fishing boats as enumerated at the previous census.
The number of boats for all the 59 centres was 4573. Table 9.4
gives for the selected centres the number of boats at the previous
census and the estimated average catch per hour for a certain
day of the survey based on each of two systematic samples of
m = 6 and m = 2 hours. Make an estimate of the average
catch per hour for the stratum and calculate its standard error.
It is proposed to extend the survey to the entire Indian coast.
Use the Malabar experience to determine the number of centres
required for estimating the daily catch with, say, 5% standard
error.
iet Ai be the number of boats at the ith centre and
N
oc
1.: Ai = 4573 the total number of boats for the stratum.
i=l
Clearly then the selection probability Pi for the ith centre is
given by Pi = AdA. Further, let lim be the average catch per
hour at the ith centre based on a sample of m hours. Then the
estimated average catch per hour for the entire stratum and its
standard error are respectively given by znm and Sbz/Vn, where
and
with
Z;",
jiim
A_
NP, = 59A, Yi",
The values of Zim for the selected centres are given in the last
two columns of Table 9.4, and the various steps in the computation of the average catch per hour and its standard error are
442
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
shown below the table. It is seen that for m = 6, the estimated
average catch per hour works out to 7358 mds. with a standard
error of 164 9 ; and for m = 2, the average catch per hour
works out to 7591 mds. with a standard error of 2208.
Expressed as percentage of the estimated mean, the standard errors
are 22% and 29% respectively.
TABLE
9.4
The Number of Enumerated Boats and the Estimated Average
Catch in Mds./Hr. for a Sample of 10 Landing Centres
along the Malabar Coast
Serial
No. of the
Centre
No. of
Boats
(1)
(2)
Estimated Average
Catch (Mds./Hr.)
(.vIm)
(Aj)
~...
1
2
3
4
..
6
7
8
9
10
(1) Total
m=2
m=6
m=2
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
~
68
36
96
45
103
74
'127
174
12
18
m=6
.....
_ ...
387'50
840'17
1094'17
6167
899'00
140167
677'33
133117
76'50
10983
__
.__.
729'50
1123 00
754'00
5500
1072'00
127700
16250
634'00
54'50
176'50
= 1} Zim
(2) Estimated average catch (Mds./Hr.)
=
tnm
f~ (1} Zim)1
(3) Correction factor =
(4) Crude S.S. = 1} (Zj",i)
(5) AdjustedS.S. =1}(Zj",l) (6) Mean square "" Sb,s
(7) Variance (t ...)
fo<1}Zilll)2
= 10 Sb.'
(8) Standard error (Mds.)
(9) Standard error as % of estimated
average
(10) No. of centres for 5% S.E.
_.__..
_._.
44168
1808'90
883'41
10622
676'51
1468'13
41338
592'97
49412
472'93
83151
241783
60876
94'73
806'69
1337'54
99'17
282'42
352'02
760'01
7358'25
7590'68
735'83
75907
541438431
5761842'29
7862281'63
10147764'33
2447897'32
4385922'04
271988'59
487324'67
2719886
48732'47
1649
220'8
22
29
201
339
SYSTEMATIC SAMPLING
443
The number of centres required for estimating the daily catch
along the entire coast with 5% standard error is given by
201
for m = 6
339
for m = 2
REFERENCES
1.
Madow, W. G. and L. H.
(1944)
"On the Theory of Systematic Sampling," Ann.
Math. Statist., 15, 124.
.. Systematic Sampling and its Relation to Other
Sampling Designs," Jour. Amer. Stati.f/. Assoc.,
41, 20417.
3. Hasel, A. A. (I942)
.. "Estimation of Volume in Timber Stands by Strip
Sampling," Ann. Math. Slati.l"/., 13, 179206.
4. Osborne, J. G. (1942)
"Sampling Errors of Systematic and Random
Surveys of CoverType Areas," Jour. Amer.
Statist. Assoc., 37, 25664.
5. I.C.A.R., New Delhi (1950) "Report on the Pilot Sample Survey Conducted
on the Malabar Coast for Estimating the
Catch of Marine Fish." Unpuhlished.
2.
Madow, L. H. (1946)
..
6. Griffith, A. L. (194546)
The Efficiency of Enumerations. Forest Research
Institute, Dehra Dun, Indian Forest Leaflets,
Nos. 8393.
CHAPTER X
NONSAMPLING ERRORS
A.
OBSERVATIONAL ERRORS
lOa.l Introduction
In developing the sampling theory in the preceding chapters,
we assumed that the character observed on the ith unit of the
population (i = 1, 2, ... , N), takes a unique value Yi whenever
the unit is included in the sample, irrespective of the person
who enumerates it. By implication we assumed that a complete
count of all the N units gives a unique value for the mean or
the total of the population. In practice, however, the situa.tion
is rarely so simple as the one described above, since the value
observed on any unit will also depend upon the enumerator
reporting the value. Thus, an eyeestimate of the yield of a crop
in a field will depend upon the judgment of the enumerator making
the estimate and will invariably be different from the true value
of the yield obtained by harvesting the crop in the field. The
magnitude and direc;_tion of the difference will depend upon the
enumerator's intrinsic tendencies or biases and the approach to
the selected unit or interviewee at the time of reporting the
value. Even with factual characters like those of farm facts,
e.g., the area under crops, the number of animals on the farm,
etc., there is found to be a marked variation in the performance
of the same or different enumerators. It follows that even when
the sampling fraction is unity, or, in other words, a complete
count of all the N units is made, the result will vary in repeated
counts. As the errors responsible for this variation arise in the
process of collecting data, they are properly observational errors
but are also referred to as response errors (Hansen et al., 1951).
Together with the errors arising from incomplete samples and
faulty procedures of estimation, they go to make up what are
termed as nonsampling errors.
We have given several examples in Chapter I to show that
the net effect of nonsampling errors on the value of the estimate
NONSAMPLING ERRORS
445
can sometimes be serious, and that it is, therefore, important to
control them as far as practicable. In Part A of this chapter
we shall deal with the measurement and control of observational
errors and in Part B with the treatment of incomplete samples.
lOa.2 Mathematical Model for the Measurement of Observational
Errors
Let Xi (i = I, 2, ... , h), denote the true value of the character
on the ith unit in a simple random sample of h units drawn from
N units, and Yijk,
i = I, 2, ... , II
j = 1, 2, ... , m
k = 0, I, 2, ... ,
nil
denote the value reported by the jth enumerator on the ith unit
for the kth occasion. It will be seen that m enumerators have
been assumed to participate in the survey, with the jth enumerator
making nij observations on the ith unit in the sample.
The difference between the reported value and the true value
is called the error of ohservation, and for any given measurement
technique will depend upon the enumerator reporting the value,
the interaction of the enumerator with the true value of the unit,
and the mood and like causes at the time of reporting. The
reported value may, therefore, be considered as being made up
of four uncorrelated components as foHows:
(I)
where
represents the bias of the jth enumerator in repeated
observations on all units,
the interaction of the jth enumerator with
the ith unit,
the deviation from Xi + aj + 0i; when the
jth enumerator reports on the ith unit on
the kth occasion,
446
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
E ('w;.1 i, j)
and
E (8'1
Ii) =
OJ
(2)
In most surveys, however, repeated observations on the same
unit by the same enumerator or, indeed, by different enumerators
is not practicable. A model which is likely to be more in line
with the practical situation can therefore be represented by
(3)
where ij represents the deviation of Xi + Uj from the reported
value, and is determined by the approach made by the enumerator
to the selected unit at the time of reporting and other random
causes. We shall assume ij to be randomly distributed around
zero with variance 8.2 for all i and j, an assumption which for
an objective method of measuring a character is likely to be
fairly well realized in practice.
We shall develop the formulre for measuring observational errors
based upon the model given by (3) which is believed to be general
enough to cover situations common]y met with in surveys. For
methods based UpOft the more general model given by (1), the
reader is referred to the paper by Sukhatme and Seth (1952).
100.3 The Sample Mean and its Variance
(a) Notation
For simplicity, we shall make a slight departure from the
notation used in the previous chapters and denote by
the number of observations made on the ith
unit by the jth enumerator (nij is to be one
or zero),
ni. ( =
n.; ( =
f nij)
f ni;)
the number of observations made on the ith
unit,
the number of observations made by the jth
enumerator,
NONSAMPLING ERRORS
Y.j
447
the mean of all the l1.j observations made by
the jth enumerator,
and
Y..
the mean of all the 11 observations made on
all the Iz units in the sample.
We can then write the sample means as
Y.;
(4)
Y..
(5)
and
(b) Expected Vallie of the Sample Mean
The expected value of the sample mean will clearly depend
upon how the enumerators are selected for making observations
on the selected sample and the way the sample is distributed
amongst them. Again, the units in the sample may be allotted
to the enumerators either randomly, or the enumerators may be
assigned the units falling within the respective geographical areas
from which they are drawn. Thus the enumerators may he
recruited out of a population of M enumerators or may he
fixed. We shall consider the general case here and suppose that
(i) the m enumerators are a random sample out of M, and
(ii) the units in the sample of It are randomly allotted to the
different enumerators.
Further, for simplicity, we shall assume that
(iii) each enumerator makes an equal number of observations.
so that n.; = nlm = fl say, and
(iv) the number of observations made on any unit in the
sample is equal for all units and is given by I1j. = nih
=p, say.
The case where the enumerators are assigned tbe units in the
sample falling within their respective jurisdictions will be considered later on.
448
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Equations (4) and (5) are now simp1ified, being given by
h
Y.i
Fz
.L:
X,n'j
+ +~ L:,
aj
(6)
,PH
and
h
Y..
L:
Xj
+~
L:a+ L:L:
i
l
n
jjnjj
(7)
It follows that
1
E(y)=l
.i
N
+lJ
(8)
where fL is the population mean of the true values, to be estimated,
and ii is the population mean of enumerators' biases. Also,
(9)
It will be seen that the sample mean y.. does not provide an
unbiased estimate of fL' unless a/s vary in such a way that a is
zero. Experience i,pdicates that although aj is usually variable
from enumerator to enumerator, ii is not always negligible. Thus
in estimating the crop by eye, there is a tendency to underestimate
the crop in good years and overestimate it in bad years. Consequently, in a good year the bulk of the enumerators underestimate the crop, resulting in a significant negative value for a,
and in a bad year the bulk of them overestimate it giving a.
a significant positive value. Again, as pointed out in Chapter I,
when a crop is unevenly sown as in India, sampleharvesting it by
small plots, such as those marked with a portable frame, may
result in overestimation of yield (Sukhatme, 1947). It is, therefore, of the highest importance in surveys to ensure that the
bias ii is negligible.
(c) Variance of the Sample Mean
By definition,
V (jiJ)
= E tv J
E (ji.i)}2
NONSAMPLING ERRORS
449
Substituting for Y.j and E (Y.j) from (6) and (8), we have
( 10)
On squaring the expression within brackets in (10), taking
expectations term by term, and noting that the expectations of
the product terms are zero, we have
V(j.,)
~E
(! ~ ,,)'+
x,n" 
'1'
E(a,
+ ~,
t ,,,n.)
E (
(Ill
To evaluate the first term in (11), we write
jj!
I " E (X/) n,,2
1+'
+ i~'
(X,X i ') niP"I}  IL2
Substituting for E (Xi 2 ) and E (XiXi') from (21) and (34) of
Chapter II, we have
E
(~ ~ x,n" 
")'
~ ~, {t (N_;; IS.' + ",) n,,'
+
t.
(IL2  ; ) nlln",}  ILl
I~I'
S/
(12)
450
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
where
S.2
~1
(13)
(x,  fL)2
The value of the second term in (11) is given by
E (a)  a)2 =
(1  k)
Sa.l
(14)
where
M
Sa. 2 _ M 1_]
\' (
.LJ
aj
)2
(15)
11
while that of the third term in (11), by
~ E f(~ "p,,)l} ~ ~. E If ',,'n,;' +._ ,,,,,..n,p",j
;j2
{f
E ( ,l Ij)
nil
+ 1#"
i: E
ii2 (S,2
(jjI'J
Ij) n1jnl'J}
f n'l)
= S.2
(16)
iz
since
and
E (,,,'j) = 0
Hence, substituting from (12), (14) and (16) in (11), we get
V(ji)=S.2G 
~)+Sa.2(1
k) +~ S.I
(17)
For Nand M infinitely large, we have
V (ji) = ; (S.I + S.I)
n
+ Sa.'
(18)
NONSAMPLING ERRORS
451
To obtain the variance of Y.. , we proceed in a similar way.
We write
V (Y.. )
Lv..  E (Y .. W
t .,'
+~ t t
~ E{! ~X'" +~
+~
Now, since
population,
Xl' Xl!, .. , Xh
(t t
,,,n.}(19)
is a simple random sample of the
(20)
Similarly,
E
(Im W
f'
a _
J
a)2 ~~ S (Im _ MI)
2
CL
It remains to evaluate the third term only. We have
(21)
452
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
2
= 8<
8 <2
(22)
  hp
since
E
(f
";jn ij
Ii)
(,4'
"i),nil' [ / )
Hence, substituting from (20), (21) and (22) in (19), we obtain
V 0' )
..
="
SZh(I _ N1) + 8am
(I_ _ MI)
2
_j_
I
8~
hp
(23)
For Nand M infinitely large, we have
2 82
V (,. ) = 8'!_ + a
\.Y..
h
m
8
+ hp
<
(24)
Further, if p = I, which will usually be the case in practice,
the expression for V tv") will be simplified, being given by
V(ji )
..
~/+ 8,2
h
+ 8ma 2
(25)
which can be alternatively expressed as
(26)
since the variance of a single observation drawn from an infinite
population when Mis infinitely large is clearly S.r2+Sa2+ S.2= S./.
NONSAMPLING ERRORS
453
The above formulre must be considered as fundamental formulre
in the theory of sample surveys. They show that the sampling
variance of the estimate is not entirely due to errors arising from
chance variation in selection of the sample of h units, but is
inflated by the variability in biases of the enumerators. Consequently, the formulre given in the previous chapters underestimate
the actual sampling variance to which the estimates are subject.
This emphasises another point that it is not sufficient in surveys
to ensure that the a/s cancel each other on the average, but that
it is necessary also to see that the effect of variability in the
a/s is reduced to the minimum, by taking the maximum care in
planning details of the surveys such as the questionnaire, the
method of making observations, the training of field staff and the
supervision over their work.
It follows too that the variance of the sample estimate does
not reduce to zero even when a complete count is made. For,
the limit of equation (26) when h = Nand N becomes infinitely
large is given by
S '2
V (Y .. I h = 00) = .,;:,
where m' = N/fi is the number of enumerators required for the
complete count and selected out of a popUlation of M' enumerators
assumed infinitely large, and where S .. '2 represents the variability
of the biases of the popUlation of enumerators under census
conditions. This expression provides us with an important consideration in determining the relative roles of complete enumeration and random sampling. In particular, we notice that a sample
may give a more reliable estimate than a census when
It is in fact in this possibility of controlling the magnitude of the
variability among the a;'s in a relatively small survey compared to
a census by adopting more refined methods of enumeration, not
always possible in a census, and by recruiting bettertrained and
betterpaid enumerators, that lies the effective role of sampling
for collecting information.
454
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
lOa.4
Estimation of tbe Different Components of Variaoce
Let se 2 denote the mean square between the means of m
enumerators, defined by
..
2_
s. 
m I
'\'(y
,I 
)2
Y ..
(27)
Then expanding and taking expectations, we write
.E
,
(m  1)'E(s/) =
E(y,/)  mE (y .. 2)
L'[V(y)
+ {E(y)Pl 
m [v(Y .. ) + {E<Y .. Wl
.E{V (y) + (p. + a)2} 
m {V<Y,.)
+ (p.+a.)2)
J:, V (y,,) 
m V <Y.. )
(28)
Substituting from (17) and (23) in (28), we get
E (s
2)
In
mp
S , _. 
hp m  I
+ s" 2 +
m S2
hp
(29)
Similarly, denoting by seo'1. the mean square between observations
within enumerators, defined by
(30)
we get
(n  m)E(s 2) = E {
f f y,/  f Y.l}
ii
(31)
Now putting
n = 1 in
(17), we have
455
NONSAMPLING ERRORS
Hence, substituting from (17) and (32) in (31), we get
(33)
Equations (29) and (33) must be supplemented by additional
information in order to be able to estimate Sx 2, S/ and S,,2
separately. We shall, therefore, consider yet another mean square,
namely, that between unit means, su\ given by
Lh
I
 h  I

(h
I
)2
(34)
J ..
Expanding and taking expectations, we write
(h  I) . E (S.2) =
1: E (j.2)  hE <Y.. 2)
i
~,~
1:
{V (yj. )}  h V (ji.. )
(35)
The number of enumerators making observations on any unit is
Hence, from (23), we get
p.
Substituting from (36) and (23) in (35), we obtain
(37)
The set of three equations (29), (33) and (37) provides the
estimates of SX2, S,,2 and S/. In particular, we obtain
I=
Est...
S
P (m  1) (h  1)
pmh  ph  pm + WI
{2
s.
h (m _ 1)
hp
m'
(m 
of.
I) s.o! J
(38)
456
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
In practice, however, as already noted, p will be 1.
equations (29), (33) and (37) then simplify as follows:
The
and
E ( s. 2)  S2
It.
+ S2 + h=I
m 1S
m
..
(41)
The three equations are no longer linearly independent. For,
when p = 1, the three mean squares are connected by the
identity:
(II  I)
S.2
==
(m  I) h_
m
5. 2
+ (II
 m)
s./
(42)
We further notice that Sx 2 + S.2 occurs togethel in all the
equations. Solving then for S ..2 and Sx 2 + S/ together any two
of the three equations, we obtain
Est. Sa 2
5.
Iim
;;
(43)
and
(44)
The expression for the estimate of Sa2 given in (43) can also be
derived directly from (38) by putting p = 1 and substituting for
SUI from (42).
It follows from (25) that for Nand M infinitely
large and p = 1,
Est.
v(;,
v..
2
5.
(45)
which, using (42), can also be put in the alternative form
1
Est. V (Y .. ) = h
5.
hm
in=!
I
 (SlS
h
I)
(46)
457
NONSAMPLING ERRORS
Equation (46) shows that su 2 /f1 no longer gives an unbiased
estimate of the variance of the estimated mean but that it is
inflated by a component
the latter vanishing when the differential biases are absent.
Example 10. 1
This example is taken from the crop survey for estimation of
the average yield of wheat conducted in Sind (Pakistan) in
194546. The design of the survey was stratified multistage
sampling with subdivisions as the strata, a village as the firststage unit, a field as the secondstage unit of sampling and a plot
of 1/40 acre as the ultimate unit of sampling. Within each
stratum the work was divided into two independent samples, one
to be carried out by an official of the Department of Revenue,
and the other by an official of the Department of Agriculture.
Table 10.1 shows the estimates of the average yield for the two
samples, together with the pooled analysis of variance of the
whole sample. For one stratum, namely subdivision Kambar,
TABLE
10.1
Yield Survey on Wheat: Subdivision Kambar, Sind (Pakistan)
Estimates of Average Yield and Analysis 0/ Variance
Mean yield in oz./plot
Number of experiments
.,
Revenue
Agriculture
Combined
1003
54'9
85'6
12
37
25
Analysis of Variance (Oz.jPlot)1
Source
D.F.
Mean Square
167146 (= E)
Bctween enumerators
Between villages within enumcratoTli
15
73778 ( B)
Within villages
20
3154 ( W)
458
SAMPLING TltEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
the sample assigned to the Revenue official consisted of 13 villages
with two fields in each village and one plot in each field. The
number of villages assigned to the Agricultural official was four,
but the number of fields per village was three, giving a total of
12. All plots except one in the sample were harvested. Obtain
the estimates of S,,2 and Sx 2 + S.2, and test the former for
significance. Assume Nand M to be infinitely large.
Because of the asymmetric design, a change is called for in the
expression for the estimation of S,,2. Using the results in 7.14,
it can be shown that S,,2 for the design in question can be
estimated from the following formulre:
B
; L L J;;2}
J
+ mI
"
where
~ ~ ~>}
true variance between village means;
number of fields in the sample in the subdivision;
number of fields in the sample harvested by
the jth enumerator;
number of fields in the ith village for the
jth enumerator;
number of villages in the sample in the
subdivision;
and
number of enumerators, two in the present
case.
On substituting for B, E and W from the analysis of variance
table, we obtain
S..I
4684
NONSAMPLING ERRORS
459
and
An estimate of the total variance of an observation is clearly
given by
S,.2 + Sb 2 + Sw 2 =
40902
S,.2 is thus seen to be a little larger than 10% of the total variation.
A test of significance of the differential bias is provided by the
ratio of E to B. The design being nonorthogonal, however, the
two mean squares are not independent, and the ratio of the two
cannot be regarded as following the F distribution. An appropriate
test may be provided by a comparison of E with
where
L t. (], ~ J,;)}
(h ::__ m)
and
The ratio can be regarded to be distributed as F with the degrees
of freedom given by
{(
I _
kt')
kl
w + ~l' n12
kl
f
. (1  Z:T ~; + (~:Y~;
On reference to Snedecor's F Tables, it will be found that the
observed ratio is smaller than the F . value, showing that S,.2
is not significant.
460
SAMPLING THEOR.Y OF SUR.VEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
lOa.5 The Mean and Variance of a Stratified Sample in which
Enumerators are Assigned the Units in their Respective
Strata
The method of assigning enumerators considered in the previous
sections, in which the units in the sample are randomly distributed
among the different enumerators, is not common in practice,
owing to the large travel costs it involves. The more common
method is to assign neighbouring units in the sample falling in
specified geographical areas, to two or more enumerators as may
be needed, in the form of replicated subsamples. As an example
we may mention the assignment practice followed in crop surveys
in India and described in Example 10.1. The design of the crop
survey is a stratified sample with geographical divisions forming
the strata and the villages selected from any stratum are randomly
distributed among the requisite number of enumerators drawn
locally. We shall first consider the case of a stratified sample
of h units drawn from the k geographic strata of the population,
k
with ht units drawn from the Ith stratum, so that E ht = h.
1=1
We shall suppose that within any stratum an enumerator can
enumerate a sample of fz units during the period of the survey,
so that mt enumerators will be needed to enumerate h t units in
the Ith stratum, where iimt = h t . We shall suppose that the h t
units in the Ith stratum are randomly distributed among the mt
enumerators and further suppose, for the sake of simplicity in the
discussion, that the number of units in the population in the
tth stratum, Nt, and also the population of potential enumerators,
M t. are infinitely large. It will be seen that we have assumed that
p = 1; consequently, we cannot separately evaluate Sx 2 and S/.
We shall use the same notation as in the previous sections
except for the introduction of the letter I to indicate the Ith
stratum. We shall denote by
the true value of the ith unit in the
sample of ht units drawn from the
Ith stratum,
the value reported on xit by the jth
enumerator out of mt in the stratum.
NONSAMPLING ERRORS
461
Clearly, the sample mean for the loth stratum will be given by
.,
m,
\'x,+_2_
\'a'+E'W
m t W!
I
Y'=
..
h,
(47)
while the sample mean for the population will be given by
_._
Y..
E p"i' ..'
1;1
where
Nt
P,
(48)
It follows from the results of the previous sections that
E
(Y..' I h,)
= IL,
+ a,
(49)
where p.t = the population mean of true values in the loth
stratum, and at = the population mean of the biases of enumerators in the loth stratum. Also
E (Y., I hI' hz, "', hk )
2,' p, E (Y.,' I h,)
,:,;;.1
l' P,/L, + ,l.,' p, a,
t=1
1=1
~'IL'+a
(50)
S2
+ S2 + _!_,,:_
(51)
Similarly
V (Y,.' I h,)
2
S
,_ t.;_
h,
__!_
m,
hi
where Stx 2 is the variance of xit, St./ the variance of at and S.2,
for the sake of simplicity, is assumed to be constant from stratum
to stratum; and
V (Y"
I hI'
h2' ' , " hk) =
E p,2 V (.Y,,' I h,)
,"'I
462
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
The estimates of Stx 2 + S,2 and of St0. 2 are provided by the
same formula: as before. We have
(53)
and
m,
Ii;
S ,( )
(54)
whence
Est. V (Y ..' I h,)
(55)
and
(56)
Example 10.2
The data for this example are derived from a pilot survey for
comparing the relative efficiency of plots of different size in
estimating the average yield of irrigated wheat in Moradabad
District of U.P. (India) in 194445. The design of the survey
and the method of assigning enumerators were similar to those
described in Example 10.1. Thus, in each of the five subdivisions
of the district, two inr1ependent samples of two villages each were
selected and allocated to two enumerators designated A and B.
In each village two fields were selected and in each field two
plots of each size were marked. The data relating to the plot size
of an equilateral triangle of side 25 links (1179 sq .ft.) are taken here
for illustration. Table 10.2 gives estimates of the average yield
together with the analysis of variance for individual subdivisions,
and also the pooled values for the district. Estimate the contribution to the total variation due to S0.2.
The calculations are straightforward. Substituting from the
table the values of E and B in the formula
I
BaS
t. ,. ==
s,. 2
m,..t.
h, 0),( )
(E,  B,)
= 8
NONSAMPLING ERRORS
ti
.;:
g,
.'"
is
.s...
'o !.I
'0
'OJ
o
z~
..,'"g,
~~
~
.... ..,
o !.I
'0
0
,~
00
c
g,
"<t
co
10
o !.I
'0
0
....
,:;
..J
!XI
Pol
....
<:u
Ii::
..
~ ~
~
..
01)
N
N
"<t
00
'"
N
,.:..
'"
o !.I
&
.....'"

>
E!
'"
~
C
......
"
.'"
00
0
..c
:g
"I:
10
N
'"
,.:..
~
00
00
10
z~
~

~
~
o !.I
'0
0_
10
'
t!i
c~
00
z~
"I:
0 ...,
6 .....
0on
~
N
'c
':'I
..,\0
"::1
"''''
~rZ
.~
'
'0
0
~
...
.~
10
VI
>
~ 'c;:..
V'.)
10
00
.,
'"
\0
.,E
'c~
co
z~
....
....9 ..,.... ..,..,~
~
.... ~ ~
N
,.:..
;;:; ;,., .....
~
....
,_<:
ti
2
l: ~
.,~>
::
z~
....<.J
....
~g
'
';;:
....
N
N
0
~'"
....
.... ....
;:g
.;,
00
c~
10
co
0
....~
....
00
~
00
..,~
Inl
.....
""
.....
':'I
\0
>
....
00
.....
0
cd~
0
~
~ ....'" ,.,.....
.8
...,
.....
\0
463
3;
;:g
00
co
u:
~~
~&
':'
.....
"?
VI
.....
....,
00
on
...,0 '"
u:
.~
l\l
c~
':'I
..,
~'"
~g.
0
on
on
til
.....
':'I
S~
u:
c~
.;,
11'"
~g.
til
':'
..,
on
...,
~
10
'
o !.I
'0
0
00
00
z~
...
8
'Wl
i&i :>it
IJ
II II j rl
'S:
'Wl
;g
'S:
;g
::s
(I')
]
~
:!
464
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
we obtain the values shown in the last row of the table. The
average magnitude of Sta 2 over the five subdivisions works out
to 65693.
Also
Est. (St. 2 + S/) =
ft
whence the average value of Stx 2 + S/ for the district works out
to 13074 8. The total variance of an observation is given by
EP=S2+S2+S2
a.
'II
Ie
E"
= 196441
Thus
Sa2
accounts for about 33% of the total variation.
It should be pointed out that both in this and the previous
examples the estimates of the component of variance due to
differential bias are based on small numbers and, therefore, not
sufficiently reliable. They are presented here only for purposes
of illustration.
100.6 The Mean and Variance of an Unstratified Sample in which
Enumerators are Assigned Neighbouring Units
Sometimes Pt is ncl known and yet we wish to assign to the
enumerators neighbouring units in the sample falling in specified
geographical areas, in the manner indicated above, after an
unstratified sample of h has been selected from the population.
In this situation the number of units falling in the tth stratum,
namely ht, is a random variable, and so is mt, while the estimate
of Pt is provided by htlh.
The sample mean y .. for this case is given by
t
 _I
Y ..  h
\'h'
w
,Y..
(57)
and its expected value and variance for a given set of hI, h2'
... , hk by
t
1L
'~1
h, (iL,
+ ii,)
(58)
465
NONSAMPLING ERRORS
and
L:
}i2
ht (St/+ S/)
+ Z2
t::l
1::,.,
h, 8, ..2
(59)
It is
not
add
tion
seen from (58) that the conditional expected value of 5'" does
equal f..L + ii, To the expression (59) we must, therefore,
the square of the bias component and then take the expectain order to obtain the variance of }'", We write
 E
JIi
1:
k
2'.
'2
h, (StJ . \ S.)
+ II112
I=J
1:A }
h, S'a
11101
(60)
The value of the first part in (60) is clearly given by
k
Pt (S'J
+ S/) + Z
1:
PtSta
while for the second, we write
E
{t Gt  PI) + t)}2
{t (~  p,Y +
(fL,
IEl
=E
(fL,
1=1
30
0.,)2
(61 )
466
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
I: Z=7. l!1~!h=P_J
k
(/i,
+ ii,)2
1=1
I: %~1' 1
+ a,) (/i,' + iii')
P1 ..!. (/i,
'".""1
N h 1
N":'_1 . h
I
I:
+ ii,) (/i" +
P,P,' (/it
t~I=t'=l
Nh
1
..... .
NI h
\ ' P,
W
(/it
2
+ a, /i  a)
Ie 1
L
k
~ ~
P, (/i,
+ iii 
(62)
II  a)2
1"1
Substituting from (61) and (62) in (60), we get
!L
k
V(ji.. )
P, (St/+ S/)
+~
!L
L
k
PIS,,,'
P, (/it
+ iii 
" 
ii)2
(63)
'.1
The expression (63) can be simplified.
t
from it (l/h) E
'I
p~t,,".
we may write
Adding and subtracting
, NONSAMPLING ERRORS
467
lL
Pt (fLt
+ iit 
fL  ii)2
t=l
+Z
PtStr/ 
PtS tt1.
(64)
t_l
Further, we note that the variance of an observation can be
expressed as
S/
+ S/ + Sta 2) +
,= }; PI (S/Z 2
t~l
2,' PI (fL,
+ ii t

fL  a)2
(65)
t~l
whence
V (Y ) =
..
~/
+ ('m h
hi) W
'\' p,Stt1.
(66)
t_1
k
If we define St1.2 = }; PtStt1.2, we obtain for V (y,,) the same
,=1
expression as in (26), as we would in fact expect.
lOa.7 An Alternative Expression for the Variance of the Sample
Mean in Terms of tbe Covariance between Responses
Obtained by the Same Enumerator
Let SYI denote the covariance between observations recorded
by the same enumerator. Then, clearly
+ 1 + Ell 
E E {(x I
E E [(x,  fL)
0.
=  ~I + Sa'
(XI' 
+ 1 + E 1'1  fL  Ci) Ij}
fL) + 1  a)2 + Ell E"J
+ (0. 1  Ii) {(x l  fL) + (x"  fL)}
+ (a J  a) (Ell + EI'J)
+ Ell (x"  fL) + (1'1 (x,  fL)]
fL  a)
(1  k)
(0.
(XI'
0.
468
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
since all other terms are zero,
(61)
for large Nand M. Substituting in (26), we get
(68)
The formula in this form was first derived by Hansen, Hurwitz,
Marks and Mauldin (1951). It is instructive since it shows that
if errors of observation are unrelated from unit to unit so that
SYI = 0, the variance is given by the usual expression for samples
from a large population. It follows also that when an enumerator
is given only one unit to enumerate, in which case both m = h
and SYI = 0, the variance takes the minimum value, being given
by the usual expression Sy2/h.
lOa.8 Determination of the Optimum Number of Enumerators
We have seen that the variance of the sample mean is decreased
as the number of enumerators participating in the survey is
increased. Practical considerations, however, place a limit on the
number to which enumerators can be increased. Obviously, the
principle to be followed in determining this number is the
principle of minimizing the variance of the sample mean for
a given cost allotted to the survey.
When a sample of h units is randomly and equally distributed
among m enumerators, then it is reasonable to suppose that the
cost of the survey will be represented by
(69)
where
Cl
is the cost of collecting information per unit,
C.
the cost of engaging an enumerator,
c.
proportional to the cost of travel on unit distance.
and
469
NONSAMPLING ERRORS
We shall further suppose that the money allotted to the survey
is fixed at Co. To calculate the optimum values of hand m, we
use the method of Lagrangian multipliers and form a function
cp given by
cp = S/
+ S .. [~
2
~J + IL (c 1h + C2m +
('3
y'hm  Co)
(70)
where fI is a Lagrangian constant.
Differentiating > with respect to h, m and fI and equating to
zero, we obtain
(71)
(72)
and
(73)
whence, multiplying both sides of (71) by h and of (72) by m
and eliminating fL, we obtain
(74)
where
S.. 2
(75)
An inspection of (74) shows that the equation has two real
roots, one positive and one negative. An explicit expression for
the roots is, however, difficult to obtain and the solution has therefore to be reached by the trial and error method.
Two special cases of the cost function are of interest.
C1 is zero, the equation (74) reduces to a cubic
When
(76)
470
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
but here again an explicit expression for x is difficult
obtain.
The other case of interest is when
Ca
to
= O. We get
(77)
Substituting for m from (77) in (73) after putting
c1h
+ czf3h = Co
Ca
= 0, we get
(78)
or
h
= ___ ~o.
Cl
+ czf3
(79)
and
m=
Cl
f3C o
+ c2i3
(80)
Equation (80) shows, what is of course obvious, that the larger
the contribution of Sel2 relative to Sy2, the larger should be the
On the
number of enumerators participating in the survey.
other hand, it is likely that as the number of enumerators is
increased, the difficulties of controlling the survey also increase,
possibly resulting in a larger value of ii.
We shall not illustrate here the application of this result but
shall refer to two more examples to gain some idea of the contribution of Sel2 relative to the total variation and the importance
of controlling it in surveys.
Example 10.3
This relates to a socioeconomic survey conducted by students
of the International Training Centre on Censuses and Statistics
for South East Asia during December 1949. The survey was
carried out in three villages: Badli, Shamapur and Auchandi.
situated near Delhi (India). The houses in each village were
serially numbered and grouped into blocks of three. A certain
number of these blocks was selected at random and within each
block alternate households were enumerated. The sample for
each village was divided into independent samples. one each to be
enumerated by a different party of students. Thus, the work
in the village Badli was divided among six parties of enumerators,
471
NONSAMPLING ERRORS
that in Shamapur and Auchandi among four and two parties
respectively. The questionnaire used for the survey was prepared
by the students themselves and included a large number of items.
The results given here relate only to two characters, viz., the
proportion of illiterates and the proportion of persons economically
independent in a household. Table 10.3 gives the estimated
values for each of the two characters for one village, Badli. The
table shows that there is more variability in the estimates given
by different parties in the character ., economic independence"
than in the other character. The estimated values of 8 ..2 and
of the total variation, i.e., 8 x 2 + 8 .. 2 + 8/ are also given in
Table 10.3. The relative magnitude of 8 ..2 as compared to the
total variation is seen to be larger in the case of .. economic
independence" than in the case of the other character as expected.
but not significantly so, being based on a small number of cases.
TABLE
10.3
SocioEconomic Survey in Badli
Party
_..
.~
% Illiterate
% Economically independent
.~~'
88
75
90
87
62
95
67
46
77
50
46
31
. _
.~."
 .
_ .. 
Values
% Illiterate
% Economically independent
oiS.. 2 ami'S.'
j
S..' + S.2
574
104
722
Example 10.4
This relates to the data on acreage collected in the course of
a surprise check to which a reference has already been made
in Section 1.8. Acreage under crops in India is compiled by the
village accountants by noting the names of the crops field by
field in the course of their administrative duties. As all the fields
are surveyed and mapped and the area of each field (survey
number) is, therefore, accurately known, the total area under any
crop is obtained by simply adding the area of the fields growing
that crop.
472
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
This method, though sound in principle, is not always free
from errors in practice. In fact, there is a criticism that the
village accountants do not exercise sufficient care in ascertaining
the names of crops grown in the fieJds in their respective villages.
A surprise check, was, therefore, organized in randomly selected
villages of Lucknow District in Uttar Pradesh (India) to examine
the extent of the inaccuracy of the records maintained by the
village accountants. The check was carried out by the StatisticaJ
Staff of the Department of Agriculture, Uttar Pradesh, and of the
Indian Council of Agricultural Research, New Delhi.
Altogether 61 villages were selected for the purpose of this
check. In each village 8 fields were selected at random. In
each field the statistical investigator was asked to record the name
of the crop. In case more than one crop was grown, he was
asked to give the names of the crops together with the proportion
of the area under each. The village accountants' records for the
same fields were taken from the register maintained by them.
The check was carried out at harvest time after thc village
accountants had completed their inspection and made entries in
the register. Table 10.4 summarises the results.
TABLE
Comparison
10.4
0/ CropAcreages
Gross Area (Sq. ft.) as recorded hy
Name of Crop
Difference
Village
Accountants
Statistical
Staff
(2)  (3)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Wheat
3313224
3227149
86075
Gram
2391840
2415085
Barley
1873291
Arlrar
1888117
(I)
Percentage
over (3)
(5)
27
 23245
10
2029875
156584
 77
2103171
215054
102
It is seen that the discrepancy varies from + 2 7% in wheat
to  102% in arhar. Although the discrepancies do not appear
to be serious or in the same direction, they point to the need for
NONSAMPLING ERRORS
473
strengthening the supervision over the work of the field staff and
the conduct of similar checks in other parts of the country.
This conclusion is confirmed by treating the data by the methods
developed in this chapter. We have
On analysing the data, it was found that Sa 2 did not exceed 5~~~
of the total variation in the case of any crop.
lOa.9
Limitations of the Method of Replicated Samples in Surveys
We have seen that when a survey is arranged in the form of
replicated samples, each one to he enumerated by a different enumerator, we can estimate S/ though we cannot separate JL from ci.
We also saw that S/ may he considerable, depending upon the chao
racter ohserved and the conditions of the survey. In general, it may
be said that for characters whose value is influenced by the judgment
of the enumerator, like an eyeestimate of the yield of a crop, or for
those for which it is difficult to ohtain a precise answer, like farm
expenditure, Sa2 may be considerable. Sa 2 measures, as it were,
the influence of enumerators on response and is likely to be
particularly large in surveys in underdeveloped countries.
A question naturally arises whether a sample should be
randomly divided among enumerators participating in the survey
as a matter of course in order to make possible the measurement
of Sa 2 and test its significance relative to the total variation.
Obviously, the answer must depend upon the considerations of
cost and of the precision with which it is possible to test the
significance of Sa 2 For any single stratum the test of significance
of Sa 2 is provided by s/lseo2, but it does not have a good discriminating power as the size of the sample allotted to any single
stratum is normally small. In consequence, the test would most
of the time fail to reveal the significant existence of Sa 2 even
when the differences between the enumerators' estimates are large.
One method of improving the discriminating power of the test
is to use what are termed linked samples. In this arrangement,
linked pairs (or groups) of sampling units are selected and one
474
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
sampling unit of each pair is allotted to one enumerator and
the other to the second enumerator (Mahalanobis, 1944). This
helps to reduce the variance of the difference between the estimates. On the other hand, it is easy to see from Section 7.6
that the variance of the pooled estimate is increased by
Sy2 (m  1) pin, where p is the intraclass correlation between the
m members of linked samples, m is the number of enumerators
and n is the total number of units in the sample. There is thus
a loss in efficiency of the combined sample estimate in relation
to the procedure where linked samples are not used. Any
decision to use linked samples has therefore to be made after
ascertaining the increase in expenditure on the.> survey for attaining the desired precision.
Another method of overcoming the difficulty is to pool the
results over all the strata and use ste2/seo2 to test for differential
bias among enumerators. This test is more sensitive than the
one for a single stratum but is of limited use as it does not help
to locate the disagreement among enumerators, since for the
location of disagreement the results of individual strata must be
examined, but as stated in the previous paragraph the test of
significance for individual strata will not reveal the differential
bias most of the time .
Apart from the limitation of the size of the samples within
a stratum which renders replicated samples an ineffective tool
for detecting discrepancies in fieldwork, it should be mentioned
that the use of the replicated samples requires that each enumerator
cover the entire stratum thereby adding to the travel component
in the cost of the survey. Assuming that m' enumerators, as
against m in replicated samples, are required in case the sample
is divided into m' compact groups, one such group to be enumerated by one enumerator, the cost of the survey will be increased
roughly in proportion to (yin  1). This is on the assumption
that the travelling cost per enumerator within an area A is
proportional to yAn', where n' is the number of units to be
enumerated by each enumerator distributed randomly over the
arc.>a. If travel cost forms a considerable part of the cost of
a survey, the loss in efficiency resulting from replication may be
appreciably large.
NONSAMPLING ERRORS
475
These are the limitatlons one should bear in mind in using
the method of replicated samples in surveys. Further, in interpreting the results of replicated samples, there is a danger of
guiding oneself into the belief that the fieldwork is under control,
when in actual fact it may well be otherwise. An example will
help to illustrate the point.
This example is taken from a jute survey in Bengal (Mahalanobis,
1944). The object of the survey was to estimate the area under
jute. The survey was organized in the form of two samples A
and B. In each of the 379 strata into which Bengal was divided
for purposes of the survey, the difference between the estimates
A and B was tabulated and tested for significance. Table 10.5
reproduced below gives the distribution of the values of t and
shows that in 109 out of 379 cases, the value of t was significant.
although the expected number of significant cases at this level
is only 19.
TADLE
IO.S
Comparison of Samples A and B; Student's t for Strata
Range of
Probability
of IValues

__
Number of Cases
.~.
Observed
~...
Difference
Expcx:tcd
..
x'
.~
Less than 005
109
1895
+90'05
42792
0050 to
20
18'95
j
105
006
0100'90
235
303'20
6820
1534
090095
12
1895
 695
255
18'95
1595
379
379'00
095100
Total
..
1342
_._._45929
In order to find an explanation for this large difference a
scrutiny of the field records was made by the author of the
survey and showed that in 84 out of the 109 strata, the discrepancy could be ascribed to the influence of real physical differences,
such as weather conditions during the periods in which the work
of the A and B samples was carried out. Omitting these 84 cases,
there are 295 left. The distribution of the remaining 295 values
of t was found to be in satisfactory agreement with the expected
476
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
distribution of t. It was concluded that "the object of using
the replicated sampling method was entirely successful".
This interpretation, however, raises a logical difficulty. Once
discrepant work is sllspected, it would appear only proper to
scrutinize the work in all the strata and not confine the scrutiny
to only those having significant values of f. For, in a stratum
where t is nonsignificant, one can also expect discrepant work
since the nonsignificance can be due to the opposite effects of
the discrepancy in work and the real physical differences between
the two samples A and B. When the sample size is small, as it
will usually be in each str(ltuI11, this method may lead one to
looking for trouble where it does not exist and vice versa, as it
is likely that real large differences may be declared nonsignificant
and vice versa. There also arise practical difficulties in going
back to the sampling units for the scrutiny required after the
survey is over. The whole procedure of accepting the verdict
of agreement where t is nonsignificant and explaining the difference in terms of physical differences where t is significant, is
logically untenable.
Even apart from considerations of cost and interpretation, a
random allotment of the sampling units among enumerators
cannot by itself be an effective tool for the control of fieldwork,
and the need of controlling it in other ways is obvious. This
need it would appear is best met by providinf; adequate and
effective supervision over fieldwork. We shall conclude this discussion by examining the roles of supervision and replication at
the primary level. The two differ in several respects:
(i) Supervision is carried out by the superior staff, better paid,
qualified and experienced as compared to the enumerators
at the primary level employed in replicated samples.
(ii) It is carried out on a part of the work performed at the
primary level whereas replicated samples require at least
two independent samples.
(iii) Supervision is not confined only to enumerating for the
second time units once observed at the primary level.
It has a wider objective in view, namely that of correcting
NONSAMPLING ERRORS
477
and improving the fieldwork on the spot, whereas replicated samples will usually suggest the need for improvement when the survey is over.
(iv) A supervisor need not be present throughout the operations
connected with the enumeration of a selected unit,
whereas an enumerator under sample survey must enumerate completely every unit assigned to him.
(v) Units selected for supervision mayor may not be selected
by the principle of random sampling, whereas in replicated samples they will necessarily be so selected. When
it is possible to arrange supervision on a probability
basis and the work done by the supervisors is considered
a subsample of the work done at the primary level.
supervision may be considered a very special form of
replicated samples subject to the differences mentioned
above. This way supervision can be utilised to improve
the estimates obtained from the work done at the
primary level.
(vi) Replicated samples will not reveal minor defects in an
investigator and will certainly not reveal faults which are
common to all the investigators, whereas this is possible
with supervisory checks.
(vii) Replicated samples alone can estimate observational errors
whereas supervision will not, unless conducted as visualised in (v).
It would be seen that supervision can provide a better control
over fieldwork in a variety of ways which is not possible in the
case of replicated samples. Replicated samples are no alternative
to supervisory check, though the latter can be. Replicated
samples have a place either when the object of the survey is to
compare different methods or different classes of investigators, or
at the pilot stage of a largescale survey for testing questionnaires
and procedures, but would hardly appear worth while for adoption
as a regular feature of surveys.
478
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS Wlm APPLICATIONS
B. INCOMPLETE SAMPLES
10b.l The Problem
It is common experience that some of the units selected in the
sample do not respond, at least at the first attempt, and indeed
may not respond even after repeated attempts. Thus the selected
farmers or families may not be found at home at the first attempt
and some may refuse to cooperate with the interviewer even if
contacted at the second attempt. Persuasion and further attempts
are therefore invariably required for achieving completeness.
This, however, increases the cost of the survey. On the other hand.
estimates based on the incomplete sample may be biased. This
extent of incompleteness, called nonresponse, is sometimes so
large as to completely vitiate the estimate. The problem is
particularly important in interview surveys. In the following
section, we shall give the solution of the problem as first put
forward by Hansen and Hurwitz (1946), which consists in drawing
a subsample of nonrespondents and enumerating it completely
through later attempts, the size of the total sample and that of
the subsample in the nonresponse group being so determined
as to give an unbiased estimate of the population value with the
desired precision at minimum cost.
10b.2 The Solution of the Problem of Incomplete Samples
We shall suppose that the population can be divided into two
classes, those who will respond at the first attempt and those
who will not. For convenience we shall call the two classes as
the response and nonresponse classes. If nl units in the sample
respond and n. do not, then we may regard nl a random sample
of the response class and nl a random sample of the nonresponse
class. Let hI denote the size of the subsample from n. to be
enumerated at the second attempt, such that
(81)
Further, let Nl and N. denote the sizes of the response and the
nonresponse classes in the population. Clearly, Nt and N. cannot
be known and can only be estimated from the sample. We have
Est. Nl
nlN
479
NONSAMPLING ERRORS
and
The cost of the survey will be made up of three parts as
follows:
(82)
where Co represents the cost of locating a sample unit at the
first attempt, C1 the cost of enumerating and processing information per unit in the response class, and c~ the cost of enumerating
and processing information per unit in the nonresponse class.
This cost will obviously vary from sample to sample. We shall
therefore consider the average cost of the survey. Substituting for
nl and n2 their expected values, we get
(~3)
Clearly, the estimate of the population mean is given by
(84)
It is easily shown that this gives an unbiased estimate of the
population mean, for,
E (n1j'n, I n)
= E {E (nJ'n, I nh n)}
=E
{nJ'N,
I n}
_ nN'YN,
N
and
E (naY., I n) = E E E (nJ'., I hs. Yl>
E E (n 2}., I nl. n)
E (nJ'N, I n)
y.,., n)
480
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
whence
E(j.,) = {NtYN1: N~N.}
(85)
To obtain the variance of Yw, we have
The righthand side may be written as
2
{(J'  ), ) + n
n "(I)
2
tI
It~
_ "I'
"'l
J'N }
>}2
2n" C) 'C 1 ')}
VV
n
 N
)h,
_',
(86)
We know already that
E (Y.  YN)2
G ~)
82
where SZ is the mean square for the whole population.
To evaluate the second term in (86), we first have
E ()\, 
y.y
E {E (Yh,  Y.,)2 I h2' Y1> ... Y.,}
{(k  ~J S82I h2' n2}
where
It.
sal
E (YI  ji..,).
n. 1
(87)
481
NONSAMPLING ERRORS
so that
where
N,
N2 
" (J'
W
.
)'
)2
. N,
i=l
Hence
The value of the third term in (86) is clearly zero,
(86), (87) and (89), we get
V(j') =
Ie
(In _ NI) 52
+ f~=J
. NN z
n
S.2
Hence, from
(90)
If f = I, the second term of (90) will vanish and we shall he
left with the variance of the mean of a simple random sample of
II as we would expect.
The second term represents the increase
in the variance arising from subsampling h~ out of liz units.
We shall now proceed to determine the optimum values of
and f
Let
r/>
11
C+!L(V Vo)
where Vo is the vallie of the variance with which it is desired
to estimate the mean, Differentiating with respect to nand f,
31
482
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
and equating to zero, we obtain
and
(93)
On substituting for l/n 2 from (93) in (92), we obtain
which reduces to
Hence
(94)
From (92), we obtain
{S2 + ~ (/  1) S22}
(NCo + Nlcl + ~2 Ca)
p.N
Now to find
p.
(95)
we note that
or
( V. + NS')1I =
nl
{N
SI + N
(j  1) Sat
}2
(96)
NONSAMPLING ERRORS
483
whence, on substituting the result in (95), we finally have
82 +
Z2 (f .....
Va
82
1)822
(97)
+ fir
Equations (94) and (97) thus provide the values of nand f required
to estimate the population mean with the desired standard error
at the minimum cost.
An example will serve to illustrate the method. Suppose the
response rate is 50% and S22 for the nonresponse group is 4/5
of that in the whole population. In other words,
Nt
Nt
N =N
05
and
8 22 =
482
:5
Ignoring the finite multiplier, we then obtain from equation (90),
the variance of the estimated mean as
(98)
To work out the cost of the survey let us assume that it costs
one rupee to contact a unit, four rupees to enumerate and
process information on that unit and eight rupees to enumerate
and process information on the unit in the nonresponse group.
The total cost of the survey is, therefore, given by
(99)
484
SAMPLING THEORY OF SURVEYS WITH APPLICATIONS
Now let us suppose that we wish to estimate the mean of the
population with a desired variance Vo equal to, say, S2/100.
Substituting in (98), we have
3 + 2/
(100)
20
Table 10.6 sets out for different values of f, the values of n
obtained from the above equation and those of the cost of the
survey obtained on substituting the values of nand / in (99).
The expected value of hz is also given in the table. It will be seen
from the table that the cost is the same for (i) / = 1, n = 100,
and (ii) / = 2 and n = 140. For values larger than / = 2 and
n = 140, the cost is higher. The most economical sample would
therefore seem to lie between 100 and 140 with/between I and 2.
TABLE
Values
10.6
0/ nand / which Provide Estimates 0/ the
Mean 0/ the Same Precision
n
100
700
50
 140
700
35
180
780
30
220
880
27
The optimum values of nand / can also be directly obtained
from equations (94) and (97). Thus / is found to be 1 4 and
n = 116.
1.
2.
3.
4.
REFERENCES
..
Response Errors in Surveys," Jour. Amer. Statist.
Hansen, M. H., Hurwitz,
W. N., Marks, E. S. and
Assoc., 46, 14790.
Mauldin, W. P. (1951)
Sukhatme, P. V. and Seth, "NonSampling Errors in Surveys," Jour. Ind.
G. R. (1952)
Soc. Agr. Statist., 4, 541.
l.e.A.R., New Delhi (1947) Report on the CropCutting Survey for Estimating
the Outturn of Wheat in Sind, 194546.
.. Report on the Sampling Survey for Estimating the
  (1947)
Outturn of Wheat in the United Provinces,
194445.
NONSAMPLING ERRORS
S. International Training
Centre on Censuses and
Statistics for S.E. Asia
(1950)
485
"Report on SocioEconomic Surveys in Delhi Villages" (Unpublished).
Assessment of the Accuracy of Patwaris' Area
Records," Agriculture and Animal Husbandry, 1,
No.9, 3647 .
7. Mahalanobis, P. C. (1944) .. On LargeScale Sample Surveys," Phil. Tr'm~. Roy.
Soc., London, Series 8, 23J, 329451.
8. Hansen, M. H. and
"The Problem of NonResponse in Sample Surveys,"
Hurwitz, W. N. (1946)
Jour. Am,.,.. Slalisl. Assoc., 4J. 51729.
9. Sukhatme, P. V. (1947)
"The Problem of Plot Size in LargeScale Yield
Surveys," ibid., 42, 297310 .
.. Measurement of Observational Errors in Sur10.     (1953)
veys," RCI"IIC de I' Institute Intrl1lutional du
Statistique, 20, No.2.
6. Sukhatme, P. V. and
Kishen, K. (1951)
: I \
I
.!IIWIQr.cI
tJ "
4pll" . . . .
q.'r"__
BANGALORE
UNIVfRSITY LIBRARY,
J\C:
:,a
DEC "to
r.A flf;a2
filo.Y~
~\J ..
III1U11' _ _.....
_._ ........................... ..
"
INDEX
A
C(contd.)
Acreage, estimation of, 120125, 182186,
241242, 251252, 278284, 297298,
395399.
Allocation of sample (see Optimum allocation).
Analysis of variance, use of, 105~~~~
241,292293, 311, 330, 3353W: 430,
457, 463.
_
Ancillary inform~ti~ff!. ~ and
Regression).
Area sampling, 2 ,389. (  ~ .
Asthana, R. S., 256, 284.
Ayachit, G. R., 146, 18
Ls
Bancroft, T. A., 347.
Bias, 1017.
due to difficulty of identifying units,
14, 1617.
due to inaccuracies in strata sizes, 109.
due to incomplete samples, 10, 478.
of enumerators, II, 1314, 17,444445.
in estimates from cluster samples, 265267.
in estimates from twostage sampling,
318322.
in estimation of the variance of
systematic samples, 431433.
in ratio estimate and variance, 143144,
146147, 166170, 323.
C :
Census
utilization for improving precision of
sample, 182186.
comparison with sampling method,
453.
Cluster sampling, 56, 238284.
notation, 239240, 265, 268.
estimates, 240, 265267, 268.
variances, 240, 247, 266268, 269.
estimates of variances,
250251,
269270.
comparison with systematic sampling,
417419.
comparison with twostage sampling,
285, 302303.
efficiency of, 240250, 270284.
efficiency estimated from sample,
250252.
efficiency in terms of intraclass correlation, 243247, 270272.
with probability of selection proportional to size. 268284.
Cluster size
optimum, 239, 257264.
relation of variance to, 252256.
Cochran, W. G., 154, 186, 204, 230, 237,
259, 284.
Collapsed strata, 399404.
Confidence limits (or coefficient, or
interval)
for means, 3840.
_f~ns,47.
for ratio estimate, 158~160.
Consistent estimate, 143.
Cornborer damage, estimate of. 343349.
Correlation coefficient (st't' also Intraclass correlation), 142.
Cost functions
in determining optimum allocation
among strata, 8689.
in determining optimum design for
yield surveys, 86, 298302.
in determining optimum distribution of
sample among three stages, 311312.
in determining optimum distribution of
sample betw"en two stages, 294296,
339340. 363364, 373.
in determining optimum number of
enumerators, 468470.
in determining optimum probabilities
of selection, 71, 366~369, 373 376.
in determining sampling rate for nonrespondents, 478484.
in determining optimum ~ize of
sampling unit, 257, 260.
in double sampling for strrtthlcation,
117118.
CrOI'cutting (see also Yield surveys), 2,
710.
D
David, F. N., 23. 73.155,186,237.
Deming, W. E., II, 17.
Double sampling
for estimating strata sizes, 112120.
with regression method, 223231.
E
Efficiency, 124.
of cluster sampling, 240252, 270284.
of different estimates, 169170, 174,
213215, 272284, 325326, 329,
343.
of ratio estimate, 160164, 186.
of regression estimate, 220223.
of sampling systems with varyin,
probabilities, 272284, 376379.
488
INDEX
E(contd.)
of stratified sampling, 124, 126, 134,
223, 352357.
of subsampling designs, 302303,
376379.
Enumerators
bias, II, 1314, 17,444448.
covariance of response to, 467468.
errors (see Observational errors).
optimum number of, 468470.
selection and assignment of, 447, 460,
465, 473.
supervision of, 11,471477.
variance of biases, 450, 453.
Evans, W. D., 98, 137.
F
Finite multiplier (finite correction factor),
29.
Fish, estimate of catch, 428430, 440443.
Fisher, R. A., 40, 73.
Forecasts of crop acreage, 182.
Frame, 3, 238.
G
Gurney, M., 167, 187.
H
Hansen, M. H., 167, 187, 247, 284, 305,
358,399,416,444,468,478,484,485.
Hasel, A. A., 204, 237, 428, 443.
Hendricks, W. A., 256, 284.
Horvitz, D. G., 70, 73, 412, '1116.
Hurwitz, W. N., 167, 187, 247,284, 305,
358, 399, 416, 468, 478, 484, 485.
Hypergeometric distribution (see also
Qualitative characters).
confidence limits for, 47.
for two classes, 4248.
generalized, 4954.
mean value, 4344.
variance, 4447.
I
Incomplete samples, II, 12,478484.
Indian Council of Agricultural Research,
8,9,17,389,416,428,443,472,484.
Intraclass correlation
between units of a column, 421.
efficiency of cluster sampling in terms
of, 243247.
example of negative value, 248250.
noncircular serial correlation, 423.
within firststage units, 377.
withinstratum serial correlation, 425.
J
Jessen, R. J., 230, 255259, 284.
K
Kiser, C. V., 11, 17.
Kishen, K., II, 17,485.
Koop, J. c., 141.
Koshal, R. S., 125, 137.
L
Linked samples (see Replicated samples).
Livestock, estimation of number of,
161164, 171174, 215220.
M
Madow, W. G. and L. H., 423,425,443.
Mahalanobis, P. C., 255, 257, 284, 389,
416, 474, 475, 485.
Markoff's theorem, 23, 154156, 194.
Marks, E. S., 468, 484.
Mauldin, W. P., 468, 484.
Mean deviation, 28.
Mean square error, 28.
Midzuno, H., 72, 73.
Models for measurement of observational errors, 445446.
Moments, expected value of higher order
moments, 188192.
Multipurpose surveys, 2'7264, 297298.
Multistage sampling (see Subsampling).
N
Narain, R. D., 70, 71, 73, 235, 237, 385,
416.
Neyman, J., 23, 42,73,86,137,155,186,
237.
Neyman allocation, 8688.
Nonrandom methods of sampling, 10.
Nonresponse (see Incomp)f)te samples).
Nonsampling errors (see also Observational errors), 1013, 444.
Normal distribution, 145, 203.
o
Observational errors, 1112, 444.
control of, 473477.
measurement of, 445446.
notation, 445, 446, 447, 460.
estimation of population mean from
observations subject to, 448, 461,
464.
variance of observations subject to,
448452, 461, 465467, 468.
Optimum allocation
case of incomplete samples, 481484.
in assigning units to enumerators,
468470.
in double sampling, 117118.
in stratified sampling with simple mean
estimate, 8690, 9293, 95100.
INDEX
489
O(contd.)
R(contd.)
in stratified sampling with ratio estimate, 170.
in subsampling in three stages,
311314.
in subsampling in two stages, 293297,
339343, 363366, 373376.
in successive sampling, 235237.
Osborne, J. G., 428, 443.
comparison with regre~sion method.
220222.
conditions for best unbiased linear
estimate, 154158.
confidence limits, 158160.
qualitative characters. 174178.
with stratification, 166174.
optimum allocation, 170.
combination of estimates, 167168,
170.
with eluster sampling. 267, 281.
with subsampling, 317. 323329,
332335. 369376. 404 410.
with varying probabilities of selection,
179 186. 369 376. 404410.
Regression method. I (}.l. 237.
simple, 194203.213215,220237.
notation. 193.
estimate. 194196.
variance. 196198.
estimate of varian{'e, 198201.
expected value of variance, 201 203.
weighted, 204220.
estimate. 204206.
variance, 207208.
estimate of variance. 208213.
comparison with simple regression
estimate, 213215.
comparison with simple random
sampling, 221.
comparison with ratio estimate, 220,222.
comparison with stratified sampling,
222223.
double sampling. 223231.
successive sampling, 231237.
Replacement
sampling with. 3. 6265, 127136, 157,
179,1 M6, 193198, 224230, 26M270,
358362. 404410, 438443.
sampling without, 3, 20, 6572, 1911,
204208, 379385, 410415.
Replacement of sample (see Successive
sampling).
Replicated samples, 460, 473477.
Response errors (see Observational
errors).
Random numbers
use of, 610.
table of, 1819.
Ratio method
notation, 138139, 179,369,405.
estimates. 139, 166168, 179, 181,267,
317. 369. 405406.
bias, 139147. 166168, 176. 178. 180.
variances, 146154. 168170. 177178,
180181, 370372, 407409.
estimates of variances. 150151,181.
comparison with simple mean estimate,
160161, 164.
Sampling error, 2, 28.
Sampling variance, 28.
for incomplete sample. 480481,
in double sampling, 223, 228, 230.
in successive sampling, 232.
in systematic sampling, 420, 434436,
439440.
of estimates subject to observational
errors, 448452, 461, 465467, 468.
of mean per element in cluster
sampling, 240, 247, 266269,
p
Panse, V. G., 259, 284,321,357.
Partitional notation, 3133.
Pattrrson, H. D., 235, 237.
Plot size, 1417,253,462464.
Preliminary sample, 42, 95100.
Probability of inclusion, 45, 2426,
6571.
Probability sampling. 3, 10.
Probabilities of selection
determination
of optimum.
71,
366369, 373376.
equal,45.
unequal
at the ith draw. 2425.
proportional to size, 181186,
268284, 361. 368.
in singlestage sampling. 6072,
179186, 268284.
in stratified sampling, 127136.
in subsampling, 358415.
in subsampling with systematic
sampling, 438443.
Proportion (see Hypergeometric distribution or Qualitative characters).
Purposive sampling methods, 10.
Q
Qualitative characters, 4260.
combined with quantitative characters,
5460.
ratio estimates of. 174178.
Quota sampling, 10.
490
INDEX
S(contd.)
S(contd.)
of mean per element in s\lbsampling,
with twostage sampling, 349357,
389104.
287290,307309,318329,360362,
384385, 407409, 412.
with varying selection probabilities,
127136, 389404.
of proportion, 4447, 49, 5354.
of ratio estimate, 146150, 153154, Student's t di~triblltion, 40, 475.
167170,177178,180181,370372. Subsampling, 285416.
of regression estimate, 196198, 207,
notatIOn, 286, 305306, 315, 359, 369,
399400, 405.
208.
of simple mean, 29, 6364, 68, 70.
estimates, 286287, 306, 316317, 359,
of standard deviation, 3738.
369, 389390, 400, 405406.
of variance, 3436.
variances, 287290, 307309, 318329,
of weighted mean of stratified sample,
360362, 370372, 384385, 390392,
85, 9091, 129, 353, 390392, 401.
401,407409,412.
Selection of random sample, 610.
estimates of variances, 290293,
Selection probabilities (.fee Probabilities
309311, 329335, 362363, 372,
of selection).
385388, 392395, 402404, 409,
Seth, G. R., 446, 484.
414415.
Simple random sampling, 36, 20.
ccmparison with cluster sampling, 303.
Size of sample
comparison with onestage sampling,
for incomplete samples, 481484.
302303.
in singlestage sampling, 4041, 5560,
distribution of sample among stages,
8991.
293297, 311314, 339343, 363in stratified sampling, 8991.
366.
in subsampling (see Optimum alloeffect of size of firststage unit on
variance, 303305.
cation).
equal firststage units, 285314, 433Smith, H. Fairfield, 252255, 284.
438.
Snedecor, G. W., 459.
Standard error, 2, 28.
optimum size of firststage units, 305.
stratified, 349357, 389404.
Stra ta sizes
threestage, 305314,409.
effects of inaccuracies in, 109.
estimated by a preliminary sample,
twostage, 285305, 315343, 358416,
433443.
112120.
unequal firststage units, 315329,
Stratification after selection of sample,
438443.
106108.
with ratio estimate, 317, 323329,
Stratified sampling, 83136 ... 166174,
332335, 369376, 404410.
349357, 389404, 460464.
with systematic sampling, 433443.
notation, 84, 166, 349350, 389390,
with unequal probabilities of selection,
399400, 460461.
estimates, 85, 166, 350, 390,400, 462.
358416.
optimum probabilities, 366369,
variances, 85, 9091, 128, 167, 169,
375.
351352, 390392, 401404, 461.
allocation of sample to strata
efficiency compared with equal
arbitrary, 9495.
probabilities, 376379.
proportional,9092, 104106.
with replacement, 358379, 389410.
optimum for a specific cost funcwithout replacement, 379389, 410tion (Neyman allocation), 8689,
415.
90, 9293.
Successive sampling, 231237.
optimum for fixed cost, 88, 170.
two occasions, 231232.
optimum for fixed variance, 89.
more than two occasions, 232237.
optimum, practical difficulties,
optimum value of fraction to be
95100.
replaced, 235237.
collapsed strata, 399404.
Sukhatmc, P. V., 1I, 14, 33, 37, 42, %,
compared with simple regreSSion,
97, 202, 259, 305, 321, 355, 385,446,
222223.
448.
compared with systematic sampling, Symmetric functions, 3134.
423427.
expected value of, 3334.
gain in precision due to stratification,
~"pansion tables for, 7482.
9195, 352357, 392.
Syst~tic sampling, 417443.
estimate of, 100106,357, 392395,
notation, 419, 434, 438,
estimates, 419, 434, 438.
399.
with ratio estimate, 166174.
variances, 420, 434436, 439440.
491
INDEX
S(conld.)
estimate of variance, 431433, 436438,
440.
considered as cluster sampling, 418419.
comparison with simple random
sampling, 420423.
comparison with stratified sampling,
423425.
in populations with linear trend,
425427.
in populations with periodic variation,
427428.
in natural populations, 428.
in randomly ordered populations, 432.
in twostage sampling, 433443.
u
Unbiased estimate, 2122.
Unequal selection probabilities (9 Probability of selection).
Unit of sampling
choice of (see Cluster samplins)
definition, 3.
effect of change of size of, 2S22S6,
303305.
firststage, 285.
in multipurpose surveys. 257264, 297.
optimum, 239, 257264, 305.
secondstage, 285.
thirdstage, 285.
Varying probabilities of selrction (see
Probability of selection).
Thompson, D. 1., 70, 73,412,416.
Threestage sampling (see Subsampling).
Tikkiwal, B. D., 235237.
Tippett, L. H. C., 6, 17.
Tschuprow, A. A., 88, 137.
Twostage sampling (see Subsampling), 9.
Yates, F., 40, 73, 235, 237, 336339, 357,
415416.
Yield surveys, I. 10. 12. 1417,298302.
321. 325, 409, 457460, 462464.
UNIY. OF AGRIL. SCIENCES
"
UNI Vi,RSITY
LlBRAR Y. BANGALORE5G0024
This book should be returned on or before
the d~lte mentioned below; or else the
Borrower will be liable for overdue charges
as per rules from the DUE DATE.
CI. No.
~ Q APR
Ac. No.
aQw.
2 4 APR 2010
'16 +o14~ J'
,?"
G1CVlC
Lib!'u,